Engine Control System: Section

ENGINE
EC
A
EC
SECTION
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM C
E
CONTENTS
KA24DE (FOR MEXICO) TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .................................... 53 F
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ................................53
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 16 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..................................57
Fail-Safe Chart ........................................................58 G
INDEX FOR DTC ................................................16 Symptom Matrix Chart .............................................59
DTC No. Index ........................................................ 16 Engine Control Component Parts Location .............63
Alphabetical Index ................................................... 17 Circuit Diagram ........................................................68 H
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................19 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..............69
ECM Terminal and Reference Value .......................69
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- CONSULT-III Function ............................................74
Generic Scan Tool (GST) ........................................79 I
SIONER" ................................................................. 19
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine ........ 19
Mode ........................................................................80
Precaution ............................................................... 19
J
PREPARATION ..................................................23 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
Special Service Tool ............................................... 23 VALUE ............................................................... 82
Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 23 Description ...............................................................82
K
Testing Condition .....................................................82
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................24 Inspection Procedure ...............................................82
Schematic ............................................................... 24 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................83
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 25 L
System Chart .......................................................... 25 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ..................... 26 INCIDENT .......................................................... 90
Distributor Ignition (DI) System ............................... 28 Description ...............................................................90 M
Air Conditioning Cut Control .................................... 28 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................90
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 91
Speed) ..................................................................... 29 N
Wiring Diagram ........................................................91
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) ................................................. 29
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................94
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ........................30 Ground Inspection ...................................................97
Basic Inspection ...................................................... 30 O
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ................... 98
Procedure After Replacing ECM ............................. 34
Component Description ...........................................98
Fuel Pressure Check ............................................... 34
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check .............................. 35 P
Mode ........................................................................98
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ......36 On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................98
Introduction ............................................................. 36 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................98
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 36 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 100
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................. 36 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 101
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ............................ 45 Component Inspection ........................................... 102
OBD System Operation Chart ................................. 48
Revision: March 2008 EC-1 2009 D22 LCV

DTC P0107, P0108 ABSOLUTE PRESSURE On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 133
SENSOR .......................................................... 105 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 134
Component Description .........................................105 Overall Function Check ......................................... 134
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................105 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 135
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................105 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 136
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................105 Component Inspection .......................................... 137
Removal and Installation ....................................... 138
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ................... 106
Component Description .........................................106 DTC P0135 HO2S1 HEATER ........................... 139
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................106 Description ............................................................ 139
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................106 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Wiring Diagram ......................................................107 Mode ..................................................................... 139
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................107 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 139
Component Inspection ...........................................109 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 139
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 140
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .................. 110 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 141
Component Description .........................................110 Component Inspection .......................................... 142
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................110 Removal and Installation ....................................... 142
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................110
Wiring Diagram ......................................................111 DTC P0138 HO2S2 ........................................... 143
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................112 Component Description ........................................ 143
Component Inspection ...........................................112 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 143
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR .................... 114 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 143
Component Description .........................................114 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 143
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 144
Mode ......................................................................114 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 145
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................114 Component Inspection .......................................... 146
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................114 Removal and Installation ....................................... 147
Wiring Diagram ......................................................116
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................117 DTC P0139 HO2S2 ........................................... 148
Component Inspection ...........................................118 Component Description ........................................ 148
DTC P0132 HO2S1 .......................................... 119 Mode ..................................................................... 148
Component Description .........................................119 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 148
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 148
Mode ......................................................................119 Overall Function Check ......................................... 149
Wiring Diagram ......................................................121 Component Inspection .......................................... 152
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................122 Removal and Installation ....................................... 153
Component Inspection ...........................................123
Removal and Installation .......................................124 DTC P0141 HO2S2 HEATER ........................... 154
Description ............................................................ 154
DTC P0133 HO2S1 .......................................... 125 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Component Description .........................................125 Mode ..................................................................... 154
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 154
Mode ......................................................................125 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 154
Overall Function Check .........................................126 Component Inspection .......................................... 158
Wiring Diagram ......................................................128 Removal and Installation ....................................... 158
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................129
Component Inspection ...........................................131 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
Removal and Installation .......................................132 FUNCTION ........................................................ 159
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 159
DTC P0134 HO2S1 .......................................... 133 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 159
Component Description .........................................133 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 161
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 161
Mode ......................................................................133

DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM DTC P0505 ISC SYSTEM ............................... 198
FUNCTION ....................................................... 164 Description ............................................................. 198 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 164 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 164 Mode ...................................................................... 198
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 166 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 198 EC
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 166 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 199
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 200
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 201
MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ........ 169 Component Inspection ........................................... 202 C
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 169 Removal and Installation ....................................... 202
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 169
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 170 DTC P0605 ECM ............................................. 203 D
Component Inspection .......................................... 173 Component Description ......................................... 203
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 203
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ..................................... 174 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 203
E
Component Description ......................................... 174 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 203
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 174 DTC P1143 HO2S1 ......................................... 204
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 175 Component Description ......................................... 204 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 176 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Component Inspection .......................................... 176 Mode ...................................................................... 204
Removal and Installation ....................................... 177 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 204 G
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (OBD) ................... 178 Overall Function Check ......................................... 205
Component Description ......................................... 178 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 206
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Component Inspection ........................................... 207 H
Mode ..................................................................... 178 Removal and Installation ....................................... 208
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 178 DTC P1144 HO2S1 ......................................... 209 I
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 179 Component Description ......................................... 209
Component Inspection .......................................... 181 Mode ...................................................................... 209
J
Removal and Installation ....................................... 182 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 209
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR .............................. 183 Overall Function Check ......................................... 210
Component Description ......................................... 183 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 210 K
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Component Inspection ........................................... 212
Mode ..................................................................... 183 Removal and Installation ....................................... 213
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 183 L
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 183 DTC P1146 HO2S2 ......................................... 214
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 185 Component Description ......................................... 214
Mode ...................................................................... 214 M
Component Inspection .......................................... 188
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNC- Overall Function Check ......................................... 215 N
TION ................................................................. 189 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 216
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 189 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 217
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 189 Component Inspection ........................................... 218 O
Overall Function Check ......................................... 190 Removal and Installation ....................................... 219
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 190
DTC P1147 HO2S2 ......................................... 220
DTC P0500 VSS ............................................... 192 Component Description ......................................... 220 P
Component Description ......................................... 192 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 192 Mode ...................................................................... 220
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 192 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 220
Overall Function Check ......................................... 192 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 220
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 194 Overall Function Check ......................................... 221
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 197 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 222

Component Inspection ...........................................224 Removal and Installation ....................................... 258
Removal and Installation .......................................225
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE. 226 SWITCH ............................................................ 259
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................226 Component Description ........................................ 259
Overall Function Check .........................................226 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................227 Mode ..................................................................... 259
Main 11 Causes of Overheating ............................228 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 260
DTC P1336 CKP SENSOR (OBD) .................. 230 Component Inspection .......................................... 262
Component Description .........................................230 Removal and Installation ....................................... 262
Mode ......................................................................230 IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE ....................... 263
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................230 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 263
Wiring Diagram ......................................................231 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 264
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................232 Component Inspection .......................................... 265
Component Inspection ...........................................234 Removal and Installation ....................................... 266
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ............... 267
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ............................... 235 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 267
Component Description .........................................235
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .............. 268
Mode ......................................................................235 Description ............................................................ 268
Overall Function Check .........................................236
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......... 271
Wiring Diagram ......................................................237 Description ............................................................ 271
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................238 Inspection .............................................................. 271
IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 240 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS

Component Description .........................................240 (SDS) ................................................................ 273
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Fuel Pressure Regulator ....................................... 273
Mode ......................................................................240 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 273
Wiring Diagram ......................................................241 Ignition Coil ........................................................... 273
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................242 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 273
Removal and Installation .......................................244 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 273
Fuel Pump ............................................................. 273
INJECTOR CIRCUIT ........................................ 245 IACV-AAC Valve ................................................... 273
Component Description .........................................245 Injector .................................................................. 274
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Resistor ................................................................. 274
Mode ......................................................................245 Throttle Position Sensor ........................................ 274
Wiring Diagram ......................................................246 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater .......................... 274
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................247 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 274
Component Inspection ...........................................248 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater .......................... 274
Removal and Installation .......................................249 Crankshaft Position Sensor (OBD) ....................... 274
KA24DE (EXCEPT FOR MEXICO)
START SIGNAL ............................................... 250
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 275
Mode ......................................................................250
Wiring Diagram ......................................................251 INDEX FOR DTC .............................................. 275
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................252 DTC No. Index ...................................................... 275
Alphabetical Index ................................................. 275
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ..................................... 254
Description .............................................................254 PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 277
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Mode ......................................................................254 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Wiring Diagram ......................................................255 SIONER" ............................................................... 277
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................256 On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine ..... 277
Component Inspection ...........................................258 Precaution ............................................................. 277

PREPARATION ................................................ 281 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Special Service Tool ............................................. 281 Mode ...................................................................... 349 A
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 281 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 349
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 282 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 351 EC
Schematic ............................................................. 282 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 352
Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 283 Component Inspection ........................................... 353
System Chart ........................................................ 283
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 284 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ................. 356 C
Distributor Ignition (DI) System ............................. 286 Component Description ......................................... 356
Air Conditioning Cut Control .................................. 286 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 356
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 356 D
Speed) ................................................................... 287 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 357
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) ............................................... 287 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 358
Component Inspection ........................................... 358
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ...................... 288 E
Basic Inspection .................................................... 288 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR .................... 360
Procedure After Replacing ECM ........................... 292 Component Description ......................................... 360
Fuel Pressure Check ............................................. 292 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor F
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check ............................ 293 Mode ...................................................................... 360
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 294 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 360
Introduction ........................................................... 294 G
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 362
Two Trip Detection Logic ...................................... 294 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 363
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ............... 294 Component Inspection ........................................... 364
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) .......................... 301 H
DTC P0132 HO2S1 ......................................... 365
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ................................... 305 Component Description ......................................... 365
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 305 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor I
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 309 Mode ...................................................................... 365
Fail-Safe Chart ...................................................... 310 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 365
Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 311 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 366
Engine Control Component Parts Location ........... 314 J
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 367
Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 319 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 368
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 320 Component Inspection ........................................... 369
ECM Terminal and Reference Value .................... 320 Removal and Installation ....................................... 370 K
CONSULT-III Function .......................................... 325
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC P0134 HO2S1 ......................................... 371
Mode ..................................................................... 330 Component Description ......................................... 371
L
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION Mode ...................................................................... 371
VALUE .............................................................. 333 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 371
Description ............................................................ 333 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 372 M
Testing Condition .................................................. 333 Overall Function Check ......................................... 372
Inspection Procedure ............................................ 333 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 373
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 334 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 374 N
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT Removal and Installation ....................................... 376
INCIDENT ......................................................... 341
Description ............................................................ 341 DTC P0327, P0328 KS .................................... 377 O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 341 Component Description ......................................... 377
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 342 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 377 P
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 342 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 378
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 345 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 379
Ground Inspection ................................................. 348 Component Inspection ........................................... 379
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .................. 349
Component Description ......................................... 349 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR ............................. 381
Component Description ......................................... 381

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................381 Mode ..................................................................... 414
Removal and Installation .......................................386 HO2S2 HEATER ............................................... 419
Description ............................................................ 419
DTC P0500 VSS .............................................. 387 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Component Description .........................................387 Mode ..................................................................... 419
Overall Function Check .........................................387 Component Inspection .......................................... 422
PNP SWITCH .................................................... 424
DTC P0505 ISC SYSTEM ................................ 393 Component Description ........................................ 424
Description .............................................................393 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 424
Mode ......................................................................393 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 425
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................393 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 426
Wiring Diagram ......................................................395 IAT SENSOR .................................................... 428
Component Inspection ...........................................397 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 429
Removal and Installation .......................................397 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 429
DTC P0605 ECM .............................................. 398
Component Description .........................................398 IGNITION SIGNAL ............................................ 432
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 433
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE. 399 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 434
Overall Function Check .........................................399
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................400 INJECTOR CIRCUIT ........................................ 437
Main 11 Causes of Overheating ............................401 Component Description ........................................ 437
HO2S1 .............................................................. 403 Mode ..................................................................... 437
Component Description .........................................403 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 438
Mode ......................................................................403 Component Inspection .......................................... 440
Component Inspection ...........................................407 START SIGNAL ................................................ 442
Removal and Installation .......................................408 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 442
HO2S1 HEATER .............................................. 409 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 443
Description .............................................................409 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 444
Mode ......................................................................409 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ...................................... 446
Wiring Diagram ......................................................410 Description ............................................................ 446
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................411 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Component Inspection ...........................................412 Mode ..................................................................... 446
Removal and Installation .......................................412 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 447
HO2S2 .............................................................. 414 Component Inspection .......................................... 450

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
SWITCH ............................................................ 451 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- A
Component Description ......................................... 451 SIONER" ............................................................... 471
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.. 471
Mode ..................................................................... 451 On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine ...... 471 EC
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 452 Precaution ............................................................. 472
PREPARATION ............................................... 475
Special Service Tool .............................................. 475 C
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 475
IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE ....................... 455
Component Description ......................................... 455
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 476
D
Schematic .............................................................. 476
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 455
System Chart ......................................................... 477
Fuel Injection Control System ................................ 477
Component Inspection .......................................... 457 E
Fuel Injection Timing Control System .................... 479
Air Conditioning Cut Control .................................. 479
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR .............. 459 Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 459 Speed) ................................................................... 479 F
Crankcase Ventilation System ............................... 479
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .............. 460 CAN Communication ............................................. 480
Description ............................................................ 460
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ..................... 481 G
Fuel Filter ............................................................... 481
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ........ 463 Procedure After Replacing ECM ........................... 482
Description ............................................................ 463 Injector Adjustment Value Registration ................. 482 H
Inspection .............................................................. 463 Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing ...................... 483
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .. 484
(SDS) ................................................................ 465 I
DTC Detection Logic ............................................. 484
Fuel Pressure Regulator ....................................... 465 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ............................ 484
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing .............................. 465 Freeze Frame Data ............................................... 484
Ignition Coil ........................................................... 465 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) .......................... 485 J
Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 465 Relationship Between MIL, DTC, CONSULT-III
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 465 and Driving Patterns .............................................. 487
Fuel Pump ............................................................. 465 K
IACV-AAC Valve ................................................... 465 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .................................. 489
Injector .................................................................. 466 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction .............................. 489
Resistor ................................................................. 466 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 492
Basic Inspection .................................................... 493 L
Throttle Position Sensor ........................................ 466
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater .......................... 466 Symptom Matrix Chart ........................................... 496
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater .......................... 466 Engine Control Component Parts Location ........... 500
YD25DDTi (TYPE 1) Circuit Diagram ...................................................... 503 M
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............ 504
SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 467 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ..................... 504
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) ......................... 510 N
APPLICATION NOTICE ................................... 467 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
How to Check Vehicle Type .................................. 467 Mode ...................................................................... 513
INDEX FOR DTC .............................................. 468 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT O

U1000 .................................................................... 468 INCIDENT ........................................................ 515
P0016 - P0123 ...................................................... 468 Description ............................................................. 515
P0182 - P0217 ...................................................... 468 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 515 P
P0222 - P0380 ...................................................... 469
P0563 - P0686 ...................................................... 469 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 516
P1268 - P1275 ...................................................... 469 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 516
P1622 - P2229 ...................................................... 470 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 517
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 471 Ground Inspection ................................................. 521
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ... 523

On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................523 Mode ..................................................................... 548
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................523 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 548
Wiring Diagram ......................................................524 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 548
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................524 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 549
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ....... 525 Component Inspection .......................................... 552
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................525 DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERA-
TURE SENSOR ................................................ 553
DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM ............................ 527 Description ............................................................ 553
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................527 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................527 Mode ..................................................................... 553
Removal and Installation .......................................528 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 553
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP ................................. 529 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 554
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................529
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................529 DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR ................... 557
Removal and Installation .......................................530 Description ............................................................ 557
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM ............................ 531 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 557
Overall Function Check .........................................531 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 557
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................532 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 557
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ................. 534 Removal and Installation ....................................... 561
DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR .......................... 562
Mode ......................................................................534 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 562
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................534 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 562
Wiring Diagram ......................................................535 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR ............ 563
Component Inspection ...........................................538 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Removal and Installation .......................................539 Mode ..................................................................... 563
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ................... 540 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 563
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 564
Wiring Diagram ......................................................541
Component Inspection ...........................................543 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.. 568
Removal and Installation .......................................543 Description ............................................................ 568
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .................. 544 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 568
Description .............................................................544
Overall Function Check ......................................... 569
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 571
Wiring Diagram ......................................................545
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 575
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR .................. 548 DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR .................. 577
Description ............................................................ 577
Description .............................................................548

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC P0606 ECM ............................................. 609
Mode ..................................................................... 577 Description ............................................................. 609 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 577 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 609
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 577 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 609
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 578 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 609 EC
Component Inspection .......................................... 581 DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP .................... 611
Removal and Installation ....................................... 581 Description ............................................................. 611
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor C
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR .............................. 582 Mode ...................................................................... 611
Description ............................................................ 582 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 611
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 611 D
Mode ..................................................................... 582 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 612
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 582 Component Inspection ........................................... 614
E
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 583 Removal and Installation ....................................... 615
Component Inspection .......................................... 586 DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUP-
Removal and Installation ....................................... 586 PLY .................................................................. 616 F
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR .............................. 587 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 616
Description ............................................................ 587 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 617 G
Mode ..................................................................... 587
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 587 DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUP-
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 587 PLY .................................................................. 620 H
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 588 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 620
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 589 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 620
Component Inspection .......................................... 591 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 621 I
Removal and Installation ....................................... 592 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 622
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR .............................. 593 DTC P0668, P0669 ECM ................................. 625
J
Description ............................................................ 593 Description ............................................................. 625
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 593 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 625
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 593 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 625
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 594 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 625 K
Component Inspection .......................................... 597 DTC P0686 ECM RELAY ................................ 627
L
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR .............................. 598 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 628
Description ............................................................ 598 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 629
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 598 Component Inspection ........................................... 631 M
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 599 DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR ........... 632
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 600 Component Description ......................................... 632 N
Component Inspection .......................................... 602 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Removal and Installation ....................................... 602 Mode ...................................................................... 632
DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY .............................. 603 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 632 O
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 603 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 634
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 603 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 636
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 604 Component Inspection ........................................... 637 P
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 604 Removal and Installation ....................................... 638
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP ................................ 639
DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE ................... 607 Description ............................................................. 639
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 607 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 607 Mode ...................................................................... 639
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 607 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 639

Removal and Installation .......................................643 DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER
SUPPLY ............................................................ 667
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP ................................. 644 Component Description ........................................ 667
Component Inspection ...........................................648 DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIR-
Removal and Installation .......................................648 CUIT .................................................................. 671
Component Description ........................................ 671
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP ................................. 649 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Description .............................................................649 Mode ..................................................................... 671
Removal and Installation .......................................653 DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR ............... 676
Description ............................................................ 676
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP ................................. 654 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 676
Description .............................................................654 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 676
Mode ......................................................................654
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................654 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ............................ 678
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................654 Description ............................................................ 678
Wiring Diagram ......................................................655 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 679
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................656 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 679
Component Inspection ...........................................657 Component Inspection .......................................... 683
Removal and Installation .......................................658 Removal and Installation ....................................... 684
DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL- EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM ............... 685
UE .................................................................... 659 Description ............................................................ 685
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................659 Mode ..................................................................... 685
DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL- Removal and Installation ....................................... 692
UE .................................................................... 660
Description .............................................................660 HEAT UP SWITCH ........................................... 693
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 694
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR .............................. 662 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 695
Description .............................................................662 Component Inspection .......................................... 697
Mode ......................................................................662 BRAKE SWITCH .............................................. 698
Wiring Diagram ......................................................663 Mode ..................................................................... 698

Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 699 Fuel Injection Control System ................................ 722
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 700 Fuel Injection Timing Control System .................... 724 A
Component Inspection .......................................... 701 Air Conditioning Cut Control .................................. 724
Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine
PNP SWITCH ................................................... 702 Speed) ................................................................... 724
Description ............................................................ 702 EC
Crankcase Ventilation System ............................... 724
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor CAN Communication ............................................. 725
Mode ..................................................................... 702
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 703 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ..................... 726 C
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 704 Fuel Filter ............................................................... 726
Procedure After Replacing ECM ........................... 727
START SIGNAL ............................................... 706 Injector Adjustment Value Registration ................. 727 D
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 706 Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing ...................... 728
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 707 EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position
Learning Value Clear ............................................. 728
MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ................. 709 E
EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 709
Learning ................................................................. 728
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .. 730 F
(SDS) ................................................................ 710 Introduction ............................................................ 730
General Specification ............................................ 710 Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detec-
Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 710 tion Logic ............................................................... 730
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 710 G
Emission-Related Diagnostic Information .............. 730
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 710 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) .......................... 733
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor .................................... 710 OBD System Operation Chart ............................... 736
Fuel Injector .......................................................... 710 H
Crankshaft Position Sensor ................................... 710 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .................................. 739
Camshaft Position Sensor ..................................... 711 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction .............................. 739
Glow Plug .............................................................. 711 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 742 I
Fuel Pump ............................................................. 711 Basic Inspection .................................................... 743
YD25DDTi (TYPE 2) Symptom Matrix Chart ........................................... 746
Engine Control Component Parts Location ........... 750
SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 712 J
Circuit Diagram ...................................................... 754
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............ 755
APPLICATION NOTICE ................................... 712 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ..................... 755
How to Check Vehicle Type .................................. 712 CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) ......................... 761 K
INDEX FOR DTC .............................................. 713 Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ....................... 765
U1000 .................................................................... 713 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
P0016 - P0123 ...................................................... 713 Mode ...................................................................... 766 L
P0182 - P0217 ...................................................... 713 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
P0222 - P0488 ...................................................... 714
INCIDENT ........................................................ 768
P0563 - P0686 ...................................................... 714 M
Description ............................................................. 768
P1268 - P1275 ...................................................... 715
P1622 - P2229 ...................................................... 715
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 769 N
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 716
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 769
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ............................................................... 716 O
Ground Inspection ................................................. 774
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.. 716
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine ...... 716 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ... 776
Precaution ............................................................. 717 Description ............................................................. 776 P
PREPARATION ................................................ 720
Special Service Tool ............................................. 720
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 777
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 720
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 721
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ....... 778
Schematic ............................................................. 721
System Chart ........................................................ 722

DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR .................. 808
Removal and Installation .......................................781 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 808
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 809
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP ................................. 782 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 810
Removal and Installation .......................................783 DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERA-
TURE SENSOR ................................................ 813
Overall Function Check .........................................784 Mode ..................................................................... 813
Component Inspection ...........................................785 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 813
Removal and Installation .......................................786 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 814
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR .............................. 787 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 814
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR ................... 817
Mode ......................................................................787 Description ............................................................ 817
Wiring Diagram ......................................................789 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 817
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ................. 794 Component Inspection .......................................... 820
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR .......................... 822
Wiring Diagram ......................................................795
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................796 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR ............ 823
Component Inspection ...........................................798 Component Description ........................................ 823
Removal and Installation .......................................799 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 823
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ................... 800 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 823
Component Description .........................................800 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 823
Removal and Installation .......................................803 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.. 828
Description ............................................................ 828
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .................. 804 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................804 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 828
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................804 Overall Function Check ......................................... 829
Wiring Diagram ......................................................805 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 831
Component Inspection ...........................................807 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 835

Component Inspection .......................................... 835 DTC P0403 EGR SYSTEM ............................. 867
Description ............................................................. 867 A
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR .................. 837 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Description ............................................................ 837 Mode ...................................................................... 868
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 868
Mode ..................................................................... 837 EC
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 837 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 869
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 837 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 870
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 838 Removal and Installation ....................................... 873 C
Component Inspection .......................................... 841 DTC P0405, P0406 EGR SENSOR ................. 874
Removal and Installation ....................................... 841 Description ............................................................. 874 D
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR .............................. 842 Mode ...................................................................... 875
Description ............................................................ 842 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 875
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor E
Mode ..................................................................... 842 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 876
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 842 Removal and Installation ....................................... 879 F
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 843
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 844 DTC P0409 EGR SYSTEM ............................. 880
Component Inspection .......................................... 846 Description ............................................................. 880 G
Removal and Installation ....................................... 846 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ...................................................................... 881
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR .............................. 847 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 881
Description ............................................................ 847 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 881 H
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 882
Mode ..................................................................... 847 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 883
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 847 Removal and Installation ....................................... 886 I
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 848 DTC P0488 EGR SYSTEM ............................. 887
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 849 Description ............................................................. 887
J
Component Inspection .......................................... 851 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Removal and Installation ....................................... 852 Mode ...................................................................... 888
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR .............................. 853 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 888 K
Description ............................................................ 853 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 889
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 853 Removal and Installation ....................................... 891 L
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 854
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 855 DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE .................. 892
Component Inspection .......................................... 857 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 892
Removal and Installation ....................................... 857 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 892 M
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR .............................. 858
Description ............................................................ 858 DTC P0606 ECM ............................................. 894 N
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 858 Description ............................................................. 894
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 859 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 894
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 860 O
Removal and Installation ....................................... 862 DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP .................... 896
Description ............................................................. 896 P
DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY .............................. 863 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 863 Mode ...................................................................... 896
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 864 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 896
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 864 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 897
Component Inspection .......................................... 866 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 898

Removal and Installation .......................................900 Removal and Installation ....................................... 934
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUP- DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP .................................. 935
PLY .................................................................. 901 Description ............................................................ 935
Wiring Diagram ......................................................902 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 935
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 936
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUP- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 937
PLY .................................................................. 906 Component Inspection .......................................... 938
Wiring Diagram ......................................................907 DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP .................................. 940
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................908 Description ............................................................ 940
DTC P0668, P0669 ECM ................................. 911 Mode ..................................................................... 940
Description .............................................................911 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 940
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY ................................ 913 Removal and Installation ....................................... 944
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................913 DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL-
Wiring Diagram ......................................................914 UE ..................................................................... 945
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................915 Description ............................................................ 945
Component Inspection ...........................................917 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 945
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR ........... 918 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 945
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL-
Mode ......................................................................918 UE ..................................................................... 946
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................918 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 946
Wiring Diagram ......................................................920 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 946
Removal and Installation .......................................924 DTC P2135 APP SENSOR ............................... 948
Description ............................................................ 948
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP ................................. 925 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Removal and Installation .......................................929 DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER
SUPPLY ............................................................ 953
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP ................................. 930 Component Description ........................................ 953

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIR- Description ............................................................. 976
CUIT .................................................................. 957 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor A
Component Description ......................................... 957 Mode ...................................................................... 976
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 977
Mode ..................................................................... 957 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 978 EC
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 957 Component Inspection ........................................... 979
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 958
PNP SWITCH .................................................. 980
Description ............................................................. 980 C
Mode ...................................................................... 980
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 981 D
DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR ............... 962 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 982
Description ............................................................ 962
START SIGNAL .............................................. 984
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 984 E
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ............................ 964 MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ................ 987 F
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 987
Description ............................................................ 964
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 965 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 965 (SDS) ............................................................... 988 G
General Specification ............................................ 988
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................ 988
HEAT UP SWITCH ........................................... 971 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 988 H
Description ............................................................ 971 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 988
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor ..................................... 988
Mode ..................................................................... 971 Fuel Injector ........................................................... 988
I
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 972 Crankshaft Position Sensor ................................... 988
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 973 Camshaft Position Sensor ..................................... 989
Component Inspection .......................................... 975 Glow Plug .............................................................. 989
Fuel Pump ............................................................. 989 J
BRAKE SWITCH .............................................. 976

INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [KA24DE (FOR MEXICO)]
SERVICE INFORMATION
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC No. Index INFOID:0000000003489934
×: Applicable —: Not applicable

1
DTC*
Items MIL lighting
CONSULT-III Trip Reference page
3 (CONSULT-III screen terms) up
ECM*
GST*2
— — Unable to access ECM — — EC-58
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 P0000 FURTHER TESTING — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 1 × EC-98
P0107 0107 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC 1 × EC-105
P0108 0108 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC 1 × EC-105
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 2 × EC-106
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 2 × EC-106
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-110
P0122 0122 TP SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-114
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-120
P0133 0133 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-126
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-134
P0135 0135 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-139
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-143
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-148
P0141 0141 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-154
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 2 × EC-159
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 2 × EC-164
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE 1 or 2 × EC-169
P0301 0301 CYL1 MISFIRE 1 or 2 × EC-169
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 1 — EC-174
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-178
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-183
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 2 × EC-189
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-192
P0505 0505 ISC SYSTEM/CIRC 2 × EC-199
P0605 0605 ECM 1 or 2 × EC-203
P1143 1143 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-205
P1144 1144 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-210

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1
Items MIL lighting A
(CONSULT-III screen terms) up
ECM*3
GST*2
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-214 EC
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-220
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-226
P1336 1336 CKP SENSOR (COG) 1 × EC-230 C
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-235
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
D
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
*3: This number is controlled by NISSAN, and displayed in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
Alphabetical Index INFOID:0000000003489933 E
DTC*1 F
Items MIL lighting
ECM*3
GST*2
G
Unable to access ECM — — — — EC-58
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0107 0107 1 × EC-105
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0108 0108 1 × EC-105 H
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 1 × EC-178
CKP SENSOR (COG) P1336 1336 1 × EC-230
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 1 × EC-183
I
CYL1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 1 or 2 × EC-169

CYL2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 1 or 2 × EC-169 J
ECM P0605 0605 1 or 2 × EC-203 K
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0117 0117 1 × EC-110
L
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 1 × EC-226
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 2 × EC-159
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 2 × EC-164 M
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 2 × EC-120
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 2 × EC-126
N
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 2 × EC-134
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 2 × EC-205
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 2 × EC-210 O
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0135 0135 2 × EC-139
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 2 × EC-143
P
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 2 × EC-148
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 2 × EC-214
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 2 × EC-220
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0141 0141 2 × EC-154
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0112 0112 2 × EC-106
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0113 0113 2 × EC-106

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1
Items MIL lighting
2 ECM*3
GST*
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC P0505 0505 2 × EC-199
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 1 — EC-174
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0102 0102 1 × EC-98
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 2 × EC-169
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 P0000 — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 2 × EC-235
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0122 0122 1 × EC-114
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 2 × EC-189
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 2 × EC-192

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
A
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000004052803
EC
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of C
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by D
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag E
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
F
ness connectors.
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000003858216
G
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair H
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will I
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-43, "Description". J
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before K
returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution INFOID:0000000003858217
L
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running. M
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is N
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect negative battery cable. O
SEF289H

PRECAUTIONS
• Do not disassemble ECM.
• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. Thus,
the engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However,
this is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts
because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
PBIA9222J
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
• When connecting ECM harness connector (1), fasten (B) it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure.
- ECM (2)
- Loosen (A)
PBIB2947E
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions prop-
erly. Refer to EC-69, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft
position sensor (OBD).
MEF040D

PRECAUTIONS
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check. A
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
EC
SAT652J
D
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and E
damage the ECM power transistor.
SEF348N
K
• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. L

- Fuel pump assembly (1)
• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
M
ALBIA0537ZZ O

PRECAUTIONS
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to

observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
radio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
A
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000003489940
EC
Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap
C
Radiator cap tester adapter and radiator filler neck
a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia. D
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564
E
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000003489941
F
Tool name Description
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve open-
ing pressure G
NT653
Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tem- I

perature sensor
NT705
K
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use
with anti-seize lubricant shown in “Commer- L
cial Service tools”.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm, for Zir-
conia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm, for Ti- M
tania Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning

i.e.: (Permatex™ 133AR or equivalent tool when reconditioning exhaust system N
meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) threads.
AEM489
P

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Schematic INFOID:0000000003489942
JMBIA1459GB

Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000003489943
EC
ALBIA0557ZZ
J
1. Fuel pressure regulator 2. Air duct 3. EVAP canister
Never use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.
K
Refer to EC-24, "Schematic" for vacuum control system.
System Chart INFOID:0000000003489944
L
Input (Sensor) ECM function Output (Actuator)

• Camshaft position sensor Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Fuel injector M
• Mass air flow sensor
Distributor ignition system Power transistor
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 IACV-AAC valve and IACV-FICD
Idle air control system N
• Ignition switch solenoid valve
• Throttle position sensor
Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
• Air conditioner switch Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor & on board Malfunction indicator lamp
• Knock sensor diagnostic system (On the instrument panel) O
• Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) Heated oxygen sensors 1, 2 heater control Heated oxygen sensor heater
• Battery voltage
• Power steering oil pressure switch P
• Vehicle speed sensor
Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
• Intake air temperature sensor
• Heated oxygen sensor 2*
*: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System INFOID:0000000003489945
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Camshaft position sensor Engine speed and piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position
Throttle position sensor
Throttle valve idle position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position Fuel injection &
mixture ratio Fuel injector
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed
control
Ignition switch Start signal
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Battery Battery voltage
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering operation
Heated oxygen sensor 2* Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the camshaft position sensor and the mass air flow
sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
PBIB2953E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses a
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about the

heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-119, "Component Description". This maintains the mixture ratio within the
range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture). A
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
EC
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback C
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
• Deceleration and acceleration
• Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit D
• Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
• High engine coolant temperature
• During warm-up E
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from the heated oxy- F
gen sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close
to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as
originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio. G
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios. H
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
I
value. The signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN com-
pared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation J
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING K
SEF337W N
Two types of systems are used.
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used O
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of P
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four fuel
injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.

Distributor Ignition (DI) System INFOID:0000000003489946

Throttle position
Ignition timing
Power transistor
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed control
Knock sensor Engine knocking
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal. Comput-
ing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions.
If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The
ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Air Conditioning Cut Control INFOID:0000000003489947
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal
Throttle position sensor Throttle valve opening angle
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed
Air conditioner
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner relay
cut control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering and air conditioner during low engine speed or when fully releasing acceler-
ator pedal.

• When engine speed is excessively low.
A
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) INFOID:0000000003489948

EC
C
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position
Fuel cut control Fuel injector
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed D
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 3,000 rpm under no load, (for example, the shift position is Neutral and engine
E
speed is over 3,000 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies
based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE: F
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-26, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
System".
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) INFOID:0000000003489949
G
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The FIC is installed on the throttle body to maintain adequate engine H
speed while the engine is cold. It is operated by a volumetric change
in wax located inside the thermo-element. The thermo-element is
operated by engine coolant temperature. I
For inspection refer to EC-30, "Basic Inspection".
SEF500V
K

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
Basic Inspection INFOID:0000000003489961
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature

indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF810K
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no

load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III) >> GO TO 2.
OK (With GST) >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace components as necessary according
to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
SEF977U
2.CHECK FI CAM FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Adjust accelerator wire. Refer to ACC-3, "Adjusting Accelerator Wire".
2. Warm up engine to 75°C (167°F).
3. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds, then turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

5. When the engine coolant temp is 75 to 85°C (167 to 185°F),
check that the clearance between stopper and throttle drum (2) A
is less than 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) using feeler gauge (1) as
shown in the figure.
- Throttle adjust screw (3)
EC
- This figure shows a view with air cleaner removed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
C
NG >> 1. Replace throttle body assembly. Refer to EM-12,
"Removal and Installation".
2. GO TO 3. AWBIA0609ZZ
3.CHECK IGNITION TIMING D
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. E
2. Select “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Check ignition timing at idle using timing light.
F
20 ± 5°BTDC (in Neutral position)
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> 1. Adjust ignition timing by turning distributor.
2. GO TO 4. H
SEF320V
I
4.CHECK BASE IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
J
1. Select “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode and touch “START”.
2. Check idle speed.
750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) K

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
L
NG >> 1. Adjust base idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw.
2. GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION M
With CONSULT-III
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Select “THRTL POS SEN” and “CLSD THL POS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Read the indications with accelerator pedal fully released.
O
THRTL POS SEN : 0.2 - 0.8 V
CLSD THL POS : ON
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION
With CONSULT-III
1. Loosen throttle position sensor fixing bolts.

2. Adjust “THRTL POS SEN” indication to 0.5 V by rotating throttle
position sensor body (2) clockwise/counterclockwise.
- Throttle body (1)
3. Retighten throttle position sensor fixing bolts.
>> GO TO 7.
AWBIA0610ZZ
7.RESET IDLE POSITION MEMORY

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “CLSD THL POS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Stop engine.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 until “CLSD THL POS” indication changes to ON.
>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
2. GO TO 16.
With GST
4. Select Service $01with GST.
check that the clearance between stopper and throttle drum (2)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING

Without CONSULT-III
2. Stop engine and disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector.
3. Start engine.
4. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load and then run engine at idle speed.
5. Check ignition timing at idle using timing light. A

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 11.
2. GO TO 11. C
SEF320V D
Without CONSULT-III E
Make sure that engine speed falls to the following speed.

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> 1. Adjust base idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw. G
2. GO TO 12.
12.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION
H
Without CONSULT-III
2. Stop engine and turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 37 and ground. I
Voltage : 0.2 - 0.8 V

OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
K
JMBIA1471ZZ
L
Without CONSULT-III M
2. Adjust voltage between ECM terminal 37 and ground to 0.5 V by
rotating throttle position sensor body (2) clockwise/counterclock-
wise. N
- Throttle body (1)
O
>> GO TO 14.
AWBIA0610ZZ

Without CONSULT-III
2. Stop engine.

5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 10 times.
>> GO TO 15.
Without CONSULT-III

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
2. GO TO 16.
16.ERASE UNNECESSARY DTC
After this inspection, unnecessary DTC No. might be displayed.
Erase the stored memory in ECM.
Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMMISION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION” in EC-36, "Emission-
related Diagnostic Information".
>> INSPECTION END

Procedure After Replacing ECM INFOID:0000000003858205
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed.

1. Perform EC-30, "Basic Inspection".
Fuel Pressure Check INFOID:0000000003489951
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove fuse for fuel pump.
- Fuel pump relay (1)
- Fuse block (2)
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
ALBIA0559ZZ
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
• When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.

• Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps. A
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false
readings.
EC
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Disconnect fuel hose between fuel filter and fuel tube (engine side).
3. Install pressure gauge between fuel filter and fuel tube. C
4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
AEC064B F
5. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.

G
At idle speed:
With vacuum hose Approximately 235 kPa (2.35 bar,
connected 2.4 kg/cm2, 34 psi) H
disconnected 3.0 kg/cm2, 43 psi)
I
If results are unsatisfactory, perform EC-35, "Fuel Pressure
Regulator Check".
SEF318V
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check INFOID:0000000003489952 J
1. Stop engine and disconnect fuel pressure regulator vacuum

hose from intake manifold. K
2. Plug intake manifold with a rubber cap.
3. Connect variable vacuum source to fuel pressure regulator.
4. Start engine and read indication of fuel pressure gauge as vac- L
uum is changed.
Fuel pressure should decrease as vacuum increases. If results
are unsatisfactory, replace fuel pressure regulator. M
SEF718B

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Introduction INFOID:0000000003489953
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of ISO 15031-6

Freeze Frame data Service $02 of ISO 15031-6
System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of ISO 15031-6
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of ISO 15031-6
1st Trip Freeze Frame data —
Test values and Test limits Service $06 of ISO 15031-6
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
Freeze Frame 1st trip Freeze

DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data
CONSULT-III × × × × × —
GST × ×* × — × ×
*: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-58,
"Fail-Safe Chart".)
Two Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000003489954
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC

1st trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip
Lighting Lighting displaying displaying displaying displaying
Blinking Blinking
up up
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses
— × — — × — — —
(Refer to EC-16, "DTC No. Index".)
Fail-safe items (Refer to EC-58,
— × — — ×* — — —
"Fail-Safe Chart".)
Except above — — — × — × × —
*: Except “ECM”
Emission-related Diagnostic Information INFOID:0000000003489955
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS

DTC*1*2 Test value/

A
Items
CONSULT-III SRT code Test limit 1st trip DTC Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
GST (GST only)
NO DTC IS DETECTED. EC
FURTHER TESTING P0000 — — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0102 — — — EC-98 C
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0103 — — — EC-98
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0107 — — — EC-105
D
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0108 — — — EC-105
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0112 — — × EC-106
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0113 — — × EC-106 E
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0117 — — — EC-110
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0118 — — — EC-110
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0122 — — — EC-114
F
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0123 — — — EC-114

HO2S1 (B1) P0132 — × × EC-119 G
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 × × ×*3 EC-125
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 — × × EC-133
H
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0135 × × ×*3 EC-139
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 — × × EC-143
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 × × ×* 3 EC-148 I
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0141 × × ×*3 EC-154
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 — — × EC-159
J
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 — — × EC-164
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 — — × EC-169
CYL1 MISFIRE P0301 — — × EC-169 K
CYL2 MISFIRE P0302 — — × EC-169
L
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 — — — EC-174
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 — — — EC-174 M
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 — — — EC-178
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 — — — EC-183
N
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 × × ×*3 EC-189
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 — — × EC-192
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC P0505 — — × EC-198 O
ECM P0605 — — × EC-203
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 × × ×*3 EC-204
P
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 × × ×* 3 EC-209
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 × × ×*3 EC-214
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 × × ×*3 EC-220

ENG OVER TEMP P1217 — — — EC-226

DTC*1*2 Test value/
Items
GST (GST only)
CKP SENSOR (COG) P1336 — — — EC-230

P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 — — × EC-235
*3: This is not displayed with GST.
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed. If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM
memory. The MIL will not light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd
trip (meeting the required driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same mal-
function is detected in the 2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL
lights up. In other words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunc-
tion occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed
between the 1st and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or
light up the MIL during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION".
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION ITEMS". These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/compo-
nent. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the
MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent
the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-53, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction". Then per-
form DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the mal-
function is duplicated, the item requires repair.
How to read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-III
With GST
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1143, P1706, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
• 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST does not indicate whether the malfunction is
still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if avail-
able) is recommended.
DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in “SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT” mode of CONSULT-III.
Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, throttle valve opening, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-74, "CONSULT-III Function".
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no A
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
EC
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
C
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd D
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is E
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory. F
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION". G
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of ISO 15031-5.
As part of enhanced emissions test for Inspection and Maintenance (I/M), certain states require that the status H
of SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and
components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
I
the information in this service manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases, the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased. J
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern and the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE: K
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for one or more of the SRT items, the L
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even M
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
This service manual contains the service procedure and support information to perform a comprehensive road
test that enables the ECM to complete the SRT. N
SRT Item
The following table shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
O
SRT item Performance Corresponding DTC No.
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
(CONSULT-III indication) Priority *
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420 P

HO2S 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1143
HO2S HTR 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0135
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0141
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure) one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-III.
SRT Set Timing

SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between them and is shown in
the following table.
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
Case 1
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
All OK
P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
Case 2
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG exists Case 3
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL “ON”)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a same cycle (Ignition OFF – ON – OFF), the SRT
will indicate “CMPLT”.
→ Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result.
→ Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “COMPLT”.
→ Case 3 above
The previous table shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 and 2) or two (2) for one self-diagnosis (Case 3). However, in preparation for the State
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary of each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) because of the
following reasons;
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnostic results.

• When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from ECM after repair. A
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior
EC
to the State emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has been rejected for the State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating C
“INCMP”, review the following flowchart diagnostic sequence.
O
SEF573XB
*1 "How to read DTC and 1st Trip DTC" *2 "How to Display SRT Code" *3 "How to Set SRT Code"
P
How to Display SRT Code
With CONSULT-III
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose
SRT codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set. “CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is
complete and SRT is set.

With GST
Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
With CONSULT-III
Perform corresponding DTC confirmation procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table on
"SRT Item".
Without CONSULT-III
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on "Driving Pattern".
The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.

Driving Pattern
A
EC
JMBIA1461GB
P
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time required, for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:

• Sea level
• Flat road
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
sis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
• The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 41 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
• The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C
(158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 41 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
Pattern 2:
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested upshift speeds for M/T models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas [less than 1,219 m For quick acceleration in low altitude
(4,000 ft)]: areas and high altitude areas [over
1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
Gear change ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) CRUISE shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd 21 (13) 21 (13) 24 (15)
2nd to 3rd 37 (23) 26(16) 40 (25)
3rd to 4th 53 (33) 43 (27) 64 (40)
4th to 5th 63 (39) 58 (36) 72 (45)
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear
Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the high-
est gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road condi-
tions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
km/h (MPH)
Gear
2WD (AUTO mode)
1st 50 (30)
2nd 95 (60)
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-III)
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen.
Test value
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC (GST display) Test limit Conversion
TID CID
P0420 01H 01H Max. 1/128
CATALYST Three way catalyst function
P0420 02H 81H Min. 1

Test value
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC (GST display) Test limit Conversion A
TID CID
P0133 09H 04H Max. 16 ms
EC
P1143 0AH 84H Min. 10 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144 0BH 04H Max. 10 mV
P0132 0CH 04H Max. 10 mV C
HO2S P0134 0DH 04H Max. 1s
P0139 19H 86H Min. 10 mV/500 ms
D
P1147 1AH 86H Min. 10 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146 1BH 06H Max. 10 mV
P0138 1CH 06H Max. 10 mV E
P0135 29H 08H Max. 20 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
HO2S P0135 2AH 88H Min. 20 mV
HEATER P0141 2DH 0AH Max. 20 mV F
P0141 2EH 8AH Min. 20 mV
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION G
How to Erase DTC (With CONSULT-III)

NOTE:
H
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least
5 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
I
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
3. Select “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
How to Erase DTC (With GST) J

NOTE:
5 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. K
1. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
NOTE:
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 L
hours.
• The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
M
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes N
6. Test values
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures. O
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000003489956
DESCRIPTION P

The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-267,
"Wiring Diagram".
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SAT652J
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION

The on board diagnostic system has the following two functions.
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function

Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open
ON position circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
Engine stopped
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is de-
WARNING tected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip de-
tection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
• Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
• One trip detection diagnoses
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS
Engine stopped
Engine running HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or rich),
MONITOR monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK

In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to
EC-267, "Wiring Diagram".
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected or the ECM's CPU is malfunctioning.
OFF No malfunction.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL A
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden-
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
EC
read a code.
G
PBIA3905E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated H
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle. I
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal- J
function.
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to K
“HOW to ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)”.
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
• Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
L
Diagnostic Test Mode II — Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor
In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
M
MIL Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system N
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop. O
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions. Then make sure that the P
MIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no load.
MIL FLASHING WITHOUT DTC
If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diag-
nostic test mode. How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are
described later. Refer to “How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode”.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes

• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
• Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
HOW to SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to confirm all DTCs certainly.
PBIB0092E
HOW to SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR)

1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
Refer to “HOW to SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)”.
2. Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
HOW to ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to “HOW to SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST
MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)”.
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
OBD System Operation Chart INFOID:0000000003489957
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-36, "Two Trip Detection Logic".
• The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when the
recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, the
counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.

• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in “OK” for the 2nd trip.
A
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other

EC
MIL (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B) C
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under Fuel Injection System and Misfire, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”". D
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see "Driving Pattern A".
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip. E
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE”
<EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
F
SEF392S

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with-
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORA-

TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Driving Pattern B
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
• The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”)
Driving Pattern C
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
1. The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) × (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), “T” should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or equal
to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
• The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1).
• The C counter will be counted up when (1) is satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

EC
L
SEF393SD
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM. O
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip P
freeze frame data will be cleared.
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETE-
RIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

Driving Pattern A
AEC574
• The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
Driving Pattern B
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
• The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”).

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction INFOID:0000000003858204
INTRODUCTION EC
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen- C
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
D
E
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit- F

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace- G
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-III or a circuit tester connected should be per- J
formed. Follow the Work Flow below.
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus- K
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on “Worksheet Sample” should be used. L
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle. M
WORK FLOW

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Overall Sequence
PBIB3637E
Detailed Flow
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET”.
>> GO TO 2.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2.CHECK DTC*1 A
1. Check DTC*1.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC*1 is displayed.
- Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2. (Print them out with CONSULT-III.) EC
1
- Erase DTC* . (Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMMISION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION” in EC-
36, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus- C
tomer. (Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-59, "Symptom Matrix Chart".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected? D
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
E
Symptom is not described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON). F
DIAGNOSIS WORKSHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check diagnosis results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. G
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM H
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check diagnosis results. I
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6. J
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC*1, and then make sure that DTC*1 is detected K
again.
If two or more DTCs*1 are detected, refer to EC-57, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order. L
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data*2 is useful if the DTC*1 is not detected.
• Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This M
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this check.
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirmation
Procedure. N
Is DTC*1 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No >> Check according to EC-90, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-30, "Basic Inspection".
P
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 9.
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT-III

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value using
“SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-82, "Inspection Procedure".
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-83, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-59, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom
in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Inspect the system.
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> Monitor input data from related sensors using CONSULT-III (Refer to EC-80, "CONSULT-III Refer-
ence Value in Data Monitor Mode".), or check voltage of related ECM terminals (Refer to EC-69,
"ECM Terminal and Reference Value".).
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors after repair and replacement.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMMISION-RELATED DIAGNOS-
TIC INFORMATION” in EC-36, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again,
and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
OK or NG
NG (DTC*1 is detected)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
OK >> 1. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC*1 in ECM
(Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMMISION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION” in EC-36,
"Emission-related Diagnostic Information").
2. INSPECTION END
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou- A
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
EC
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the Worksheet Sample below in
order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
C
SEF907L
D
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
P
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000003489959
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Priority Detected items (DTC)

1 • P0102, P0103 MAF sensor
• P0107, P0108 Absolute pressure sensor
• P0112, P0113 IAT sensor
• P0117, P0118 ECT sensor
• P0122, P0123 TP sensor
• P0327, P0328 KS
• P0335, P1336 CKP sensor
• P0340 CMP sensor
• P0500 VSS
• P0605 ECM
• P1706 PNP switch
2 • P0135 HO2S1 heater
• P0141 HO2S2 heater
• P0132, P0133, P0134, P1143, P1144 HO2S1
• P0138, P0139, P1146, P1147 HO2S2
• P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
3 • P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
• P0300 - P0304 Misfire
• P0420 Three way catalyst function
• P0505 ISC system
Fail-Safe Chart INFOID:0000000003489960
When the DTC listed beow is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
DTC No.
CONSULT-III Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
GST
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0112 Intake air temperature The ECM functions on the assumption that the intake air temperature is 25°C (77°F).
P0113 sensor
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned
40°C (104°F)
to ON or START
Approx. 4 minutes or more after
80°C (176°F)
engine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
P0122 Throttle position sensor Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine
P0123 circuit speed. Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DTC No.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode A
CONSULT-III
GST
Unable to ac- ECM ECM fail-safe activating condition
cess ECM The computing function of the ECM was judged to be malfunctioning. EC
When the fail-safe system activates (i.e., if the ECM detects a malfunction condition in
the CPU of ECM), the MIL on the instrument panel lights to warn the driver.
However it is not possible to access ECM and DTC cannot be confirmed.
Engine control with fail-safe
C
When ECM fail-safe is operating, fuel injection, ignition timing, fuel pump operation and
IACV-AAC valve operation are controlled under certain limitations.
ECM fail-safe operation D
Engine speed Engine speed will not rise more than 3,000 rpm
Fuel injection Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system
E
Ignition timing Ignition timing is fixed at the preset valve
Fuel pump relay is ON when engine is running and
Fuel pump
OFF when engine stalls
F
IACV-AAC valve Full open
Replace ECM, if ECM fail-safe condition is confirmed.
G
Symptom Matrix Chart INFOID:0000000003489962
SYSTEM — ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM H
SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

I
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

J
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
Refer-
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
ence K
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-254
N
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-35
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-245
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-268 O
Air Positive crankcase ventilation
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-271
system
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-30 P
IACV-AAC valve circuit 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-198
IACV-FICD solenoid valve circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-263
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjust-
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-30
ment
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-240

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM




Refer-
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
ence
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 EC-91
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 MTC-23
Camshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-183
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-98
EC-120
EC-126
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-134
EC-205
EC-210
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 EC-110
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-114
Incorrect throttle position sensor adjust-
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-30
ment
Vehicle speed sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-192
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-174
EC-58
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-203
Start signal circuit 2 EC-250
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-235
Power steering oil pressure switch circuit 2 3 3 3 3 EC-259
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next table)
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM A

EC



C
Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel tank FL-15
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5
Vapor lock G
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso- 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
H
line, Low octane)
—
Air Air duct
Air cleaner I
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — throttle
5 5 5 5 5 5
body)
5 5 5 5 J
Throttle body, Throttle wire ACC-3
Air leakage from intake mani-
—
fold/Collector/Gasket
K
Crank- Battery SC-4
ing 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Alternator circuit SC-20
Starter circuit 3 SC-8 L
Flywheel/Drive plate 6 EM-53
PNP switch 4 —
M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4 EM-37
Piston ring EM-53
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain
mecha-
Camshaft EM-24
nism 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Intake valve EM-37
3
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EX-4
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion filter/Oil gallery LU-10
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2
LU-10
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler
cap
Thermostat CO-8
Water pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 2 5
Water gallery
Coolant level (low)/Contaminat-
CO-9
ed coolant

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Engine Control Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003489963
EC
ALBIA0556ZZ
J
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Triple pressure switch 3. Throttle position sensor
4. Engine coolant temperature sensor 5. Knock sensor 6. Power steering oil pressure switch
7. Distributor 8. Intake air temperature sensor 9. Heated oxygen sensor 1
K
10. Spark plugs 11. Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) 12. Fuel injectors
13. Fuel pressure regulator 14. IACV-FICD solenoid valve 15. IACV-AAC valve
L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ALBIA0561ZZ
1. Mass air flow sensor harness con- 2. Ignition coil and condenser harness 3. Camshaft position sensor and power
nector connector transistor harness connector
(view with air cleaner removed)
4. Throttle position sensor harness 5. Throttle body (view with air cleaner 6. IACS-FICD solenoid valve harness
connector removed) connector
7. IACV-AAC valve harness connector 8. Fuel injectors (view with air cleaner 9. Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
removed) (view with engine removed)
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
L
ALBIA0563ZZ
1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. Intake air temperature sensor har- 3. Heated oxygen sensor 1 M
harness connector (view with air ness connector
cleaner removed)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 5. Power steering oil pressure switch 6. Air duct
N
harness connector
7. Power steering oil pressure switch 8. Knock sensor (view with air cleaner 9. Intake manifold
removed)
: Vehicle front O

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PBIB1175E
ALBIA0526ZZ
1. Brake master cylinder 2. Heated oxygen sensor 1 3. Muffler

4. Heated oxygen sensor 2
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
ALBIA0562ZZ
P
1. ECM 2. ECM relay 3. Hood release handle
4. Data link connector 5. Fuel pump fuse (15 A) 6. Ground M122, M123 (view with air
cleaner removed)
7. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 8. Fuel pump harness connector (cab-
in-chassis model shown)
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000003489964
BBWA0434E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000003489965
EC
PBIA9221J
D
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000003489966
E
PREPARATION
1. ECM is located behind the instrument lower cover.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
• When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen (A) it
with levers (1) as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
- ECM (2)
- Fasten (B) G
PBIB2947E
I
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: J
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
K
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO. L
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0.4 V
Heated oxygen sensor heater • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
1 R
1 [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE M
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm (11 - 14 V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
2 G Fuel injector No. 1
3 LG Fuel injector No. 2 SEF204T
6 SB Fuel injector No. 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE

7 V Fuel injector No. 4
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
SEF205T
4 BR ECM ground — —
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm after
the following conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up Approximately 0.4 V
- Maintaining the engine speed between
Heated oxygen sensor heater 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
5 Y
2 idle for 1 minute under no load
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,800 rpm
10.5 - 11.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
SEF645U
9 GR IACV-AAC valve
1 - 13 V
[Engine is running]
SEF646U
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

10 W Current return
• Idle speed (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0-1V
12 R Malfunction indicator lamp [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
MI- WIRE A
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] EC
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
0-1V
switch ON
14 Y Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: ON]
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch ON
[Engine is running] D
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: Approximately 0 V
16 G Air conditioner relay ON
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE E
• A/C switch: OFF (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0-1V F
ECM relay switch OFF
17 L
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE G
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
0-1V
[Engine is running] H
• Idle speed
NOTE:
I
rpm at idle.
SEF190T
25 — Tachometer J
0.5 - 2 V
[Engine is running] K
L
SEF191T
M
0 - 0.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed N
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
O
SEF186T
31 V Ignition signal
0.2 - 1.0 V
P
[Engine is running]
SEF187T

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
NO.
• Warm-up condition 0.2 - 0.8 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
37 O Throttle position sensor
• Engine: Stopped 3.5 - 4.5 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor ground
39 W — —
(Throttle position sensor)
Approximately 0 - 4.8 V
Engine coolant temperature
41 LG [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
sensor
coolant temperature.
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
42 Y Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
43 G — —
(Mass air flow sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met.
45 G Heated oxygen sensor 2 0 - Approximately 1.0 V
- Engine: After warming up
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0 V
46 W Heated oxygen sensor 1 • Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
Sensor ground
47 B — —
(Heated oxygen sensor 1)
49 P Intake air temperature sensor [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake air
temperature.
[Engine is running]
50 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.4 V
• Idle speed
Sensor ground
51 L — —
Sensor ground
[Engine coolant temperature
55 BR sensor/Intake air temperature — —
sensor/Crankshaft position
sensor (OBD)]
1-4V
[Engine is running]
• Lift up the vehicle
57 GR Vehicle speed sensor
• Shift lever: 2nd position
• Vehicle speed: 40 km/h (25 MPH)
SEF111V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
MI- WIRE A
NAL COLOR
NO.
0.2 - 0.5 V EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
rpm at idle.
61 R Camshaft position sensor SEF114V D

62 R (Reference signal)
0 - 0.5 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
SEF200T
Approximately 2.6 V G
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
rpm at idle.
Camshaft position sensor SEF195T I

65 W
(Position signal)
Approximately 2.5 - 2.6 V
J
[Engine is running]
K
SEF196T
Approximately 0 V L
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: M
rpm at idle.
69 R
Crankshaft position sensor SEF112V
N
(OBD)
Approximately 0 V
O
[Engine is running]
P
SEF113V
Sensor power supply

77 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V
Power supply BATTERY VOLTAGE
79 GR [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14 V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
84 L Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Both air conditioner switch and blower Approximately 0 V
85 Y Air conditioner switch fan switch: ON (Compressor operates.)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0 V
86 R Start signal BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: START]
(11 - 14 V)
Approximately 0 V
Park/neutral position (PNP) • Shift lever: Neutral position
90 V
switch [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5 V
• Shift lever: Except above position
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 V
Power steering oil pressure • Steering wheel: Turned
94 SB
switch [Engine is running]
Approximately 5 V
• Steering wheel: Not turned
101 G Data link connector — —
108 B ECM ground — —
109 W BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
110 W (11 - 14 V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000003489967
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work support
dications on the CONSULT-III unit.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly. *
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECM Identification ECM part numbers can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Test values
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE A

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT
RESULTS FUNC- CONFIRMATION
Item WORK DATA
FREEZE TION DTC EC
SUPPORT MONITOR SRT
DTC*1 FRAME TEST WORK
STATUS
DATA*2 SUPPORT
Camshaft position sensor × × × C
Mass air flow sensor × ×
Engine coolant temperature sen-
× × ×
sor D
Heated oxygen sensor 1 × × × ×
E
Vehicle speed signal × × ×
Throttle position sensor × × × ×
Intake air temperature sensor × × × F
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
Crankshaft position sensor

×
INPUT
(OBD)
Knock sensor × G
Ignition switch (start signal) ×
Closed throttle position switch
×
(throttle position sensor signal) H
Air conditioner switch ×
Park/Neutral position (PNP)
× × I
switch
Power steering oil pressure
×
switch
Air conditioner switch × J
Battery voltage ×
Fuel injector × ×
K
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × ×
IACV-AAC valve × × × ×
OUTPUT
Air conditioner relay × L

Fuel pump relay × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater × × ×
M
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × × ×
Calculated load value × ×
×: Applicable N
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-III screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-36, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". O
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
P

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ • FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION IN THE SERVICE When adjusting the idle throttle
MANUAL position
IGNITION TIMING ADJ • IGNITION TIMING FEEDBACK CONTROL WILL BE When adjusting initial ignition tim-
HELD BY TOUCHING “START”. AFTER DOING SO, AD- ing
JUST IGNITION TIMING WITH A TIMING LIGHT BY
TURNING THE CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure from
ING IDLING. fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
SELF-LEARNING CONT • THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When releasing the coefficient of
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value
FICIENT.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE

Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-16, "DTC No. Index".
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data

Description
item*
DIAG TROUBLE
• Engine Control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer to EC-
CODE
16, "DTC No. Index".)
[PXXXX]
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode 2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B1
Mode 3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode 4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode 5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP
• The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
S-FUEL TRM-B1 • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[%] • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule.
• “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than
[%]
short-term fuel trim.
ENGINE SPEED
• The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[rpm]
VEHICL SPEED
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
ABSOL TH-P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL
• The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks A

• Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed
drops below the idle rpm.
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the REF
ENG SPEED rpm • If the signal is interrupted while the en-
signal (180° signal) of the camshaft position sensor. EC
gine is running, an abnormal value may
be indicated.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is dis- value is indicated. C
MAS A/F SE-B1 V
played. • When engine is running, specification
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection pulse
• When engine is running, specification D
B/FUEL SCHDL msec width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on
board correction.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain E
value is indicated.
• Indicates the mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback • When engine is running, specification
A/F ALPHA-B1 %
correction factor per cycle. range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• This data also includes the data for the F
air-fuel ratio learning control.
• When the engine coolant temperature
• The engine coolant temperature (determined by the sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sen- enters fail-safe mode. The engine cool-
G
sor) is displayed. ant temperature determined by the ECM
is displayed.
• The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 1 is H
HO2S1 (B1) V
displayed.
• The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is
HO2S2 (B1) V
displayed. I
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal during air- • After turning ON the ignition switch,
fuel ratio feedback control: “RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mixture
RICH/ RICH: Means the mixture became “rich”, and control ratio feedback control begins.
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) J
LEAN is being affected toward a leaner mixture. • When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
LEAN: Means the mixture became “lean”, and control clamped, the value just before the clamp-
is being affected toward a rich mixture. ing is displayed continuously.
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal: K
RICH: Means the amount of oxygen after three way
RICH/ • When the engine is stopped, a certain
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) catalyst is relatively small.
LEAN value is indicated.
LEAN: Means the amount of oxygen after three way
L
catalyst is relatively large.
km/h or • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed
VHCL SPEED SE
mph sensor signal is displayed.
M
BATTERY VOLT V • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is dis-
THRTL POS SEN V
played.
N
• The intake air temperature determined by the signal
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F voltage of the intake air temperature sensor is indicat-
ed.
ON/ • After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
O
START SIGNAL • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the start signal.
OFF played regardless of the starter signal.
ON/ • Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM
CLSD THL POS P
OFF according to the throttle position sensor signal.
ON/ • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner
AIR COND SIG
OFF switch as determined by the air conditioning signal.
ON/ • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the PNP switch
P/N POSI SW
OFF signal.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering oil
ON/
PW/ST SIGNAL pressure switch determined by the power steering oil
OFF
pressure switch signal.
ON/
IGNITION SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch.
OFF
• Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width com- • When the engine is stopped, a certain
INJ PULSE-B1 msec
pensated by ECM according to the input signals. computed value is indicated.
• Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM ac-
IGN TIMING BTDC
cording to the input signals.
• Calculated load value indicates the value of the cur-
CAL/LD VALUE %
rent airflow divided by peak airflow.
• Absolute throttle position sensor indicates the throttle
ABSOL TH·P/S % opening computed by ECM according to the signal
voltage of the throttle position sensor.
• Indicates the mass airflow computed by ECM accord-
MASS AIRFLOW g·m/s
ing to the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor.
• Indicates the IACV-AAC valve control value comput-
IACV-AAC/V %
ed by ECM according to the input signals.
ON/ • Indicates the air conditioner relay control condition
AIR COND RLY
OFF determined by ECM according to the input signals.
ON/ • Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition deter-
FUEL PUMP RLY
OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sen-
ON/
HO2S1 HTR (B1) sor 1 heater determined by ECM according to the in-
OFF
put signals.
ON/
OFF
put signals.
km/h or
TRVL AFTER MIL • Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
mph
• The signal voltage of the atmospheric pressure sen-
ATOM PRES SEN V
sor is displayed.
• Indicates the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control
O2 SEN HTR DTY % value computed by the ECM according to the input
signals.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
FUNCTION TEST MODE

Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT

CAR COMPUTER DIAG Based on the self-diagnosis result, classifies according to part and function, and indicates OK or NG.
SENSOR/SW TEST CONSULT-III monitors the sensor and switch operations, and judges OK and NG.
CONSULT-III automatically activates actuator in intermittent mode. The worker checks the operation and
CONFIRMATION TEST
judges OK or NG.
CONSULT-III monitors the output signal from heated oxygen sensor 1, and judges that the air-fuel ratio feed-
MIXTURE RATIO TEST
back system is OK or NG.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine. Difference in engine speed is greater
• Air conditioner switch: OFF than 25 rpm before and after cutting
POWER BALANCE • Shift lever: Neutral off the injector of each cylinder.
• Injector operation of each cylinder is stopped one after another, EC
and resultant is examined to evaluate combustion of each cylinder.
IACV-AAC/V SYSTEM • IACV-AAC system is tested by detecting change in engine speed than 150 rpm between when valve
when IACV-AAC valve opening is changed to 0%, 20% and 80%. opening is at 80% and at 20%.
C
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE

SRT STATUS Mode D
For details, refer to EC-36, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
SRT Work Support Mode
E
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC Work Support Mode
F
TEST MODE TEST ITEM CONDITION REFERENCE PAGE
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 EC-126, "DTC Confirmation Procedure"
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 EC-134, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" G
HO2S1
Refer to corresponding
trouble diagnosis for DTC.
H
HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-214, "DTC Confirmation Procedure"
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-220, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" I
Generic Scan Tool (GST) INFOID:0000000003489968
DESCRIPTION J
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with ISO 15031-5
has 8 different functions explained on the next page.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol. K
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service man-
ual.
L
M
SEF139P
FUNCTION N

This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including an- O
Service $01 READINESS TESTS
alog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by
Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-36, "Emission-related Diagnostic In-
formation".
P
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which
Service $03 DTCs
were stored by ECM.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This in-
cludes:
• Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01)
• Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03)
Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO
• Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
• Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
• Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01)
• Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and Service $07)
This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of
Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS)
specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-
Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal
driving conditions.
Service $08 — —
This diagnostic service is to enable the off-board to request vehicle specific information
Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID)
such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration ID.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000003489969
Remarks:
• Specification data are reference values.
• Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
(i.e., Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING. Specification data might be
displayed even when ignition timing is not adjusted to specification. This IGN TIMING monitors the data cal-
culated by the ECM according to the input signals from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition tim-
ing related sensors.)
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Run engine and compare the CONSULT-III value with tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-82, "Inspection Procedure".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-82, "Inspection Procedure".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-82, "Inspection Procedure".
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
• Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Changes more than 5 times dur-
ing 10 seconds.
HO2S2 (B1) • Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
• After maintaining engine speed
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) rpm quickly LEAN ←→ RICH
1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
• Turn drive wheels and compare the CONSULT-III value with speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V
• Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.2 - 0.8 V
THRTL POS SEN • Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped) Throttle valve: Fully opened 3.5 - 4.5 V
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF

• Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped) Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
A/C switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG A/C switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
EC
Shift lever: Neutral position ON
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: Except above position OFF
Steering wheel: Neutral position C
• Engine: After warming up, idle the OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL (forward direction)
engine
Steering wheel: Being turned ON
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON D
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.5 - 3.3 msec
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
INJ PULSE-B1
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 2.4 - 3.2 msec E
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 20°BTDC
IGN TIMING F
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm More than 25°BTDC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 10 - 35%
• Air conditioner switch: OFF G
CAL/LD VALUE
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,500 rpm 10 - 35%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up, engine Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.0% H
ABSOL TH·P/S stopped
• Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Fully opened Approx. 80%
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0.9 - 5.8 g·m/s

I
MASS AIRFLOW
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,500 rpm 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/s
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 30% J
IACV-AAC/V
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm —
• No load
K
AIR COND RLY • Air conditioner switch: OFF → ON OFF → ON
• Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds)
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running and cranking L
• Except as shown above OFF
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF M
• Engine speed is running below 3,800 rpm after the following conditions are
met.
- Engine: After warming up ON N
HO2S2 HTR (B1) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under on load
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) OFF
O
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 miles)
• Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C (176°F) P
O2SEN HTR DTY Approx. 30%
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000003858200
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode with CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in
“SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When
the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may
have one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition INFOID:0000000003858201
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)

• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000003858202
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-83, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003858203
A
OVERALL SEQUENCE
EC
P
PBIB2384E

PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-82, "Testing Condition".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
NOTE:

Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is
out of the SP value even a little. A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2. EC
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
C
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” E
SP value.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25. G
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it. H
3. Start engine.
within the SP value. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6. J
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil". K
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too L
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
M
>> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
N
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-34, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. O
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator. GO TO 8.
NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
1. Check the following.
- Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube
- Clogged fuel filter
- Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-255, "Wiring Diagram".)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.

>> GO TO 8.
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “FUNCTION TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.
- Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-241, "Wiring Diagram".)
- Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-246, "Wiring Diagram".)
- Intake air leakage
- Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-37, "On-Vehicle Service".)
If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.)
>> GO TO 11.
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK HEATES OXYGEN SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with heated oxygen sensor 1.
• For DTC P0132, refer to EC-120, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Check for the possible cause items according to corresponding DTC.
>> GO TO 14.
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR A
1. Stop the engine.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
EC
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” C
1. Start engine.
within the SP value. D
OK or NG
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-59, "Symptom Matrix Chart". E
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the F
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END G
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity I
- Belt tension of alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following. J
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc. K
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM L
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
M
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” O
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value. P
OK or NG
NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.

2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.
>> GO TO 22.
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair malfunctioning part.
2. GO TO 29.
NG >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.
SP value.
OK or NG
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts A
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.
>> GO TO 30. EC
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
C
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END D
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-59, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is E
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END F

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on DTC (1st trip) visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation

2 The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
3 or 4 The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
5 (1st trip) DTC data does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
1.INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-36, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to “CIRCUIT INSPECTION”, “Ground Inspec-
tion” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Inci-
dent".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS
Refer to “How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal”, “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS” in GI-22,
"How to Check Terminal".
OK or NG
NG >> Repair or replace connector.

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000003489977
EC
P
AABWA0064GB
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
10 W Current return
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0-1V
ECM relay • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
17 L
(Self shut-off) [Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch
(11 - 14 V)
OFF
Power supply BATTE RY VOLTAGE
(Back-up) (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
(11 - 14 V)
110 W (11 - 14 V)

EC
AABWA0065GB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. P
CAUTION:

TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 84 and ground with CON-
SULT-III or tester.
Voltage : Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
MBIB0158E

Check the following.
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw.
Refer to EC-97, "Ground Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 4, 8, 28, 32, 108, 112 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18. A
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
EC
1. Stop engine.
SULT-III or tester.
C
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
E
JMBIA1462ZZ
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F

• Harness connectors E43, M3
• 10 A fuse G
• Harness for open or short between ECM and battery.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
8.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
I
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 10, 109, 110 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery J

voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop to approximately 0V.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO L
JMBIA1463ZZ
13.
9.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
M
2. Disconnect ECM relay.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 109, 110 and ECM relay terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. N

O
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
P
NG >> GO TO 10.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ECM relay

11.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.
JMBIA1469ZZ

Check harness for open or short between ECM relay and 10 A fuse
13.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 17 and ECM relay terminal 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
15.CHECK ECM RELAY
2. Apply 12 V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
3. Check continuity between ECM relay terminals 3 and 5.
12 V (1 - 2) applied Continuity exists.

No voltage applied No continuity
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace ECM relay.
PBIB0098E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
17.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II A

EC
Continuity should exist. C

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
18.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E
Perform EC-90, "Diagnosis Procedure".
>> INSPECTION END F
Ground Inspection INFOID:0000000003489979
G
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti- H
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules: I
• Remove the ground bolt or screw.
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
• Clean as required to assure good contact.
• Reinstall bolt or screw securely. J
• Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
• If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eye- K
let make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to “Ground Inspection” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient
Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
L
PBIB1870E

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000003490001
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current to maintain the temperature of the hot
wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of
this current change.
SEF893J
Specification data are reference values.

CAL/LD VALUE
• No load
MASS AIRFLOW
• No load
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000003490003
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
low input sent to ECM, when engine is running. • Intake air leaks
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0103 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
high input sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003490004
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
1. Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-101, "Diagnosis Procedure".
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 6 seconds.. A
2. Check DTC.
If DTC is not detected, go to next step. EC
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 6 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
C

AABWA0072GB
CAUTION:

TER- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
EC
17 L
BATTERY VOLTAGE C
(11 - 14 V)
OFF
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.8 V D
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.9 - 2.3 V E
Mass air flow sensor
43 G — —
ground
F
110 W (11 - 14 V)

G
1.INSPECTION START
H
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2. I
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
Check the followings for connection. J
• Air duct
• Air cleaner
• Vacuum hoses K
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. L
NG >> Reconnect the parts.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.

P

3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with
Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF126V

• Harness for open or short between ECM relay and MAF sensor
• Harness for open or short between ECM and MAF sensor
>> Repair harness or connectors.

6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 43.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-102, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003940576
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. A
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
EC
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.
Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V) C

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Less than 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 - 1.8
operating temperature.) D
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.9 - 2.3
normal operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.8 to Approx. 3.0* E
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
5. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
F
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element G
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step. H
7. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
8. Perform step 2 to 4 again. I
9. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Without CONSULT-III J
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 42 (Mass air flow sensor K
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage (V) L

0.9 - 1.8 M
operating temperature.)
1.9 - 12.3
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.8 to Approx. 3.0* JMBIA1470ZZ N
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. O
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element P
If OK, go to next step.
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.


DTC P0107, P0108 ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC P0107, P0108 ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
A
The absolute pressure sensor detects ambient barometric pressure. EC

The absolute pressure sensor is built into ECM.
JMBIA0057ZZ E
F
The absolute pressure sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0107 • ECM
circuit low input is sent to ECM. G
The absolute pressure sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor
P0108 • ECM
circuit high input is sent to ECM.
H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
2. Check 1st trip DTC. J
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-105, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Erase 1st trip DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-105, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P0107 or 0108 displayed again? M
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace ECM.
No >> INSPECTION END N

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
The intake air temperature sensor is mounted to the air duct housing. The sensor detects intake air tempera-
ture and transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature

Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 49 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.

Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Intake air temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0112 • Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113
sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode.

Intake air temperature sensor circuit ECM functions on the assumption that the intake air temperature is 25°C (77°F).
NOTE:
2. Check 1st trip DTC.

EC
AABWA0104GB
P

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screw.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect intake air temperature (IAT) sensor harness connector.
3. Check voltage between IAT sensor terminal 1 and ground.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
AEC570A

• Harness open and short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between IAT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 55.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
6.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace intake air temperature sensor.
Refer to EC-90, "Diagnosis Procedure".
>> INSPECTION END

A
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor termi-
nals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. EC
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ)

C
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 0.27 - 0.38
2. If NG, replace intake air temperature sensor. D
PBIB2005E
E
H
SEF012P

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature Voltage* Resistance

[°C (°F)] (V) (kΩ)
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 41 (Engine
SEF012P
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118
sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
sensor circuit Just as ignition switch is turned to ON or START 40°C (104°F)
Approx. 4 minutes after engine starting 80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
NOTE:

least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. A
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-112, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
AABWA0071GB


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Check voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor ter-
minal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0352E
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between engine coolant temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 41.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
>> INSPECTION END

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. A
EC
PBIB0353E
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ)

E
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 F
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
G
SEF012P

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a type of potentiome-
ter which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the
ECM.
Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sen-
sor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut.
SEF520Q

• Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.2 - 0.8V
THRTL POS SEN (Engine stopped)
• Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Fully opened 3.5 - 4.5V
• Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.0%

ABSOL TH·P/S (Engine stopped)
• Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Fully opened Approx. 80%
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC Detecting Condition Check Items (Possible Cause)
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
P0122
circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0123
circuit high input sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE

Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Throttle position sensor Condition Driving condition
circuit
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:

• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
• This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road A
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
EC
Vehicle speed More than 4 km/h (2 MPH)
Shift lever Suitable position
C
2. Check DTC.
D

AABWA0083GB
CAUTION:

TER- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EC
37 O Throttle position sensor • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
3.5 - 4.5 V C
Sensor ground
39 W — —
Sensor power supply D

E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT H
1. Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector.
3. Check voltage between throttle position sensor terminal 1 and I
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power K
SEF564P L
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between throttle position sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 39.
N
O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
P
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and throttle position sensor terminal 2.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-118, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform EC-30, "Basic Inspection".
>> INSPECTION END

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

With CONSULT-III
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check indication of “THRTL POS SEN” under the following conditions.
NOTE:
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions Voltage (V)

Completely closed 0.2 - 0.8 V (a)
Partially open Between (a) and (b)
Completely open 3.5 - 4.5 V (b)
If NG, replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, refer to EC-30, "Basic Inspection".
Without CONSULT-III
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 37 (Throttle position sen-
sor signal) and ground under the following conditions.
NOTE:
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position
sensor installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions Voltage [V]

Completely open 3.5 - 4.5 V (b) JMBIA1471ZZ

DTC P0132 HO2S1
DTC P0132 HO2S1
A
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It EC

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions. C
The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio.
The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1 V to 0 D
V.
SEF463R E
SEF288D
I
Specification data are reference values. J

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
K
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
L
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy- M
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
SEF301UA P
Heated oxygen sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0132 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
circuit high voltage sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 1

DTC P0132 HO2S1
NOTE:
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.

DTC P0132 HO2S1
EC
AABWA0079GB
P
CAUTION:

DTC P0132 HO2S1
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition Approximately 0.4 V
Heated oxygen sensor 1 • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
1 R
heater
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
47 B — —

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1 (1).
• : Vehicle front
Tightening torque : 50 N·m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
ALBIA0536ZZ
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and HO2S1 terminal 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and ground or HO2S1 terminal 1 and ground.

DTC P0132 HO2S1
Continuity should not exist. A

OK or NG
EC
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR C
Check heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector for water.
Water should not exist. D

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector. E
6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. G
H
>> INSPECTION END.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003490054 I
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

J
With CONSULT-III
3. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and the trigger point is adjusted to 100%. K
4. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in item selection.
5. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
6. Select “START” on CONSULT-III screen. L
- “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from
“RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure. M
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6 V at least once.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3 V at least once.
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0 V. N
O
SEF217YA

DTC P0132 HO2S1
JMBIA0352ZZ
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service
tool).
Without CONSULT-III
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 46 (Heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal) and ground.
4. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
- The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3 V and 0.6 to 1.0 V more
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3
V
- The maximum voltage is over 0.6 V at least 1 time.
- The minimum voltage is below 0.3 V at least 1 time.
JMBIA1472ZZ
- The voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.
CAUTION:
tool).
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000003490055

Refer to EM-12.

DTC P0133 HO2S1
DTC P0133 HO2S1
A

V.
SEF463R E
SEF288D
I

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
K
10 seconds.
L
To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis M

measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time [heated oxy- N
gen sensor 1 cycling time index] is inordinately long or not.
PBIB2991E P

DTC P0133 HO2S1
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Fuel pressure
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The response of the voltage signal from the
P0133 • Fuel injector
circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time.
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV valve
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
2. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If the engine speed limit is exceeded,
return to step 5.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 40 to
50 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 1,750 - 3,750 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 80 km/h (50 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.5 - 15.5 msec
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-129,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000003490060
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST

DTC P0133 HO2S1
sensor 1 signal) and ground. A
• The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3 V and 0.6 to 1.0 V EC
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V

C
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
4. If NG, go to EC-129, "Diagnosis Procedure". JMBIA1472ZZ

DTC P0133 HO2S1
AABWA0079GB
CAUTION:

DTC P0133 HO2S1
TERMI- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
EC
1 R
heater
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm (11 - 14 V) C
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm D
Sensor ground
47 B — —
E
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS F

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H
• : Vehicle front I

J
>> GO TO 3.
K
ALBIA0536ZZ
L
3.CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). M
SEC502D
P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG

DTC P0133 HO2S1
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at
idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-36, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure" or
EC-166, "Diagnosis Procedure".
No >> GO TO 6.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
OK or NG

DTC P0133 HO2S1
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. A
9.CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-271, "Inspection".
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace PCV valve.
C
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

F
>> INSPECTION END.
G
With CONSULT-III H
3. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and the trigger point is adjusted to 100%. I
6. Select “START” on CONSULT-III screen.
7. Check the following. J
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure. K
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0 V.
L
SEF217YA
M
P
JMBIA0352ZZ
CAUTION:
tool).

DTC P0133 HO2S1
Without CONSULT-III
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3
V
JMBIA1472ZZ
CAUTION:
tool).

Refer to EM-12.

DTC P0134 HO2S1
DTC P0134 HO2S1
A

V.
SEF463R E
SEF288D
I

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
K
10 seconds.
L
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is M

not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately 0.3
V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is within
200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks that
this time is not inordinately long. N
SEF237U P
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly
circuit no activity detected approx. 0.3V.

DTC P0134 HO2S1
WITH CONSULT-III
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
2. Select “HO2S1 (B1) P0134” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
return to step 4.
60 seconds.)

B/FUEL SCHDL 3.5 - 17 msec
WITH GST
- The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4 V.
JMBIA1472ZZ

DTC P0134 HO2S1
EC
AABWA0079GB
P
CAUTION:

DTC P0134 HO2S1
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 R
heater
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
47 B — —

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

DTC P0134 HO2S1
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

>> INSPECTION END. EC

C
With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. D
3. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and the trigger point is adjusted to 100%.
E
- “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from F
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
G
SEF217YA
JMBIA0352ZZ L
CAUTION:
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor M
tool).
N
Without CONSULT-III
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 46 (Heated oxygen O
stant under no load. P
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3
V
JMBIA1472ZZ
DTC P0134 HO2S1
CAUTION:
tool).

Refer to EM-12.

DTC P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC

Heated oxygen sensor 1 C
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater control
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed.
D
OPERATION
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater

E
Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm ON

F

G
HO2S1 HTR (B1) H
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
I
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
J
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 1 range. (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit
P0135
heater control circuit (An excessively high or low voltage signal is is open or shorted.)
sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor • Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater K
1 heater.)
L
NOTE:
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. M
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III N

2. Check 1st trip DTC. O
WITH GST
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 6 seconds. P
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait least 5 seconds.
4. Check DTC.

• When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when using
CONSULT-III, because GST cannot display Service $07 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-III is recommended.
AABWA0080GB
CAUTION:

age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A
TER-
WIRE
NO.
COLOR EC
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sensor 1 • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm C
1 R
heater
Sensor ground E
47 B — —

F
G
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check voltage between terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT- J
III or tester.

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. L
PBIB0969E
M
• 10 A fuse N
• Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
3. Check harness continuity between heated oxygen sensor 1 terminal 3 and ECM terminal 1.

4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

1. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance

2 and 3 3.3 - 4.0 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface
such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner (commercial
service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial
service tool).
SEF221W

Refer to EM-12.

DTC P0138 HO2S2
DTC P0138 HO2S2
A
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), EC

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2. C
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions. D
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R E
Specification data are reference values. F

• Engine: After warming up G
• Keeping the engine speed be-
HO2S2 (B1) tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
rpm quickly.
minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load H
• Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 LEAN ←→ RICH I
rpm quickly.
under no load
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000003490076 J
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
K
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether or not the voltage is too high during
various driving conditions such as fuel-cut. L
SEF301UA
• Harness or connectors O
P
NOTE:
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.

DTC P0138 HO2S2
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
AABWA0077GB

DTC P0138 HO2S2
CAUTION: A
EC
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
• Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm after the follow-
ing conditions are met
- Warm-up condition 0 - 1.0 V
D
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
5 Y
heater under no load
[Ignition switch: ON] E
F
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
45 G Heated oxygen sensor 2 - Warm-up condition 0 - Approximately 1.0 V G
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
H
Sensor ground
51 L — —
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003490079 I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

3. Check harness continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 51. M
Continuity should exist. N

OK or NG
O
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P


DTC P0138 HO2S2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END.

HATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-III
4. Start engine and keep engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB2169E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.55V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
tool).
Without CONSULT-III

DTC P0138 HO2S2
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. A
6. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 45 (Heated oxy-
EC
gen sensor 2 signal) and ground.
7. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) C
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.55 V at
least once during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed at step 7, step 8 is not nec- D
essary.
8. Check the voltage when revving up to 5,000 rpm under no load.
Or keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage.
JMBIA1473ZZ
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in E
3rd gear position.
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.55 V at least once during this procedure.
CAUTION: F
Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service G
tool).
H

Refer to EX-6, "Removal and Installation".
I

DTC P0139 HO2S2
DTC P0139 HO2S2
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

ditions.
SEF327R

rpm quickly.
under no load
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 LEAN ←→ RICH
rpm quickly.
under no load

sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions
such as fuel-cut.
SEF302U
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond be- • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139
circuit slow response tween rich and lean than the specified time. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
NOTE:

DTC P0139 HO2S2
WITH CONSULT-III
A
TESTING CONDITION:
• For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. EC
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. C
5. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with COPNSULT-III.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F). D
8. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III.
9. Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. E
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-151, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). F
b. Return to step 1.
G
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
H
WITH GST
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 45 (HO2S2 signal) J
and ground.
at least 10 times. K
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A voltage change should be more than 0.06 V for 1 second
during this procedure. L
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
M
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in the JMBIA1473ZZ
3rd gear position.

A voltage change should be more than 0.06 V for 1 second during this procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-151, "Diagnosis Procedure". N

DTC P0139 HO2S2
AABWA0077GB
CAUTION:

DTC P0139 HO2S2
TERMI- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
EC
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and C
5 Y
D
[Engine is running] E
45 G Heated oxygen sensor 2 - Warm-up condition 0 - Approximately 1.0 V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and F
under no load
51 L
Sensor ground
— —
G

H
I
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA K
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. L
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? M
Without CONSULT-III
N
idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. O
P
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure" or
EC-166, "Diagnosis Procedure".
No >> GO TO 3.

DTC P0139 HO2S2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT-III
CONSULT-III.

DTC P0139 HO2S2
A
EC
PBIB2169E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. D
CAUTION:
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. E
tool). F
Without CONSULT-III
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. G
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. H
at least 10 times. I
least once during this procedure. J
If the voltage can be confirmed at step 7, step 8 is not nec-
essary.
Or keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. K
JMBIA1473ZZ
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
3rd gear position.
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.55 V at least once during this procedure. L
CAUTION:
tool).
N

O

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Heated oxygen sensor
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
2 heater control
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION

Above 3,800 rpm OFF
• Below 3,800 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

• Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) • Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0141
heater control circuit (An excessively low or high voltage signal is sent to circuit is open or shorted.)
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is in between 10.5 V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. A
EC
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C
8. Check DTC.
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-157, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when using
CONSULT-III because GST cannot display Service $07 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. There-
fore, using CONSULT-III is recommended. E

AABWA0078GB
CAUTION:

TERMI- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
EC
• Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm after the following
conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
5 Y
heater der no load
D
• Engine speed: Above 3,800 rpm.
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
51 L
Sensor ground
— —
G

H
I
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K
3. Check voltage between terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT- L
III or tester.

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. N
SEF218W
O
• 10 A fuse P

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END



2 and 3 3.3 - 4.0 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω

CAUTION:
service tool).
SEF221W


DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the EC
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the C
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection & mixture
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) ratio control
E
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 F
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
Fuel injection system too • Exhaust gas leaks
P0171 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
lean • Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
• Lack of fuel
G
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
H
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
J
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON- K
SULT-III.
5. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes. L
7. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-161,
"Diagnosis Procedure". M
If it is difficult to start engine at step 5, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. Go to next step.
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
N
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
O
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time. P
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Base fuel schedule Base fuel schedule in freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1)

When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure". If
engine does not start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak.
WITH GST
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then restart and run engine for at least 3 seconds at
idle speed.
5. Check that DTC P0102 is detected..
6. Erase DTC.
7. Start engine again and run it for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure". If
engine does not start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak.

EC
AABWA0105GB
P
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and let it idle.

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Listen for an intake air leak between the mass air flow sensor and the intake manifold.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
Refer to “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in EC-34, "Fuel Pressure Check".
2. Check fuel pressure.
Refer to “FUEL PRESSURE CHECK” in EC-34, "Fuel Pressure Check".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
• Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-256, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-35, "Fuel Pressure Regulator Check".)
• Fuel lines (Refer to FL-9, "Checking Fuel Line".)
• Fuel filter for clogging
>> Repair or replace.

OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS EC
With CONSULT-III
1. Install all parts removed. C
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “FUNCTION TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
D
Without CONSULT-III
1. Install all parts removed.
2. Start engine.
3. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. E
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. F
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for fuel injector circuit. Refer
to EC-247, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
H
MEC703B
8.REMOVE FUEL INJECTOR

1. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. I
3. Remove injector with fuel tube assembly.
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel injector gallery. The fuel injector harness connec-
J
tors should remain connected.
>> GO TO 9. K
9.CHECK FUEL FUEL INJECTOR
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new one.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M

N
>> INSPECTION END

With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection & mixture ra-
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) tio control
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
P0172 Fuel injection system too rich • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leaks
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
5. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
NOTE:
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Base fuel schedule Base fuel schedule in freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1)

8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-166, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc.
WITH GST
EC
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then restart and run engine for at least 3 seconds at
C
idle speed.
5. Check that DTC P0102 is detected. D
6. Erase DTC.
7. Start engine again and run it for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
8. Check 1st trip DTC. E
If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. Go to next step. F
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-166, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc. G

AABWA0105GB
1. CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK


A
EC
SEC502D
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT E

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and HO2S1 terminal 1. F
Continuity should exist. G

H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
J
Refer to “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in EC-34, "Fuel Pressure Check". K
2. Check fuel pressure.
Refer to “FUEL PERESSURE CHECK” in EC-34, "Fuel Pressure Check".
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-35, "Fuel Pressure Regulator Check".) N

5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR O

OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS
With CONSULT-III
2. Start engine.

4. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
2. Start engine.
3. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for fuel injector circuit. Refer
to EC-247, "Diagnosis Procedure".
MEC703B
7.REMOVE FUEL INJECTOR

1. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Remove fuel injector assembly.
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel injector gallery.
>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Drips)>>Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER
A
MISFIRE
EC
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the CKP
sensor signal to vary, the ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
C
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. D
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MIL will blink. E
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off. F
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) G
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. H
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
P0300 Multiple cylinders misfire detected Multiple cylinder misfire. • Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires.
• Incorrect fuel pressure J
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. • The injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires.
• Intake air leak
• The ignition secondary circuit is open or K
shorted
• Lack of fuel
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires. • Drive plate/Fly wheel
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 L
• Incorrect distributor rotor
• Incorrect PCV hose connection

M
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv- N
ing.
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. O
P
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
FIRE
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the feaze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Base fuel schedule Base fuel schedule in the feaze frame data × (1± 0.1)
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Engine speed Time

Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes

2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst (manifold) and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace it.
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “FUNCTION TEST” mode.
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop?
Without CONSULT-III
When disconnecting each fuel injector harness connector one at a time, is there any cylinder which does not
produce a momentary engine speed drop?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 7.

FIRE
Does each fuel injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No A
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Check fuel injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-247,
"Diagnosis Procedure". EC
MEC703B
5.CHECK IGNITION SPARK D

2. Remove ignition wire assembly from rocker cover.
E
3. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition wire.
4. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connector.
5. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
6. Check for spark. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. G
SEF282G I
6.CHECK IGNITION WIRES
Refer to EC-173, "Component Inspection". J
OK or NG
OK >> Check distributor rotor head for incorrect parts. Check ignition coil, power transistor and their cir-
cuits. Refer to EC-242, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NG >> Replace.
7.CHECK SPARK PLUGS
Remove the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace spark plug(s) with standard type M
one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-19, "Removal
and Installation".
N
SEF156I
O
8.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE

Check compression pressure. P
Refer to EM-37, "On-Vehicle Service".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
1. Install any parts removed.

FIRE
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in EC-34, "Fuel Pressure Check".
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure.
Refer to “FUEL PRESSURE CHECK” in EC-34, "Fuel Pressure Check".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-35, "Fuel Pressure Regulator Check".)
• Fuel lines (Refer to FL-9, "Checking Fuel Line").
• Fuel filter for clogging

11.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND IDLE SPEED
Check ignition timing and idle speed. Refer to EC-30, "Basic Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Follow the instruction of “Basic Inspection”.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
With CONSULT-III
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
at idling : 0.9 - 5.8 g·m/sec

at 2,500 rpm : 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
at idling : 0.9 - 5.8 g·m/sec

at 2,500 rpm : 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK CONNECTORS
Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground.
OK or NG
15.CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-59, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

FIRE
16.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC A

Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-36, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
EC
>> GO TO 17.
17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C
D
>> INSPECTION END
E
IGNITION WIRES
1. Inspect wires for cracks, damages, burned terminals and improper fit.
2. Measure the resistance of wires to their distributor cap terminal. F
Move each wire while testing to check for intermittent breaks.
Resistance: 13.6 - 18.4 kΩ/m (4.15 - 5.61 kΩ/ft) at G

25°C (77°F)
3. If the resistance exceeds the above specification, inspect igni-
tion wire to distributor cap connection. Clean connection or H
replace the ignition wire with a new one.
SEF174P
I

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
SEF598K
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.
An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low input • Harness or connectors
is sent to ECM.
An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Knock sensor
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high input
is sent to ECM.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check DTC

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
EC
AABWA0075GB
P
CAUTION:

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and
ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure
more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]

OK or NG
JMBIA1474ZZ
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between knock sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 50.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace knock sensor.
>> INSPECTION END.

KNOCK SENSOR
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
Use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector. A
2. Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.
Resistance : 532 - 588 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)] EC
CAUTION:
Discard any knock sensors that have been dropped or physi-
cally damaged. Use only new ones. C
D
SEF111Y

E
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-12. F

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (OBD)
The crankshaft position sensor (OBD) is located on the transaxle

housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the flywheel or drive plate. It
detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet, core and coil.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
SEF956N
the engine revolution.
This sensor is not directly used to control the engine system. It is used only for the on board diagnosis.

Almost the same speed as the value
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with tachometer indication.
tachometer indication.
• The crankshaft position sensor (OBD) signal is
not detected by the ECM during the first few
seconds of engine cranking.
(The crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
Crankshaft position sensor • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft po-
P0335 circuit is open)
(OBD) circuit sition sensor (OBD) is not sent to ECM while the
• Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
engine is running.
• Dead battery
• The crankshaft position sensor (OBD) signal is
not in the normal pattern during engine running.
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0074GB
P
CAUTION:

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (AC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
Sensor ground
55 BR [Crankshaft position — —
sensor (OBD)]
Approximately 0 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
Crankshaft position SEF112V

69 R
sensor (OBD)
Approximately 0 V
[Engine is running]
SEF113V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (OBD) harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 55.
Refer to wiring diagram.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
• Harness connectors E201, E33
• Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM
4.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check continuity between ECM terminal 69 and crankshaft position sensor (OBD) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. A

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. C
Check the following. D
E
6.CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT F
1. Disconnect harness connectors E201, E33.
2. Check harness continuity between harness connector E33 terminal 5 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. G

3. Also check harness for short to power. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. I
Check the following. J
• Harness for open or short between harness connector E33 and ground
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD)
Refer to EC-181, "Component Inspection". L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (OBD). M

Perform EC-90, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
>> INSPECTION END

O
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD)

P
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Remove the sensor.

4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
SEF960N
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Resistance: Approximately 512 - 632Ω [at 20°C

(68°F)]
SEF231W
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD)

Refer to EM-12

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
A
The camshaft position sensor is a basic component of the engine EC

control system. It monitors engine speed and piston position. These
input signals to the ECM are used to control fuel injection, ignition
timing and other functions.
The camshaft position sensor has a rotor plate and a wave-forming C
circuit. The rotor plate has 360 slits for a 1° (POS) signal and 4 slits
for a 180° (REF) signal. The wave-forming circuit consists of Light
Emitting Diodes (LED) and photo diodes. D
The rotor plate is positioned between the LED and the photo diode.
The LED transmits light to the photo diode. As the rotor plate turns,
the slits cut the light to generate rough-shaped pulses. These pulses
are converted into on-off signals by the wave-forming circuit and
SEF928V E
sent to the ECM.
The distributor is not repairable and must be replaced as an assem-
bly except distributor cap and rotor head. F
SEF853B
I

J
• Run engine and compare the CONSULT-III value with tachometer Almost the same speed as the tachometer
ENG SPEED
indication. indication. K
L
M
A) Either 1° or 180° signal is not sent to ECM • Harness or connectors
for the first few seconds during engine (The camshaft position sensor circuit is
cranking. open or shorted.)
• Camshaft position sensor N
B) Either 1° or 180° signal is not sent to ECM
Camshaft position sensor • Starter motor (Refer to SC-8.)
P0340 often enough while the engine speed is
circuit • Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-8.)
higher than the specified engine speed.
• Dead (Weak) battery
C) The relation between 1° and 180° signal is O
not in the normal range during the specified
engine speed.
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003490142 P
Perform Procedure for malfunction A first. If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform Procedure for mal-
function B and C.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:

Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C
2. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0073GB
P
CAUTION:

TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0-1V
17 L
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14 V)
tion switch OFF
0.2 - 0.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
at idle.
61 R Camshaft position sensor SEF114V
0 - 0.5 V
[Engine is running]
SEF200T
Approximately 2.6 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
at idle.
Camshaft position sensor SEF195T

65 W
(Position signal)
[Engine is running]
SEF196T

110 W (11 - 14 V)
1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Does the engine turn over?
(Does the starter motor operate?)
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. Refer to SC-9, "Trouble Diagnosis with Starting/Charging System Tester
(Starting)".

2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
C
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. D
3. Check voltage between CMP sensor terminal 5 and ground with
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. F
NG >> GO TO 4.
G
SEF040S

H
• Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and ECM relay
• Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and ECM
I
5.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT J
2. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor terminal 6 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. K

3. Also check harness for short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. M
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. N
2. Check harness continuity between the following;
CMP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 65,
CMP sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminals 61, 62.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. O

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor.
>> INSPECTION END

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connector disconnected.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 65 and engine ground, ECM terminals 61, 62 and ground.
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
JMBIA1475GB
4. If NG, replace camshaft position sensor.


Refer to EM-12

DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
A
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen EC

sensor 1 and 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 C
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensors 1 and 2
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold) D
malfunction is diagnosed.
PBIB0067E E
F
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not
Catalyst system efficiency below operate properly. G
P0420 • Fuel injector
threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not
• Injector leaks
have enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing
H
NOTE: I
TESTING CONDITION:
• Open engine hood before conducting following procedure. J
• Do not hold engine speed more than specified minutes below.
With CONSULT-III
K
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. L
5. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator M
pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step 9
7. Wait 5 seconds at idle. N
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It
will take approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, perform the following.
O
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-III. P
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F), go to step 3.
9. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
10. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-190, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
5. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminals 46 (Heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 signal), 45 (Heated oxygen sensor 2 signal) and
ground.
6. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
7. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 45 and ground is much less than that of
ECM terminal 46 and ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
JMBIA1477ZZ
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
(manifold) does not operate properly. Go to EC-190, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If the voltage at terminal 46 does not switch periodically more than 5 times within 10 seconds at step 5,
perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133 first. (See EC-126, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".)
1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND IDLE SPEED

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. A
NG >> Follow the instruction of “Basic Inspection”.
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
EC
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 2, 3, 6, 7 and ground
Refer to EC-246, "Wiring Diagram". C
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
NG >> Perform EC-247, "Diagnosis Procedure".
JMBIA1476ZZ
6.CHECK IGNITION SPARK F

2. Remove ignition wire assembly from rocker cover.
3. Connect a known good spark plug to the ignition wire. G
4. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connector
5. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
6. Check for spark.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
I
SEF282G
K
7.CHECK IGNITION WIRES
OK or NG L
OK >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-242, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NG >> Replace ignition wires.
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR M

2. Remove fuel injector assembly. N
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel injector gallery.
3. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. O
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 9. P
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
OK >> Replace three way catalyst (manifold).

NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
DTC P0500 VSS
DTC P0500 VSS
The vehicle speed sensor (1) is installed in the transmission. It con-

tains a pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to the
speedometer. The speedometer then sends a signal to the ECM.
ALBIA0558ZZ
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from
(The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even
shorted)
when vehicle is being driven.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine
2. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on
CONSULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If OK, go to following step.
5. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 7 - 15 msec
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
WITH GST

DTC P0500 VSS
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine. A
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
EC

DTC P0500 VSS
MODELS WITH TACHOMETER
AABWA0085GB
CAUTION:

DTC P0500 VSS
TER- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
1-4V EC
[Engine is running]
57 GR Vehicle speed sensor C
SEF003W D

DTC P0500 VSS
MODELS WITHOUT TACHOMETER
AABWA0086GB
CAUTION:

DTC P0500 VSS
TER- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
1-4V EC
[Engine is running]
57 GR Vehicle speed sensor C
SEF003W D

E
1.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector M206 (models without
tachometer), M207 (models with tachometer).
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 57 and combination meter terminal 8 (models without
G
tachometer), 61 (models with tachometer).
Continuity should exist. H

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J
• Harness connectors M2, M202
• Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter K
3.CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION L
Make sure that speedometer functions properly.

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refer to DI-26, "Vehicle Speed Signal Inspection".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT N
O
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0505 ISC SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Idle air control IACV-AAC valve
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Park/Neutral position
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering load signal
This system automatically controls engine idle speed to a specified level. Idle speed is controlled through fine
adjustment of the amount of air which bypasses the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The IACV-AAC valve
repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The camshaft position sensor detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM then controls the ON/OFF time of the IACV-
AAC valve so that engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed
is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is deter-
mined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warm up, deceleration, and
engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation).
The IAC valve-AAC valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the
ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will
flow through the valve. The more air that flows through the valve, the
higher the idle speed.
SEF040E

• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 30%
IACV-AAC/V
• No load
An improper voltage signal is sent to
P0505 IACV-AAC valve circuit (The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open or shorted.)
ECM through IACV-AAC valve.
• IACV-AAC valve

A
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. C
D

AABWA0081GB
CAUTION:

TERMI- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
10.5 - 11.5 V EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
at idle.
SEF015W D
9 GR IACV-AAC valve
1 - 13 V
[Engine is running]
E
F
SEF016W
G
1.CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT H

2. Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. I
4. Check voltage between IACV-AAC valve terminal 1 and ground
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> GO TO 2.
L
PBIB0352E

M
• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between IACV-AAC valve and fuse
N
3.CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 9 and IACV-AAC valve terminal 2. P

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace IACV-AAC valve.
>> INSPECTION END

IACV-AAC VALVE
2. Check the following items.
• Check resistance between IACV-AAC valve terminals.
Resistance: Approximately 10 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)

• Check plunger for seizing or sticking.
• Check for broken spring.
3. If NG, replace IACV-AAC valve.
JMBIA1490ZZ
IACV-AAC VALVE
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation".

DTC P0605 ECM
DTC P0605 ECM
A
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal EC

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
PBIA9222J E
F
P0605 ECM ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. • ECM
G
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
2. Check 1st trip DTC. I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003490261 J
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
See EC-203, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". L
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
M
Yes >> Replace ECM.
No >> INSPECTION END
N

DTC P1143 HO2S1
DTC P1143 HO2S1
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions.
The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1 V to 0
V.
SEF463R
SEF288D

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
10 seconds.
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF300U

DTC P1143 HO2S1
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause A
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltage from the
P1143
lean shift monitoring sensor are not reached to the specified voltages.
• Fuel pressure EC
• Fuel injector
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003490265 C
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. D
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: E
WITH CONSULT-III F
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1143” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode G
with CONSULT-III.
NOTE: H
return to step 5.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain I
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 50
seconds or more.)
J
VHCL SPEED SE Less than 100 km/h (Less than 62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.5 - 15 msec K
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC- L
206, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M
WITH GST N
sensor 1 signal) and ground. O
• The maximum voltage is over 0.6 V at least 1 time. P
• The minimum voltage is over 0.1 V at least 1 time.
JMBIA1472ZZ

DTC P1143 HO2S1

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
• : Vehicle front
Tightening torque: 50 N·m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
ALBIA0536ZZ
3.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA.

With CONSULT-III
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by selecting “CLEAR”.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Without CONSULT-III
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, restart and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle
speed.
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
No >> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

DTC P1143 HO2S1

Refer to EC-121, "Wiring Diagram" for circuit.
EC
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003858347 C

D
With CONSULT-III
E
6. Select “START” on CONSULT-III screen. F
G
- “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0 V. H
I
SEF217YA
JMBIA0352ZZ
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m M
Thread Cleaner (commercial service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service N
tool).
Without CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. O

DTC P1143 HO2S1
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3
V
JMBIA1472ZZ
CAUTION:
tool).

Refer to EM-12.

DTC P1144 HO2S1
DTC P1144 HO2S1
A

V.
SEF463R E
SEF288D
I

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
K
10 seconds.
L
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor M
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high. The “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
N
SEF299U P
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltages from the • Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P1144
rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector

DTC P1144 HO2S1
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1144” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
return to step 5.
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 50
seconds or more.)

VHCL SPEED SE Less than 100 km/h (Less than 62 MPH)
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-
210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the front heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
• The maximum voltage is below 0.8 V at least 1 time.
• The minimum voltage is below 0.35 V at least 1 time.
JMBIA1472ZZ


DTC P1144 HO2S1
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. A
EC
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 50 N·m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)

C
>> GO TO 3.
D
E
ALBIA0536ZZ
3.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

F
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. G
Is it difficult to start engine? H
Without CONSULT-III
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
speed.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed. J
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. K
Yes or No L
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR M
3. Check harness connector for water. N
Water should not exit.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. O
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

DTC P1144 HO2S1
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
Refer to EC-121, "Wiring Diagram" for circuit.
>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT-III
SEF217YA
JMBIA0352ZZ
CAUTION:
tool).
Without CONSULT-III

DTC P1144 HO2S1
sensor 1 signal) and ground. A
EC
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3
V C
JMBIA1472ZZ
- The voltage never exceeds 1.0 V. D
CAUTION:
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor E
tool).
F

Refer to EM-12. G

DTC P1146 HO2S2
DTC P1146 HO2S2

ditions.
SEF327R

rpm quickly.
under no load
rpm quickly.
under no load

sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently low during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
MBIB1080E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
Heated oxygen sensor 2 • The minimum voltage from the sensor is not
P1146 • Heated oxygen sensor 2
minimum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage.
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
NOTE:
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
WITH CONSULT-III

DTC P1146 HO2S2
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). A
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. EC
C
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, go toEC-217, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following. D
E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st F
CAUTION:
WITH GST G
H
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 45 (Heated oxy- I
6. Check the voltage when revving engine up to 4,000 rpm under
no load at least 10 times. J
The voltage should be below 0.55 V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec- K
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd JMBIA1473ZZ L
gear position.
The voltage should be below 0.55 V at least once during this procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-217, "Diagnosis Procedure". M

DTC P1146 HO2S2
AABWA0077GB
CAUTION:

DTC P1146 HO2S2
TERMI- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
EC
5 Y
D
under no load
51 L
Sensor ground
— —
G

H
I
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT-III
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by selecting “CLEAR”.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? M
Without CONSULT-III
N
speed.
P
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 3.

DTC P1146 HO2S2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT-III
CONSULT-III.

DTC P1146 HO2S2
A
EC
PBIB2169E
CAUTION:
tool). F
Without CONSULT-III
essary.
JMBIA1473ZZ
3rd gear position.
CAUTION:
tool).
N

O

DTC P1147 HO2S2
DTC P1147 HO2S2

ditions.
SEF327R

rpm quickly.
under no load
rpm quickly.
under no load

sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
SEF259VA
Heated oxygen sensor 2 • The maximum voltage from the sensor is not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1147
maximum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
NOTE:
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at

DTC P1147 HO2S2
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION: A
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. EC
C
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. D
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following procedure.
E
F
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the rear heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. G
WITH GST
H
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. I
6. Check the voltage when revving engine up to 4,000 rpm under J
no load at least 10 times.
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least once during
this procedure. K
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or L
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd JMBIA1473ZZ
gear position.
The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least once during this procedure. M

DTC P1147 HO2S2
AABWA0077GB
CAUTION:

DTC P1147 HO2S2
TERMI- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
EC
5 Y
D
under no load
51 L
Sensor ground
— —
G

H
I
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT-III
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? M
Without CONSULT-III
N
idle speed.
P
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 3.

DTC P1147 HO2S2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT-III
CONSULT-III.

DTC P1147 HO2S2
A
EC
PBIB2169E
CAUTION:
tool). F
Without CONSULT-III
essary.
JMBIA1473ZZ
3rd gear position.
CAUTION:
tool).
N

O

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
• Cooling fan (crankshaft driven)
• Radiator hose
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).
• Radiator
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly
• Radiator cap
Engine over temperature (Overheat).
P1217 • Water pump
(Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the system using
• Thermostat
the proper filling method.
• Engine coolant is not within the specified range.
For more information, refer to EC-228,
"Main 11 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-10, "Changing Engine
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil.
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-12, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-227,
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-227,
3. Start engine.
4. Make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
SEF621W
WITH GST
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps
and go to EC-227, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps
3. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
Be careful not to overheat engine.

A
1.CHECK COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT DRIVEN) OPERATION
Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Check cooling fan (crankshaft driven). Refer to CO-15, "Removal and Installation (Crankshaft
Driven Type)". C
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK

Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the D
pressure drops.
Testing pressure : 157 kPa (1.57 bar, 1.6 kg/cm2, E

23 psi)
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage. F
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. SLC754A G
NG >> Check the following for leak.
• Hose
• Radiator H
• Water pump
3.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Apply pressure to cap with a tester. I
Radiator cap relief : 78 - 98 kPa

pressure (0.78 - 0.98 bar, 0.8 - 1.0 kg/ J
cm2, 11 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace radiator cap.
SLC755A
L
4.CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures. M
It should seat tightly.
2. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening tempera- : 76.5°C (170°F) [standard] N

ture
Valve lift : More than 8 mm/90°C
O
(0.31 in/194°F)
3. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (41°F) below valve opening tem-
perature.
P
For details, refer to CO-20, "Inspection".
OK or NG SLC343
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace thermostat.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK MAIN 11 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-228, "Main 11 Causes of Overheating".
>> INSPECTION END

Perform FINAL CHECK by the following procedure after repair is completed.
1. Warm up engine. Run the vehicle for at least 20 minutes. Pay attention to engine coolant temperature
gauge on the instrument panel. If the reading shows an abnormally high temperature, another part may be
malfunctioning.
2. Stop vehicle and let engine idle. Check the intake and exhaust systems for leaks by listening for noise or
visually inspecting the components.
3. Allow engine to cool and visually check for oil and coolant leaks. Then, perform “Overall Function Check”.
Main 11 Causes of Overheating INFOID:0000000003490299
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page

OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking —
• Blocked condenser
• Blocked radiator grille
• Blocked bumper
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-12, "Engine
Coolant Mixture Ratio".
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level See CO-10, "Changing
in reservoir tank and radi- Engine Coolant".
ator filler neck
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester 78 - 98 kPa (0.78 - 0.98 See CO-9, "System In-
bar, 0.8 - 1.0 kg/cm2, 11 - spection".
14 psi)
59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98
bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2, 9 -
14 psi) (Limit)
ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks See CO-9, "System In-

spection".
ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-20, "Inspection".
lower radiator hoses
OFF 7 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical Negative —
tester 4 Gas analyzer
ON*3 8 • Coolant temperature • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when —

gauge driving
• Coolant overflow to res- • Visual No overflow during driving See CO-10, "Changing
ervoir tank and idling Engine Coolant".
OFF*4 9 • Coolant return from • Visual Should be initial level in See CO-9, "System In-
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank spection".
tor
OFF 10 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-39, "Inspection".
gauge mum distortion (warping)
11 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-55, "Inspection".
tons walls or piston
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.

For more information, refer to CO-6, "Troubleshooting Chart".
A
EC

The crankshaft position sensor (OBD) is located on the transaxle

housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the flywheel or drive plate. It
detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet, core and coil.
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
SEF956N
the engine revolution.
This sensor is not directly used to control the engine system. It is used only for the on board diagnosis.

Almost the same speed as the value
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with tachometer indication.
tachometer indication.
• A chipping of the flywheel or drive plate gear • Harness or connectors
P1336 tooth (cog) is detected by the ECM. • Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
(OBD) (COG)
• Drive plate/Flywheel
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0074GB
P
CAUTION:

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (AC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
Sensor ground
55 BR [Crankshaft position — —
sensor (OBD)]
Approximately 0 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
at idle.
Crankshaft position SEF112V

69 R
sensor (OBD)
Approximately 0 V
[Engine is running]
SEF113V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (OBD) harness connectors.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
3. Check harness continuity between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 55.
Refer to wiring diagram.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
4.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 69 and crankshaft position sensor (OBD) terminal 2.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. C
E
6.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F
1. Disconnect harness connectors E201, E33.
2. Check harness continuity between harness connector E33 terminal 5 and ground.
Refer to wiring diagram. G
Continuity should exist

3. Also check harness for short to power. H
4. Then reconnect harness connectors.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. I
NG >> GO TO 7.
J
• Harness for open or short between harness connector E33 and ground
K
8.CHECK IMPROPER INSTALLATION L
1. Loosen and retighten the fixing bolt of the crankshaft position sensor (OBD).
2. Perform EC-230, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" again.
OK or NG M
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD) N

OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (OBD).
10.CHECK GEAR TOOTH P
Visually check for chipping flywheel or drive plate gear tooth (cog).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace the flywheel or drive plate.
>> INSPECTION END

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD)

SEF960N
Resistance: Approximately 512 - 632Ω [at 20°C

(68°F)]
SEF231W
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD)

Refer to EM-12

DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
A
When the shift lever position is Neutral, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON. EC
ECM detects the neutral position when continuity with ground exists.
C

D
E
F
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
Park/neutral position [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P1706 switch is not changed in the process of engine G
switch circuit is open or shorted.]
starting and driving.

H
CAUTION:
NOTE: I
WITH CONSULT-III J
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” sig-
nal under the following conditions. K
Shift lever position Known-good signal

L
Neutral position ON
Except above position OFF
If NG, go to EC-238, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
If OK, go to the following step.
4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED 1,400 - 6,375 rpm O

B/FUEL SCHDL 3.5 - 31.8 msec
P
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (More than 40 MPH)

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position switch circuit. During this check, a
WITH GST
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 90 (PNP switch signal)
and body ground under the following conditions.
Shift lever position Voltage (Known-good data)

Neutral position Approx. 0 V
Except above position Approx. 5 V
JMBIA1478ZZ

EC
AABWA0084GB
P
CAUTION:

TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0 V
90 V
Approximately 5 V
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
• Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ground

3.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 90 and PNP switch terminal 1.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
• Harness connectors M3, E43
• Harness for open or short between ECM and PNP switch
5.CHECK PNP SWITCH
Refer to MT-10, "Position Switch Check" or MT-48, "Position Switch Check".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace PNP switch.
>> INSPECTION END A
EC

IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to the power transistor. The
power transistor switches the ignition coil primary circuit ON and
OFF. As the primary circuit is turned ON and OFF, the proper high
voltage is induced in the coil secondary circuit.
bly except distributor cap and rotor head.
NOTE:
The rotor screw which secures the distributor rotor head to the dis-
tributor shaft must be tightened properly.
: 3.3 - 3.9 N·m (0.34 - 0.40 kg-m, 29.5 - 34.7 in-lb) SEF928V

IGN TIMING
• No load

IGNITION SIGNAL
EC
AABWA0068GB
P
CAUTION:

IGNITION SIGNAL
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
SEF186T
0.2 - 1.0 V
[Engine is running]
SEF187T
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
2. Make sure that all circuits do not produce a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminal 31 and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below.
NOTE:
JMBIA1479GB

IGNITION SIGNAL
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END A
NG >> GO TO 7.
4.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EC
2. Disconnect distributor harness connector M114.
4. Check voltage between distributor terminal 7 and ground with C
Voltage : Battery voltage D

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. E
AEC698
F
Check the following. G
• Harness for open or short between distributor and ignition switch
6.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between distributor terminal 8 and ground.
I

J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. K
7.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Stop engine. L
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 31 and distributor terminal 1. M

N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. O
P
OK or NG
OK >> Replace distributor.

IGNITION SIGNAL
DISTRIBUTOR
Refer to EM-12.

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
A
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM EC
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura- C
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs. D
SEF812J E

B/FUEL SCHDL EC-82, "Inspection Procedure" G
INJ PULSE-B1
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 2.4 - 3.2 msec H
• No load

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
AABWA0070GB
CAUTION:

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
TERMI- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
EC
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
at idle.
2 G Injector No. 1 D
3 LG Injector No. 2 SEF204T
6 SB Injector No. 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE

7 V Injector No. 4
(11 - 14 V) E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm F
SEF205T
G

H

With CONSULT-III I
1. Start engine.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. J
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. K
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END L
NG >> GO TO 2.
MEC703B N
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. O

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
4. Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 2 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0289E

• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 1 and ECM terminals 2, 3, 6, 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance : 7.4 - 10.9 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
JMBIA1480ZZ

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
A
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-12.
EC

START SIGNAL
START SIGNAL


START SIGNAL
EC
AABWA0067GB
P
CAUTION:

START SIGNAL
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(11 - 14 V)
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT-III
2. Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.
Condition START SIGNAL

Ignition switch START position ON
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch to START.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 86 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Voltage
Ignition switch START position Battery voltage
Except above position Approx. 0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
JMBIA1481ZZ
4.CHECK FUSE
Check the 10 A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace 10 A fuse.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and 10 A fuse.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 86 and fuse block.

START SIGNAL
OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC

C
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 180° signal from the camshaft position sensor, it knows that the engine is
rotating, and causes the pump to perform. If the 180° signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the
engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the
fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation

Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 5 seconds.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
Except as shown above Stops.
The fuel pump assembly (1) with a fuel damper is an in-tank type
(the pump and damper are located in the fuel tank).
ALBIA0537ZZ

ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running and cranking

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
EC
AABWA0076GB
P
CAUTION:

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0-1V
[Engine is running]
14 Y Fuel pump relay
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ON

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose
for 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF348V
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

2. Disconnect fuel pump relay (1).
- Fuse block (2)
ALBIA0559ZZ
4. Check voltage between terminals 2, 5 and ground with CON-

SULT-III or tester.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
JMBIA1482ZZ

• 15 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A

2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
EC
3. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and fuel pump relay
terminal 3.
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
E
• Harness connectors C1, M25 F
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 6 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H

I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. J
NG >> GO TO 7.
Check the following. K
• Harness connectors C1, M25
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground
L
8.CHECK FUEL PUMP OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 14 and fuel pump relay terminal 1.
N
O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
Check continuity between fuel pump relay terminals 3 and 5 under
the following conditions.
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes
No current supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace fuel pump relay.
PBIB0098E
10.CHECK FUEL PUMP

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PUMP
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 5 and 6.
Resistance: 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

3. If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
JMBIA1686ZZ
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-18.

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
A
The power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a EC
power steering load. When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. The ECM adjusts the IACV-
AAC valve to increase the idle speed and adjust for the increased load.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000003490401 C

D
Steering wheel in neutral position
engine E
The steering wheel is turned ON

AABWA0082GB
CAUTION:

TER- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 V EC
94 SB
Approximately 5 V
C
1.INSPECTION START D
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. E
No >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION F
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions. G
Condition PW/ST SIGNAL indication

Steering wheel is turned ON H
Steering wheel is not turned OFF
OK or NG
I
NG >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION J
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 94 and ground under the following conditions. K
Condition Voltage
L
Steering wheel is turned Approx. 0 V
Steering wheel is not turned Approx. 5 V
OK or NG M
NG >> GO TO 4.
N
JMBIA1484ZZ
4.CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
O
SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
3. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 94 and power steering oil pressure switch terminal 1.

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace power steering oil pressure switch.
>> INSPECTION END


4. Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch ter-
minal 1 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Continuity
Steering wheel: Being turned fully Yes
Steering wheel: Not being turned No
5. If NG, replace power steering oil pressure switch.
SEF230V

Refer to PS-30.

IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE
A
When the air conditioner is ON, the IACV-FICD solenoid valve supplies additional air to adjust to the increased EC
load.
AABWA0069GB

CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
16 G Air conditioner relay
[Engine is running]
• Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON Approximately 0 V
85 Y Air conditioner switch (Compressor operates.)


If NG, adjust idle speed.
3. Turn air conditioner switch ON and turn blower fan switch to 4-speed.
4. Recheck idle speed.
875 rpm or more (in Neutral position)

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
MEF634E
2.CHECK AIR CONDITIONER FUNCTION

Check if air conditioner compressor functions normally.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refer to MTC-23.
3.CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect IACV-FICD solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Start engine, then turn A/C switch ON and turn fan switch to 4-speed.

4. Check voltage between IACV-FICD solenoid valve terminal 1
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
C
JMBIA1485ZZ
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D

E
• Harness for open or short between IACV-FICD solenoid valve and A/C relay
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
5.CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between IACV-FICD solenoid valve terminal 2 and ground. G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. I
6.CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. K
NG >> Replace IACV-FICD solenoid valve.
L
>> INSPECTION END M

IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE N

O

• Check for clicking sound when applying 12 V direct current to
IACV-FICD solenoid valve terminals.
JMBIA1486ZZ

4. If NG, replace IACV-FICD solenoid valve.
SEF097K


MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
A
EC
P
AABWA0066GB

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JMBIA1671GB
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating.
When engine is runs at idle, the EVAP canister purge control valves closed. Only a small amount of vapor
flows into the intake manifold through the constant purge orifice. As the engine seed increases and the throttle
vacuum rises, the EVAP canister purge control valve opens. The vapor is sucked through both main purge ori-
fice and constant purge orifice.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING

EC
I
ALBIA0557ZZ

J
K
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. L
2. Apply vacuum to port A. [Approximately −13.3 to −20.0 kPa (−
133 to −200 mbar, −100 to −150 mmHg, −3.94 to −5.91 inHg)]
3. Cover port D by hand. M
4. Blow air in port C and check that it flows freely out of port B.
SEF312N
O
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)

1. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF084Y
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure: 16.0 - 20.0 kPa (0.16 - 0.20 bar, 0.163 - 0.204

kg/cm2, 2.32 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.5 kPa (−0.060 to −0.035 bar, −0.061
to −0.036 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.51 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If SEF943S
an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
FUEL CHECK VALVE
1. Blow air through connector on fuel tank side.
A considerable resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow
should be directed toward the EVAP canister side.
2. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side.
Air flow should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.
3. If fuel check valve is suspected of not properly functioning in
steps 1 and 2 above, replace it.
SEF552Y

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
EC
AEC042B
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake collector. G

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve. H
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air duct into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the
hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. I
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some
of the flow will go through the hose connection to the intake collector under all conditions. J
Inspection INFOID:0000000003490415
K
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from breather sepa-
rator. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes L
through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger
is placed over the valve inlet.
SEF244Q
VENTILATION HOSE O
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.

2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
SET277

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Fuel Pressure Regulator INFOID:0000000003490416
EC
Vacuum hose is connected Approximately 235 (2.35, 2.4, 34)
Fuel pressure at idling [kPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi)]
Vacuum hose is disconnected Approximately 294 (2.94, 3.0, 43)
C
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000003490417
750 ± 50 rpm
D
Base idle speed*1 No load*3 (in Neutral position)
Target idle speed*2 No load*3 (in Neutral position) 800 ± 50 rpm

Air conditioner: ON In Neutral position 875 rpm or more E
Ignition timing*1 In Neutral position 20 ± 5°BTDC
*1: Throttle position sensor harness connector disconnected or using CONSULT-III “WORK SUPPORT” mode
F
*2: Throttle position sensor harness connector connected
*3: Under the following conditions:
• Electrical load: OFF (Lighting switch, heater fan and rear window defogger)
G
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Ignition Coil INFOID:0000000003490418 H
Primary voltage Battery voltage 12 V

I
Primary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 1.0 Ω
Secondary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 10 kΩ
J
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000003490419
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14 V) K

Output voltage 0.9 - 1.8 V*
Mass air flow 0.9 - 5.8 g·m/sec (at idle*)
(Using CONSULT-III or GST) 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec (at 2,500 rpm*) L
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and idling under no load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000003490420 M
Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ)

N
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 O
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000003490422
P
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 0.2 - 5.0 Ω
IACV-AAC Valve INFOID:0000000003490423
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 10.0 Ω

Injector INFOID:0000000003490424
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 7.4 - 10.9 Ω
Resistor INFOID:0000000003490425
Throttle Position Sensor INFOID:0000000003490426
Throttle valve conditions Voltage (at normal operating temp., engine off, ignition switch on)
Completely closed (a) 0.2 - 0.8 V
Completely open (b) 3.5 - 4.5 V
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater INFOID:0000000003490427
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000003490428
Calculated load value

Engine speed
(Using CONSULT-III or GST)
Idle 10 - 35%
2,500 rpm 10 - 35%
Crankshaft Position Sensor (OBD) INFOID:0000000003490431
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] 512 - 632 Ω

INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [KA24DE (EXCEPT FOR MEXICO)]
SERVICE INFORMATION A
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC No. Index INFOID:0000000003963775
EC
1
DTC*
Items MIL lighting C
ECM*3
GST*2
— — Unable to access ECM — — EC-310 D
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 P0000 FURTHER TESTING — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED. E
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-356 F
G
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-366
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-372 H
I
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-381
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-387
P0505 0505 ISC SYSTEM/CIRC 2 × EC-394 J
P0605 0605 ECM 1 or 2 × EC-398
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-399
K
L
Alphabetical Index INFOID:0000000003963776
×: Applicable —: Not applicable M

1
DTC*
Items MIL lighting
(CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 up
ECM* N
GST*2
Unable to access ECM — — — — EC-310
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 1 × EC-381 O
ECM P0605 0605 1 or 2 × EC-398
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0118 0118 1 × EC-356 P
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 1 × EC-399
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 2 × EC-366
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 2 × EC-372
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC P0505 0505 2 × EC-394

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1
Items MIL lighting
2 ECM*3
GST*
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 P0000 — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 2 × EC-387

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
A
EC
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of C
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
F
ness connectors.
G
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair H
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will I
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-43, "Description". J
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before K
L
• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running. M
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is N
turned OFF.
connect negative battery cable. O
SEF289H

PRECAUTIONS
• Do not disassemble ECM.
• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. Thus,
the engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However,
this is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts
because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
PBIA9222J
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
• When connecting ECM harness connector (1), fasten (B) it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure.
- ECM (2)
- Loosen (A)
PBIB2947E

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
PBIB0090E
of ICs, etc.
• Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions prop-
erly. Refer to EC-320, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
• Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft
position sensor (OBD).
MEF040D

PRECAUTIONS
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check. A
EC
SAT652J
D
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and E
SEF348N
K
• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. L

- Fuel pump assembly (1)
• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
M
ALBIA0537ZZ O

PRECAUTIONS
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y

trol units.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
A
EC
Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap
C
Radiator cap tester adapter and radiator filler neck
a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia. D
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564
E
F
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve open-
ing pressure G
NT653
Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tem- I

perature sensor
NT705
K
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use
with anti-seize lubricant shown in “Commer- L
cial Service tools”.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm, for Zir-
conia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm, for Ti- M
tania Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning

i.e.: (Permatex™ 133AR or equivalent tool when reconditioning exhaust system N
meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) threads.
AEM489
P

JMBIA1459GB

Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000003963783
EC
ALBIA0557ZZ
J
K
Refer to EC-282, "Schematic" for vacuum control system.
L
Input (Sensor) ECM function Output (Actuator)

• Camshaft position sensor Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Fuel injector M
Distributor ignition system Power transistor
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 IACV-AAC valve and IACV-FICD
Idle air control system N
• Ignition switch solenoid valve
• Air conditioner switch Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor & on board Malfunction indicator lamp
• Knock sensor diagnostic system (On the instrument panel) O
• Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) Heated oxygen sensors 1, 2 heater control Heated oxygen sensor heater
• Battery voltage
• Power steering oil pressure switch P
Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
• Heated oxygen sensor 2*

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System INFOID:0000000003963785

Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position Fuel injection &
mixture ratio Fuel injector
control
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Heated oxygen sensor 2* Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the camshaft position sensor and the mass air flow
sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• Hot-engine operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
PBIB2953E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses a
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about the

heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-365, "Component Description". This maintains the mixture ratio within the
range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture). A
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
EC
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback C
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
• Deceleration and acceleration
• Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit D
• Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
• High engine coolant temperature
• During warm-up E
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from the heated oxy- F
gen sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close
to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as
originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio. G
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios. H
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
I
value. The signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN com-
pared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation J
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING K
SEF337W N
Two types of systems are used.
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used O
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of P
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four fuel
injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.

Distributor Ignition (DI) System INFOID:0000000003963786

Throttle position
Ignition timing
Power transistor
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed control
Knock sensor Engine knocking
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal. Comput-
ing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions.
If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The
ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.

Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal
Throttle position sensor Throttle valve opening angle
Air conditioner
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner relay
cut control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering and air conditioner during low engine speed or when fully releasing acceler-
ator pedal.

• When engine speed is excessively low.
A
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) INFOID:0000000003963788

EC
C
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position
Fuel cut control Fuel injector
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed D
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 3,000 rpm under no load, (for example, the shift position is Neutral and engine
E
based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE: F
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-284, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
System".
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) INFOID:0000000003963789
G
The FIC is installed on the throttle body to maintain adequate engine H
speed while the engine is cold. It is operated by a volumetric change
in wax located inside the thermo-element. The thermo-element is
operated by engine coolant temperature. I
For inspection refer to EC-288, "Basic Inspection".
SEF500V
K

1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature

indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF810K
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no

load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III) >> GO TO 2.
OK (With GST) >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace components as necessary according
to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
SEF977U

With CONSULT-III

check that the clearance between stopper and throttle drum (2) A
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
C
3.CHECK IGNITION TIMING D
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. E
2. Select “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
4. Check ignition timing at idle using timing light.
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
2. GO TO 4. H
SEF320V
I
With CONSULT-III
J
1. Select “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode and touch “START”.
750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) K

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
L
2. GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION M
With CONSULT-III
2. Stop engine and turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Select “THRTL POS SEN” and “CLSD THL POS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Read the indications with accelerator pedal fully released.
O
THRTL POS SEN : 0.2 - 0.8 V
CLSD THL POS : ON
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6.
With CONSULT-III

2. Adjust “THRTL POS SEN” indication to 0.5 V by rotating throttle
position sensor body (2) clockwise/counterclockwise.
- Throttle body (1)
3. Retighten throttle position sensor fixing bolts.
>> GO TO 7.
AWBIA0610ZZ

With CONSULT-III
2. Select “CLSD THL POS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Stop engine.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 until “CLSD THL POS” indication changes to ON.
>> GO TO 8.
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
2. GO TO 16.
With GST
4. Select Service $01with GST.
check that the clearance between stopper and throttle drum (2)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING

Without CONSULT-III
2. Stop engine and disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector.
3. Start engine.
4. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load and then run engine at idle speed.
5. Check ignition timing at idle using timing light. A

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 11.
2. GO TO 11. C
SEF320V D
Without CONSULT-III E
Make sure that engine speed falls to the following speed.

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> 1. Adjust base idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw. G
2. GO TO 12.
12.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION
H
Without CONSULT-III
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 37 and ground. I
Voltage : 0.2 - 0.8 V

OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
K
JMBIA1471ZZ
L
Without CONSULT-III M
2. Adjust voltage between ECM terminal 37 and ground to 0.5 V by
rotating throttle position sensor body (2) clockwise/counterclock-
wise. N
- Throttle body (1)
O
>> GO TO 14.
AWBIA0610ZZ

Without CONSULT-III
2. Stop engine.

5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 10 times.
>> GO TO 15.
Without CONSULT-III

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
2. GO TO 16.
16.ERASE UNNECESSARY DTC
After this inspection, unnecessary DTC No. might be displayed.
Erase the stored memory in ECM.
Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMMISION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION” in EC-294, "Emission-
related Diagnostic Information".
>> INSPECTION END


Fuel Pressure Check INFOID:0000000003963792
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT-III
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove fuse for fuel pump.
- Fuel pump relay (1)
- Fuse block (2)
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
ALBIA0559ZZ
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
• When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.

• Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps. A
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false
readings.
EC
2. Disconnect fuel hose between fuel filter and fuel tube (engine side).
3. Install pressure gauge between fuel filter and fuel tube. C
4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
AEC064B F
5. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.

G
At idle speed:
connected 2.4 kg/cm2, 34 psi) H
disconnected 3.0 kg/cm2, 43 psi)
I
If results are unsatisfactory, perform EC-293, "Fuel Pressure
Regulator Check".
SEF318V
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check INFOID:0000000003963793 J
1. Stop engine and disconnect fuel pressure regulator vacuum

hose from intake manifold. K
2. Plug intake manifold with a rubber cap.
3. Connect variable vacuum source to fuel pressure regulator.
4. Start engine and read indication of fuel pressure gauge as vac- L
uum is changed.
Fuel pressure should decrease as vacuum increases. If results
are unsatisfactory, replace fuel pressure regulator. M
SEF718B

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-

System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of ISO 15031-6
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of ISO 15031-6
1st Trip Freeze Frame data —
Test values and Test limits Service $06 of ISO 15031-6
Freeze Frame 1st trip Freeze

DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data
CONSULT-III × × × × × —
GST × ×* × — × ×
*: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-310,
"Fail-Safe Chart".)
Two Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000003963795
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up the MIL, and store
DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip. Refer to EC-275, "DTC No. Index".
Emission-related Diagnostic Information INFOID:0000000003963796

DTC*1*2 Test value/

Items
GST (GST only)
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 FURTHER TESTING — — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — — — EC-349
P0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — — — EC-349
P0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT — — — EC-356
P0118 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT — — — EC-356
P0122 TP SEN/CIRCUIT — — — EC-360
P0123 TP SEN/CIRCUIT — — — EC-360
P0132 HO2S1 (B1) — × × EC-365
P0134 HO2S1 (B1) — × × EC-371
P0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — — — EC-377

DTC*1*2 Test value/
Items A
GST (GST only)
P0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — — — EC-377

EC
P0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — — — EC-381
P0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC — — × EC-387
P0505 ISC SYSTEM/CIRC — — × EC-393 C
P0605 ECM — — × EC-398
P1217 ENG OVER TEMP — — — EC-399
D
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC E

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed. If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM
F
memory. The MIL will not light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd
trip (meeting the required driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same mal-
function is detected in the 2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL
lights up. In other words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunc- G
tion occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed
between the 1st and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or
light up the MIL during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. H
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION".
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION ITEMS". These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/compo- I
nent. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the
MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent J
the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-305, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction". Then per-
form DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the mal- K
function is duplicated, the item requires repair.
How to read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods. L
With CONSULT-III
With GST M
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1143, P1706, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
• 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. N
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST does not indicate whether the malfunction is
still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if avail- O
DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in “SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT” mode of CONSULT-III.
Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0]. P
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, throttle valve opening, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.

Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-325, "CONSULT-III Function".
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM.There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is
detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip
freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM.
However, once freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored
(because only one freeze frame data or 1st trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame
data is stored in the ECM memory, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM mem-
ory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION".
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of ISO 15031-5.
As part of enhanced emissions test for Inspection and Maintenance (I/M), certain states require that the status
of SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and
components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this service manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases, the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern and the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for one or more of the SRT items, the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
This service manual contains the service procedure and support information to perform a comprehensive road
test that enables the ECM to complete the SRT.
SRT Item
The following table shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item Performance Corresponding DTC No.

Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
(CONSULT-III indication) Priority *
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function —
HO2S 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 —
Heated oxygen sensor 1 —
HO2S HTR 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater —
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater —
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure) one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-III.
SRT Set Timing

SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between them and is shown in A
the following table.
Example
EC
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) C
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
Case 1
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” D
All OK
P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
Case 2 E
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
P0400 OK OK — — F
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive G
NG exists Case 3
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL “ON”) H
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG. I
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a same cycle (Ignition OFF – ON – OFF), the SRT
will indicate “CMPLT”. J
→ Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. K
→ Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “COMPLT”.
→ Case 3 above L
The previous table shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 and 2) or two (2) for one self-diagnosis (Case 3). However, in preparation for the State
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary of each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) because of the M
following reasons;
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnostic results.
• When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis N
memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE: O
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior
to the State emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
SRT Service Procedure P
If a vehicle has been rejected for the State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating
“INCMP”, review the following flowchart diagnostic sequence.

SEF573XB
*1 "How to read DTC and 1st Trip DTC" *2 "How to Display SRT Code" *3 "How to Set SRT Code"
How to Display SRT Code

With CONSULT-III
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose
SRT codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set. “CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is
complete and SRT is set.
With GST
Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
With CONSULT-III
Perform corresponding DTC confirmation procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table on
"SRT Item".

Without CONSULT-III
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on "Driving Pattern". A
The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
Driving Pattern
EC
JMBIA1461GB
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.

Zone A refers to the range where the time required, for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
• Sea level
• Flat road
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
sis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
• The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 41 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
• The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C
(158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 41 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
Pattern 2:
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested upshift speeds for M/T models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas [less than 1,219 m For quick acceleration in low altitude
(4,000 ft)]: areas and high altitude areas [over
1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
Gear change ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) CRUISE shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd 21 (13) 21 (13) 24 (15)
2nd to 3rd 37 (23) 26(16) 40 (25)
3rd to 4th 53 (33) 43 (27) 64 (40)
4th to 5th 63 (39) 58 (36) 72 (45)
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear
Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the high-
est gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road condi-
tions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
km/h (MPH)
Gear
2WD (AUTO mode)
1st 50 (30)
2nd 95 (60)
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-III)
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen.

Test value A
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC (GST display) Test limit Conversion
TID CID
P0420 01H 01H Max. 1/128 EC
CATALYST Three way catalyst function
P0420 02H 81H Min. 1
P0133 09H 04H Max. 16 ms
C
P1143 0AH 84H Min. 10 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144 0BH 04H Max. 10 mV
P0132 0CH 04H Max. 10 mV D
HO2S P0134 0DH 04H Max. 1s
P0139 19H 86H Min. 10 mV/500 ms
P1147 1AH 86H Min. 10 mV
E
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146 1BH 06H Max. 10 mV
P0138 1CH 06H Max. 10 mV
F
P0135 29H 08H Max. 20 mV
HO2S P0135 2AH 88H Min. 20 mV
HEATER P0141 2DH 0AH Max. 20 mV G
P0141 2EH 8AH Min. 20 mV
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION H
How to Erase DTC (With CONSULT-III)

NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least I
5 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
J
3. Select “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
How to Erase DTC (With GST) K

NOTE:
5 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. L
1. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
NOTE:
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 M
hours.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes N
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes O
6. Test values
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
P
DESCRIPTION

If the MIL does not light up, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-459,
"Wiring Diagram".
SAT652J

The on board diagnostic system has the following two functions.

Mode Status
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
Engine stopped
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is de-
WARNING tected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip de-
tection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up the MIL in the 1st
trip.
• One trip detection diagnoses
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS
Engine stopped
Engine running HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or rich),
MONITOR monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.

In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to
EC-459, "Wiring Diagram".
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected or the ECM's CPU is malfunctioning.
OFF No malfunction.

In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL A
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden-
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
EC
read a code.
G
PBIA3905E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated H
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle. I
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal- J
function.
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to K
“HOW to ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)”.
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
L
Diagnostic Test Mode II — Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor
In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
M
MIL Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system N
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop. O
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions. Then make sure that the P
MIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no load.
MIL FLASHING WITHOUT DTC
If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diag-
nostic test mode. How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are
described later. Refer to “How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode”.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.

• Test values
NOTE:
a malfunction.
HOW to SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
blinking.
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to confirm all DTCs certainly.
PBIB0092E
HOW to SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR)

1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
Refer to “HOW to SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)”.
2. Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
HOW to ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to “HOW to SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST
MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)”.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
INTRODUCTION EC
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen- C
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
D
E
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit- F

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
I
formed. Follow the Work Flow below.
on “Worksheet Sample” should be used. L
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle. M
WORK FLOW

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Overall Sequence
PBIB3637E
Detailed Flow
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET”.
>> GO TO 2.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2.CHECK DTC*1 A
1. Check DTC*1.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC*1 is displayed.
- Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2. (Print them out with CONSULT-III.) EC
1
- Erase DTC* . (Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMMISION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION” in EC-
294, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus- C
tomer. (Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-311, "Symptom Matrix Chart".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected? D
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
E
Symptom is not described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON). F
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check diagnosis results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. G
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM H
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check diagnosis results. I
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6. J

Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC*1, and then make sure that DTC*1 is detected K
again.
If two or more DTCs*1 are detected, refer to EC-309, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order. L
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data*2 is useful if the DTC*1 is not detected.
• Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This M
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this check.
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirmation
Procedure. N
Is DTC*1 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No >> Check according to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
P
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 9.
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT-III

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value using
“SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-333, "Inspection Procedure".
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-311, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom
in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
>> GO TO 10.
Inspect the system.
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> Monitor input data from related sensors using CONSULT-III (Refer to EC-330, "CONSULT-III Ref-
erence Value in Data Monitor Mode".), or check voltage of related ECM terminals (Refer to EC-
320, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".).
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors after repair and replacement.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMMISION-RELATED DIAGNOS-
TIC INFORMATION” in EC-294, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again,
and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
OK or NG
NG (DTC*1 is detected)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
OK >> 1. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC*1 in ECM
(Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMMISION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION” in EC-
294, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information").
2. INSPECTION END
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou- A
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
EC
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the Worksheet Sample below in
order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
C
SEF907L
D
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
P
chart.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Priority Detected items (DTC)

1 • P0102, P0103 MAF sensor
• P0117, P0118 ECT sensor
• P0122, P0123 TP sensor
• P0327, P0328 KS
• P0340 CMP sensor
• P0500 VSS
• P0605 ECM
2 • P0132, P0134 HO2S1
3 • P0505 ISC system
Fail-Safe Chart INFOID:0000000003963801
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters the fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates.
DTC No.
CONSULT-III Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
GST
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
Just as ignition switch is turned
40°C (104°F)
to ON or START
Approx. 4 minutes or more after
80°C (176°F)
engine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
P0122 Throttle position sensor Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine
P0123 circuit speed. Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Condition Driving condition
Unable to ac- ECM ECM fail-safe activating condition
cess ECM The computing function of the ECM was judged to be malfunctioning.
When the fail-safe system activates (i.e., if the ECM detects a malfunction condition in
the CPU of ECM), the MIL on the instrument panel lights to warn the driver.
However it is not possible to access ECM and DTC cannot be confirmed.
Engine control with fail-safe
When ECM fail-safe is operating, fuel injection, ignition timing, fuel pump operation and
IACV-AAC valve operation are controlled under certain limitations.
ECM fail-safe operation
Engine speed Engine speed will not rise more than 3,000 rpm
Fuel injection Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system
Ignition timing Ignition timing is fixed at the preset valve
Fuel pump relay is ON when engine is running and
Fuel pump
OFF when engine stalls
IACV-AAC valve Full open
Replace ECM, if ECM fail-safe condition is confirmed.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
SYSTEM — ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SYMPTOM EC

C


D

Refer-
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
ence
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
E
ENGINE STALL
F
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA G

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-446
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-293
H
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-460
Air Positive crankcase ventilation I
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-463
system
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-288
IACV-AAC valve circuit 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-393 J
IACV-FICD solenoid valve circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-455
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjust-
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-288 K
ment
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-432
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 EC-342
L
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 MTC-23
Camshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-381
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-349 M
EC-366
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
EC-372
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 EC-356 N
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-360
Incorrect throttle position sensor adjust-
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-288 O
ment
Vehicle speed sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-387
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-377
P
EC-310
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-398
Start signal circuit 2 EC-442
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-424
Power steering oil pressure switch circuit 2 3 3 3 3 EC-451

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Fuel Fuel tank FL-15
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5
Vapor lock
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso- 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
line, Low octane)
—
Air Air duct
Air cleaner
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — throttle
5 5 5 5 5 5
body)
5 5 5 5
Throttle body, Throttle wire ACC-3
Air leakage from intake mani-
—
fold/Collector/Gasket
Crank- Battery SC-4
ing 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Alternator circuit SC-20
Starter circuit 3 SC-8
Flywheel/Drive plate 6 EM-53
PNP switch 4 —

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM A

EC



C
Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block G
Piston 4 EM-37
Piston ring EM-53
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 H
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft I
Valve Timing chain
mecha-
Camshaft EM-24
nism 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 J
Intake valve EM-37
3
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ K
Gasket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EX-4
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil L
tion filter/Oil gallery LU-10
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2
LU-10
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler M
cap
Thermostat CO-8
N
Water pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 2 5
Water gallery
Coolant level (low)/Contaminat- O
CO-9
ed coolant

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ALBIA0556ZZ
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Triple pressure switch 3. Throttle position sensor
4. Engine coolant temperature sensor 5. Knock sensor 6. Power steering oil pressure switch
7. Distributor 8. Intake air temperature sensor 9. Heated oxygen sensor 1
10. Spark plugs 11. Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) 12. Fuel injectors
13. Fuel pressure regulator 14. IACV-FICD solenoid valve 15. IACV-AAC valve

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
L
ALBIA0561ZZ
1. Mass air flow sensor harness con- 2. Ignition coil and condenser harness 3. Camshaft position sensor and power M
nector connector transistor harness connector
(view with air cleaner removed)
4. Throttle position sensor harness 5. Throttle body (view with air cleaner 6. IACS-FICD solenoid valve harness
N
connector removed) connector
7. IACV-AAC valve harness connector 8. Fuel injectors (view with air cleaner 9. Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
removed) (view with engine removed)
: Vehicle front O

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ALBIA0563ZZ
1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. Intake air temperature sensor har- 3. Heated oxygen sensor 1
harness connector (view with air ness connector
cleaner removed)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 5. Power steering oil pressure switch 6. Air duct
harness connector
7. Power steering oil pressure switch 8. Knock sensor (view with air cleaner 9. Intake manifold
removed)
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
PBIB1175E
ALBIA0526ZZ I
1. Brake master cylinder 2. Heated oxygen sensor 1 3. Muffler

4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 J
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ALBIA0562ZZ
1. ECM 2. ECM relay 3. Hood release handle

4. Data link connector 5. Fuel pump fuse (15 A) 6. Ground M122, M123 (view with air
cleaner removed)
7. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 8. Fuel pump harness connector (cab-
in-chassis model shown)
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
P
BBWA0434E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PBIA9221J
PREPARATION
1. ECM is located behind the instrument lower cover.
• When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen (A) it
with levers (1) as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
- ECM (2)
- Fasten (B)
PBIB2947E

CAUTION:
TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0.4 V
Heated oxygen sensor heater • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
1 R
1 [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
MI- WIRE A
NAL COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE EC
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
2 G Fuel injector No. 1 D
3 LG Fuel injector No. 2 SEF204T
6 SB Fuel injector No. 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE

7 V Fuel injector No. 4
(11 - 14 V) E
[Engine is running]
SEF205T G
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm after H
the following conditions are met
- Engine: After warming up Approximately 0.4 V
Heated oxygen sensor heater 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
I
5 Y
2 idle for 1 minute under no load
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE J
8 BR ECM ground — — K
10.5 - 11.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition L
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle. M
SEF645U
9 GR IACV-AAC valve
1 - 13 V N
[Engine is running]
O
SEF646U
P
10 W Current return
[Ignition switch: ON] 0-1V
12 R Malfunction indicator lamp [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
NO.
0-1V
switch ON
14 Y Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch ON
[Engine is running]
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: Approximately 0 V
16 G Air conditioner relay ON
[Engine is running]
0-1V
17 L
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
0-1V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
SEF190T
25 — Tachometer
0.5 - 2 V
[Engine is running]
SEF191T
0 - 0.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
SEF186T
0.2 - 1.0 V
[Engine is running]
SEF187T

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
MI- WIRE A
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] EC
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
37 O Throttle position sensor
C
Sensor ground
39 W — — D
41 LG [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
sensor
coolant temperature. E
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
42 Y Mass air flow sensor F
[Engine is running]
G
Sensor ground
43 G — —
(Mass air flow sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 H
rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met.
45 G Heated oxygen sensor 2 0 - Approximately 1.0 V
- Engine: After warming up
I
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load.
[Engine is running] J
47 B
Sensor ground
— —
K
49 P Intake air temperature sensor [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake air L
temperature.
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
M
Sensor ground
51 L — —
Sensor ground
N
[Engine coolant temperature
55 BR sensor/Intake air temperature — —
sensor/Crankshaft position
sensor (OBD)] O
1-4V
[Engine is running] P
SEF111V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
NO.
0.2 - 0.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
0 - 0.5 V
[Engine is running]
SEF200T
Approximately 2.6 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle.

65 W
(Position signal)
[Engine is running]
SEF196T
Approximately 0 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
Crankshaft position sensor SEF112V

69 R
(OBD)
Approximately 0 V
[Engine is running]
SEF113V
Sensor power supply

Power supply BATTERY VOLTAGE
(Back-up) (11 - 14 V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TER-
MI- WIRE A
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V EC
(11 - 14 V)
• Both air conditioner switch and blower Approximately 0 V
85 Y Air conditioner switch fan switch: ON (Compressor operates.)
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE D
• Air conditioner switch: OFF (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: START] E
(11 - 14 V)
Approximately 0 V
90 V F
Approximately 5 V
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 V G
94 SB
Approximately 5 V
H
101 G Data link connector — —
109 W BATTERY VOLTAGE I
110 W (11 - 14 V)

J
CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000003963807
K
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function L

Work support
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data M
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly. *
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
N
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECM Identification ECM part numbers can be read. O
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes P
• Test values

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT
RESULTS FUNC- CONFIRMATION
Item WORK DATA
FREEZE TION DTC
SUPPORT MONITOR SRT
DTC*1 FRAME TEST WORK
STATUS
DATA*2 SUPPORT
Camshaft position sensor × × ×
Mass air flow sensor × ×
Engine coolant temperature sen-
× × ×
sor
Heated oxygen sensor 2 × × ×
Vehicle speed signal × × ×
Throttle position sensor × × ×
Intake air temperature sensor × ×

INPUT
(OBD)
Knock sensor ×
Ignition switch (start signal) ×
Closed throttle position switch
×
(throttle position sensor signal)
Park/Neutral position (PNP)
×
switch
Power steering oil pressure
×
switch
Battery voltage ×
Fuel injector × ×
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × ×
IACV-AAC valve × × × ×
OUTPUT
Air conditioner relay ×

Fuel pump relay × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × ×
Calculated load value × ×
×: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-III screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-294, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE A

TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ • FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION IN THE SERVICE When adjusting the idle throttle
MANUAL position
IGNITION TIMING ADJ • IGNITION TIMING FEEDBACK CONTROL WILL BE When adjusting initial ignition tim- EC
HELD BY TOUCHING “START”. AFTER DOING SO, AD- ing
JUST IGNITION TIMING WITH A TIMING LIGHT BY
TURNING THE CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
C
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure from
ING IDLING. fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
SELF-LEARNING CONT • THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When releasing the coefficient of D
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value
FICIENT.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed E
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE F

Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-275, "DTC No. Index".
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data G
Freeze frame data

Description
item* H
DIAG TROUBLE
• Engine Control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer to EC-
CODE
275, "DTC No. Index".)
[PXXXX] I
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode 2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B1
Mode 3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment) J
Mode 4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode 5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. K
COOLANT TEMP
• The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
S-FUEL TRM-B1 • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. L
[%] • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule.
• “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1
[%]
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than M
short-term fuel trim.
ENGINE SPEED
• The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[rpm] N
VEHICL SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
ABSOL TH-P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. O
B/FUEL SCHDL
• The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. P
[°C] or [°F]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

• Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed
drops below the idle rpm.
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the REF
ENG SPEED rpm • If the signal is interrupted while the en-
signal (180° signal) of the camshaft position sensor.
gine is running, an abnormal value may
be indicated.
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is dis- value is indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 V
played. • When engine is running, specification
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection pulse
• When engine is running, specification
B/FUEL SCHDL msec width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on
board correction.
value is indicated.
• Indicates the mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback • When engine is running, specification
A/F ALPHA-B1 %
correction factor per cycle. range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
• When the engine coolant temperature
• The engine coolant temperature (determined by the sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sen- enters fail-safe mode. The engine cool-
sor) is displayed. ant temperature determined by the ECM
is displayed.
HO2S1 (B1) V
displayed.
HO2S2 (B1) V
displayed.
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal during air- • After turning ON the ignition switch,
fuel ratio feedback control: “RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mixture
RICH/ RICH: Means the mixture became “rich”, and control ratio feedback control begins.
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
LEAN is being affected toward a leaner mixture. • When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
LEAN: Means the mixture became “lean”, and control clamped, the value just before the clamp-
is being affected toward a rich mixture. ing is displayed continuously.
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH: Means the amount of oxygen after three way
RICH/ • When the engine is stopped, a certain
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) catalyst is relatively small.
LEAN value is indicated.
LEAN: Means the amount of oxygen after three way
catalyst is relatively large.
km/h or • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed
VHCL SPEED SE
mph sensor signal is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT V • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is dis-
THRTL POS SEN V
played.
• The intake air temperature determined by the signal
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F voltage of the intake air temperature sensor is indicat-
ed.
ON/ • After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
START SIGNAL • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the start signal.
OFF played regardless of the starter signal.
ON/ • Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM
CLSD THL POS
OFF according to the throttle position sensor signal.
ON/ • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner
AIR COND SIG
OFF switch as determined by the air conditioning signal.
ON/ • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the PNP switch
P/N POSI SW
OFF signal.
Revision: March 2008 E C -3 2 8 2009 D22 LCV

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering oil
ON/
PW/ST SIGNAL pressure switch determined by the power steering oil
OFF
pressure switch signal.
ON/ EC
IGNITION SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch.
OFF
• Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width com- • When the engine is stopped, a certain
INJ PULSE-B1 msec
pensated by ECM according to the input signals. computed value is indicated. C
• Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM ac-
IGN TIMING BTDC
cording to the input signals.
• Calculated load value indicates the value of the cur- D
CAL/LD VALUE %
rent airflow divided by peak airflow.
• Absolute throttle position sensor indicates the throttle
ABSOL TH·P/S % opening computed by ECM according to the signal E
voltage of the throttle position sensor.
• Indicates the mass airflow computed by ECM accord-
MASS AIRFLOW g·m/s
ing to the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor.
F
• Indicates the IACV-AAC valve control value comput-
IACV-AAC/V %
ed by ECM according to the input signals.
ON/ • Indicates the air conditioner relay control condition
AIR COND RLY G
OFF determined by ECM according to the input signals.
ON/ • Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition deter-
FUEL PUMP RLY
OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals.
H
ON/
OFF
put signals.
I
ON/
OFF
put signals.
km/h or J
TRVL AFTER MIL • Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
mph
• The signal voltage of the atmospheric pressure sen-
ATOM PRES SEN V
sor is displayed. K
• Indicates the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control
O2 SEN HTR DTY % value computed by the ECM according to the input
signals. L
NOTE:
FUNCTION TEST MODE M
Test Item
N
CAR COMPUTER DIAG Based on the self-diagnosis result, classifies according to part and function, and indicates OK or NG.
SENSOR/SW TEST CONSULT-III monitors the sensor and switch operations, and judges OK and NG. O
CONSULT-III automatically activates actuator in intermittent mode. The worker checks the operation and
CONFIRMATION TEST
judges OK or NG.
MIXTURE RATIO TEST

CONSULT-III monitors the output signal from heated oxygen sensor 1, and judges that the air-fuel ratio feed- P
back system is OK or NG.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• Air conditioner switch: OFF than 25 rpm before and after cutting
POWER BALANCE • Shift lever: Neutral off the injector of each cylinder.
• Injector operation of each cylinder is stopped one after another,
and resultant is examined to evaluate combustion of each cylinder.
IACV-AAC/V SYSTEM • IACV-AAC system is tested by detecting change in engine speed than 150 rpm between when valve
when IACV-AAC valve opening is changed to 0%, 20% and 80%. opening is at 80% and at 20%.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE

SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-294, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
SRT Work Support Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC Work Support Mode
TEST MODE TEST ITEM CONDITION REFERENCE PAGE

HO2S1 (B1) P0133 —
HO2S1
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 —
Refer to corresponding
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 —
trouble diagnosis for DTC.
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 —
HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 —
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 —
Remarks:
• Specification data are reference values.
• Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
(i.e., Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING. Specification data might be
displayed even when ignition timing is not adjusted to specification. This IGN TIMING monitors the data cal-
culated by the ECM according to the input signals from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition tim-
ing related sensors.)

• Run engine and compare the CONSULT-III value with tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-333, "Inspection Procedure".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-333, "Inspection Procedure".
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Changes more than 5 times dur-
ing 10 seconds.
HO2S2 (B1) • Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
• After maintaining engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) rpm quickly LEAN ←→ RICH
1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
• Turn drive wheels and compare the CONSULT-III value with speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication
EC
• Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.2 - 0.8 V
THRTL POS SEN • Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped) Throttle valve: Fully opened 3.5 - 4.5 V
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF C

• Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped) Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF D
A/C switch: OFF OFF
AIR COND SIG A/C switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates.) E
F
Steering wheel: Neutral position
engine
Steering wheel: Being turned ON
G
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
• Air conditioner switch: OFF H
INJ PULSE-B1
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 2.4 - 3.2 msec
• No load
I
IGN TIMING
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 10 - 35% J
CAL/LD VALUE
• No load
K
• Engine: After warming up, engine Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.0%
ABSOL TH·P/S stopped
• Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Fully opened Approx. 80%
L
MASS AIRFLOW
• No load M
IACV-AAC/V
• No load N
AIR COND RLY • Air conditioner switch: OFF → ON OFF → ON
ON O
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm ON P
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
• Engine speed is running below 3,800 rpm after the following conditions are
met.
- Engine: After warming up ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under on load
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) OFF

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 miles)
• Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C (176°F)
O2SEN HTR DTY Approx. 30%
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm

A
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI- EC
TOR” mode with CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in
“SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When
the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may
have one or more malfunctions. C
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: D
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
Testing Condition INFOID:0000000003963811
F
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) G
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied H
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle
I
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000003963812
NOTE: J
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. K
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. L

OVERALL SEQUENCE
PBIB2384E

EC
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE P
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-333, "Testing Condition".
NOTE:

Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is
out of the SP value even a little.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil".
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
>> INSPECTION END

Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-34, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator. GO TO 8.
NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7.
- Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube
- Clogged fuel filter
- Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-447, "Wiring Diagram".)
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.

>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” A
1. Start engine.
EC
OK or NG
C
NG >> GO TO 9.
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “FUNCTION TEST” mode. D
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. E
NG >> GO TO 10.
F
- Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-433, "Wiring Diagram".)
- Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-438, "Wiring Diagram".)
- Intake air leakage G
- Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-37, "On-Vehicle Service".)
If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.) H
>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” I
1. Start engine.
within the SP value. J
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12. K
12.CHECK HEATES OXYGEN SENSOR 1 FUNCTION

Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with heated oxygen sensor 1. L
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT N
Check for the possible cause items according to corresponding DTC.
O
>> GO TO 14.
1. Start engine. P
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
SP value.
OK or NG
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
OK or NG
NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.
>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” A

1. Start engine.
EC
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair malfunctioning part.
2. GO TO 29.
C
NG >> GO TO 23.
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the D
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24. E
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
F
1. Replace ECM.
G
>> GO TO 29.
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. H
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27. J
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the K
SP value.
OK or NG
L
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” M
SP value.
OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM O
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap P
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.

>> GO TO 30.
OK or NG
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
OK or NG

A
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function EC
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on DTC (1st trip) visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may C
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations
D
2 The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
3 or 4 The symptom described by the customer does not recur. E
5 (1st trip) DTC data does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
F
1.INSPECTION START G
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-294, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
H
>> GO TO 2.
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to “CIRCUIT INSPECTION”, “Ground Inspec- I
tion” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. J
K
Perform “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Inci-
dent".
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS M
Refer to “How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal”, “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS” in GI-22,
"How to Check Terminal".
OK or NG N
NG >> Repair or replace connector.
O

AABWA0064GB
CAUTION:
TER- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
10 W Current return EC
[Engine is running]
ECM relay • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF C
17 L
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
OFF D
Power supply BATTE RY VOLTAGE
(Back-up) (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V E
(11 - 14 V)
F
110 W (11 - 14 V)

AABWA0065GB
CAUTION:

TER- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EC
32 BR ECM ground — — C
D
1.INSPECTION START E
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No F
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 84 and ground with CON- H
SULT-III or tester.

I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. J
MBIB0158E
K
• 10 A fuse L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I P


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Stop engine.
SULT-III or tester.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
JMBIA1462ZZ

• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ECM and battery.
8.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 10, 109, 110 and ground
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery

voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop to approximately 0V.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO JMBIA1463ZZ
13.
9.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 109, 110 and ECM relay terminal 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

11.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V A
Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 3 and ground with

EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.
D
JMBIA1469ZZ
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E

Check harness for open or short between ECM relay and 10 A fuse
F
13.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 17 and ECM relay terminal 2. G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. I
NG >> GO TO 14.
14.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J
K
15.CHECK ECM RELAY L
2. Apply 12 V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
3. Check continuity between ECM relay terminals 3 and 5. M
12 V (1 - 2) applied Continuity exists.

No voltage applied No continuity
N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. O
PBIB0098E P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
17.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
>> INSPECTION END

Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
• Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eye-
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to “Ground Inspection” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient
Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
PBIB1870E

A
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea- EC
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater C
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current to maintain the temperature of the hot
wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of D
this current change.
SEF893J E

MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-333, "Inspection Procedure". G
CAL/LD VALUE
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,500 rpm 10 - 35% H
• No load
MASS AIRFLOW I
• No load

J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause K
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
low input sent to ECM, when engine is running. • Intake air leaks L
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0103 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
high input sent to ECM. M
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. N

Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. O
NOTE: P
1. Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most.
2. Check DTC.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 6 seconds..
2. Check DTC.
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0072GB
P
CAUTION:

TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
17 L
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
OFF
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
43 G — —
ground
110 W (11 - 14 V)
1.INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
Check the followings for connection.
• Air duct
• Air cleaner
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.

3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. A

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
C
SEF126V

E
• Harness for open or short between ECM relay and MAF sensor
• Harness for open or short between ECM and MAF sensor
F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J
K

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. M
Refer to EC-353, "Component Inspection". N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. O

Perform EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
>> INSPECTION END.


With CONSULT-III
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.
Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)

0.9 - 1.8
1.9 - 2.3
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.8 to Approx. 3.0*
8. Perform step 2 to 4 again.
Without CONSULT-III
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 42 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage (V)

0.9 - 1.8
1.9 - 12.3
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.8 to Approx. 3.0* JMBIA1470ZZ

A
EC


SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature Voltage* Resistance

[°C (°F)] (V) (kΩ)
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 41 (Engine
SEF012P
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118
sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
sensor circuit Just as ignition switch is turned to ON or START 40°C (104°F)
Approx. 4 minutes after engine starting 80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
NOTE:

least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. A
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-358, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
AABWA0071GB


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor ter-
minal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
PBIB0352E
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between engine coolant temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 41.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
>> INSPECTION END


terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. A
EC
PBIB0353E
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ)

E
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 F
G
SEF012P

The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a type of potentiome-
ter which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the
ECM.
Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sen-
sor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut.
SEF520Q

• Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.2 - 0.8V
THRTL POS SEN (Engine stopped)
• Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Fully opened 3.5 - 4.5V
• Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.0%

ABSOL TH·P/S (Engine stopped)
• Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Fully opened Approx. 80%
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC Detecting Condition Check Items (Possible Cause)
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
P0122
circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0123
circuit high input sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE

Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Throttle position sensor Condition Driving condition
circuit
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:

• This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road A
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
EC
Vehicle speed More than 4 km/h (2 MPH)
C
2. Check DTC.
D

AABWA0083GB
CAUTION:

TER- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EC
37 O Throttle position sensor • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
3.5 - 4.5 V C
Sensor ground
39 W — —
Sensor power supply D

E

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT H
1. Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector.
3. Check voltage between throttle position sensor terminal 1 and I
Voltage: Approximately 5V J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power K
SEF564P L
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between throttle position sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 39.
N
O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
P
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and throttle position sensor terminal 2.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform EC-288, "Basic Inspection".
>> INSPECTION END

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

With CONSULT-III
5. Check indication of “THRTL POS SEN” under the following conditions.
NOTE:
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions Voltage (V)

Completely open 3.5 - 4.5 V (b)
Without CONSULT-III
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 37 (Throttle position sen-
sor signal) and ground under the following conditions.
NOTE:
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position
sensor installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions Voltage [V]

Completely open 3.5 - 4.5 V (b) JMBIA1471ZZ

DTC P0132 HO2S1
DTC P0132 HO2S1
A

V.
SEF463R E
SEF288D
I

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
K
10 seconds.
L
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy- M
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
SEF301UA P

DTC P0132 HO2S1
NOTE:
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.

DTC P0132 HO2S1
EC
AABWA0079GB
P
CAUTION:

DTC P0132 HO2S1
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 R
heater
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
47 B — —

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
• : Vehicle front
>> GO TO 3.
ALBIA0536ZZ

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.


DTC P0132 HO2S1
Continuity should not exist. A

OK or NG
EC
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR C
Water should not exist. D

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector. E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
H
>> INSPECTION END.

J
With CONSULT-III
3. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and the trigger point is adjusted to 100%. K
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure. M
O
SEF217YA

DTC P0132 HO2S1
JMBIA0352ZZ
CAUTION:
tool).
Without CONSULT-III
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3
V
JMBIA1472ZZ
CAUTION:
tool).

Refer to EM-12.

DTC P0134 HO2S1
DTC P0134 HO2S1
A

V.
SEF463R E
SEF288D
I

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
K
10 seconds.
L
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is M

not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately 0.3
V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is within
200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks that
this time is not inordinately long. N
SEF237U P
Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly
circuit no activity detected approx. 0.3V.

DTC P0134 HO2S1
WITH CONSULT-III
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
return to step 4.
60 seconds.)

WITH GST
- The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4 V.
JMBIA1472ZZ

DTC P0134 HO2S1
EC
AABWA0079GB
P
CAUTION:

DTC P0134 HO2S1
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 R
heater
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
47 B — —

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

DTC P0134 HO2S1

>> INSPECTION END. EC

C
With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. D
E
- “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from F
G
SEF217YA
JMBIA0352ZZ L
CAUTION:
tool).
N
Without CONSULT-III
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 46 (Heated oxygen O
stant under no load. P
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3
V
JMBIA1472ZZ
DTC P0134 HO2S1
CAUTION:
tool).

Refer to EM-12.

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
A
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine EC

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
C
SEF598K E
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. F

The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.
G
An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low input • Harness or connectors
is sent to ECM.
An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Knock sensor H
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high input
is sent to ECM.

I
NOTE:
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
K
2. Check DTC
L

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
AABWA0075GB
CAUTION:

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
TER- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
50 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.4 V EC
• Idle speed
C
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. E
F
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and
ground. G
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure H
more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]

I
OK or NG
JMBIA1474ZZ
OK >> GO TO 5. J
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
K
2. Check harness continuity between knock sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 50.
Continuity should exist. L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. O
NG >> Replace knock sensor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
>> INSPECTION END.

KNOCK SENSOR
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
Use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
2. Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.
Resistance : 532 - 588 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]

CAUTION:
Discard any knock sensors that have been dropped or physi-
cally damaged. Use only new ones.
SEF174V
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-12.

A
The camshaft position sensor is a basic component of the engine EC

control system. It monitors engine speed and piston position. These
input signals to the ECM are used to control fuel injection, ignition
timing and other functions.
The camshaft position sensor has a rotor plate and a wave-forming C
circuit. The rotor plate has 360 slits for a 1° (POS) signal and 4 slits
for a 180° (REF) signal. The wave-forming circuit consists of Light
Emitting Diodes (LED) and photo diodes. D
The rotor plate is positioned between the LED and the photo diode.
The LED transmits light to the photo diode. As the rotor plate turns,
the slits cut the light to generate rough-shaped pulses. These pulses
are converted into on-off signals by the wave-forming circuit and
SEF928V E
sent to the ECM.
bly except distributor cap and rotor head. F
SEF853B
I

J
• Run engine and compare the CONSULT-III value with tachometer Almost the same speed as the tachometer
ENG SPEED
indication. indication. K
L
M
A) Either 1° or 180° signal is not sent to ECM • Harness or connectors
for the first few seconds during engine (The camshaft position sensor circuit is
cranking. open or shorted.)
• Camshaft position sensor N
B) Either 1° or 180° signal is not sent to ECM
Camshaft position sensor • Starter motor (Refer to SC-8.)
P0340 often enough while the engine speed is
circuit • Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-8.)
higher than the specified engine speed.
• Dead (Weak) battery
C) The relation between 1° and 180° signal is O
not in the normal range during the specified
engine speed.
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003963932 P
Perform Procedure for malfunction A first. If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform Procedure for mal-
function B and C.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:

Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C
2. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0073GB
P
CAUTION:

TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0-1V
17 L
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14 V)
tion switch OFF
0.2 - 0.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
at idle.
0 - 0.5 V
[Engine is running]
SEF200T
Approximately 2.6 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
at idle.

65 W
(Position signal)
[Engine is running]
SEF196T

110 W (11 - 14 V)

(Does the starter motor operate?)
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. Refer to SC-9, "Trouble Diagnosis with Starting/Charging System Tester
(Starting)".

2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
C
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. D
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. F
NG >> GO TO 4.
G
SEF040S

H
• Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and ECM relay
• Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and ECM
I
5.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT J
2. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor terminal 6 and ground.

3. Also check harness for short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. M
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between the following;
CMP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 65,
CMP sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminals 61, 62.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
>> INSPECTION END


1. Reconnect all harness connector disconnected.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 65 and engine ground, ECM terminals 61, 62 and ground.
NOTE:
JMBIA1475GB


Refer to EM-12

DTC P0500 VSS
DTC P0500 VSS
A
The vehicle speed sensor (1) is installed in the transmission. It con- EC

tains a pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to the
speedometer. The speedometer then sends a signal to the ECM.
C
ALBIA0558ZZ E
F
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from G
(The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even
shorted)
when vehicle is being driven.

H
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. I
NOTE:
J
TESTING CONDITION:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III K
1. Start engine
2. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on
CONSULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. L
M
5. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.

N

B/FUEL SCHDL 7 - 15 msec O
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
7. Check 1st trip DTC. P
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
WITH GST

DTC P0500 VSS
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.

DTC P0500 VSS
A
MODELS WITH TACHOMETER
EC
P
AABWA0085GB
CAUTION:

DTC P0500 VSS
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
1-4V
[Engine is running]
SEF003W

DTC P0500 VSS
MODELS WITHOUT TACHOMETER
A
EC
AABWA0086GB
P
CAUTION:

DTC P0500 VSS
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
1-4V
[Engine is running]
SEF003W
1.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector M206 (models without
tachometer), M207 (models with tachometer).
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 57 and combination meter terminal 8 (models without
tachometer), 61 (models with tachometer).

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter
3.CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION
Make sure that speedometer functions properly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refer to DI-26, "Vehicle Speed Signal Inspection".
>> INSPECTION END

A

Camshaft position sensor Engine speed C
D
Idle air control IACV-AAC valve
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Park/Neutral position E
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering load signal
F
This system automatically controls engine idle speed to a specified level. Idle speed is controlled through fine G
adjustment of the amount of air which bypasses the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The IACV-AAC valve
repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The camshaft position sensor detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM then controls the ON/OFF time of the IACV-
H
AAC valve so that engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed
is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is deter-
mined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warm up, deceleration, and
engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation). I
The IAC valve-AAC valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the
ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will J
flow through the valve. The more air that flows through the valve, the
higher the idle speed.
K
SEF040E
M
N
IACV-AAC/V O
• No load

P
An improper voltage signal is sent to
P0505 IACV-AAC valve circuit (The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open or shorted.)
ECM through IACV-AAC valve.
• IACV-AAC valve

NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.

EC
AABWA0081GB
P
CAUTION:

TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
10.5 - 11.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
at idle.
SEF015W
9 GR IACV-AAC valve
1 - 13 V
[Engine is running]
SEF016W
1.CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

4. Check voltage between IACV-AAC valve terminal 1 and ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0352E

• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between IACV-AAC valve and fuse
3.CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 9 and IACV-AAC valve terminal 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE A

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace IACV-AAC valve.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C
D
>> INSPECTION END
E
IACV-AAC VALVE
2. Check the following items. F
• Check resistance between IACV-AAC valve terminals.
Resistance: Approximately 10 Ω [at 25°C (77°F) G

3. If NG, replace IACV-AAC valve. H
I
JMBIA1490ZZ

J
IACV-AAC VALVE
K

DTC P0605 ECM
DTC P0605 ECM
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

PBIA9222J
P0605 ECM ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. • ECM
NOTE:
1.INSPECTION START
See EC-398, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace ECM.

A
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will EC
rise.
indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. C
D
• Cooling fan (crankshaft driven)
• Radiator hose
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).
• Radiator
• Radiator cap E
Engine over temperature (Overheat).
P1217 • Water pump
(Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the system using
• Thermostat
the proper filling method.
• Engine coolant is not within the specified range.
For more information, refer to EC-401, F
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-10, "Changing Engine G
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil.
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-12, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
H
I
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
J
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
WITH CONSULT-III K
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-400, L
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-400, M
3. Start engine.
4. Make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
N
SEF621W
WITH GST
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. O
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps
and go to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps
3. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.


Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Check cooling fan (crankshaft driven). Refer to CO-15, "Removal and Installation (Crankshaft
Driven Type)".
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the
pressure drops.
Testing pressure : 157 kPa (1.57 bar, 1.6 kg/cm2,

23 psi)
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. SLC754A
NG >> Check the following for leak.

• Hose
• Radiator
• Water pump
3.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Apply pressure to cap with a tester.
Radiator cap relief : 78 - 98 kPa

pressure (0.78 - 0.98 bar, 0.8 - 1.0 kg/
cm2, 11 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace radiator cap.
SLC755A
4.CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
2. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening tempera- : 76.5°C (170°F) [standard]

ture
Valve lift : More than 8 mm/90°C
(0.31 in/194°F)
3. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (41°F) below valve opening tem-
perature.
For details, refer to CO-20, "Inspection".
OK or NG SLC343
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace thermostat.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. A
EC
>> INSPECTION END C

Perform FINAL CHECK by the following procedure after repair is completed.
1. Warm up engine. Run the vehicle for at least 20 minutes. Pay attention to engine coolant temperature
gauge on the instrument panel. If the reading shows an abnormally high temperature, another part may be D
malfunctioning.
2. Stop vehicle and let engine idle. Check the intake and exhaust systems for leaks by listening for noise or
visually inspecting the components.
E
3. Allow engine to cool and visually check for oil and coolant leaks. Then, perform “Overall Function Check”.

OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking — G
• Blocked bumper
H
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-12, "Engine
Coolant Mixture Ratio".
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level See CO-10, "Changing
in reservoir tank and radi- Engine Coolant". I
ator filler neck
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester 78 - 98 kPa (0.78 - 0.98 See CO-9, "System In-
bar, 0.8 - 1.0 kg/cm2, 11 - spection". J
14 psi)
59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98
bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2, 9 -
K
14 psi) (Limit)
ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks See CO-9, "System In-

spection".
L
ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-20, "Inspection".
M
ON*3 8 • Coolant temperature • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when —

gauge driving
N
• Coolant overflow to res- • Visual No overflow during driving See CO-10, "Changing
ervoir tank and idling Engine Coolant".
OFF*4 9 • Coolant return from • Visual Should be initial level in See CO-9, "System In-
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank spection". O
tor
OFF 10 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-39, "Inspection".
gauge mum distortion (warping) P
11 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-55, "Inspection".
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.


HO2S1
HO2S1
A

V.
SEF463R E
SEF288D
I

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V
K
10 seconds.
L

HO2S1
AABWA0107GB
CAUTION:

HO2S1
TERMI- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
EC
1 R
heater
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
47 B — —
E

With CONSULT-III
2. Select “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. G
3. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make sure that the monitors fluctuates between
LEAN and RICH more than five times in 10 seconds.
1 time: RICH → LEAN → RICH H

2 times: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN →RICH
I
Without CONSULT-III
3. Set ECM in Diagnostic test mode - II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). J
Refer to EC-301, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
4. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make
sure that the MIL comes ON more than five times in 10 seconds. K
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2. L
SAT652J
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS N

Refer to EC-348, "Ground Inspection". O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. P

HO2S1
• : Vehicle front
>> GO TO 4.
ALBIA0536ZZ
4.CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.



HO2S1
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. A
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. C
9.CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-271, "Inspection". D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace PCV valve. E

Refer to EC-407, "Component Inspection". F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
Refer to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
>> INSPECTION END

I

J
With CONSULT-III
K
“RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 seconds. M
O
SEF217YA

HO2S1
JMBIA0352ZZ
CAUTION:
tool).
Without CONSULT-III
1 time: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V
2 times: 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3
V
JMBIA1472ZZ
CAUTION:
tool).

Refer to EM-12.

HO2S1 HEATER
HO2S1 HEATER
A

Heated oxygen sensor 1 C
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater control
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed.
D
OPERATION

E
Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm ON

F

G
HO2S1 HTR (B1) H

HO2S1 HEATER
AABWA0107GB
CAUTION:

HO2S1 HEATER
TER- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
EC
1 R
heater
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
47 B — —
E

F
3. Restart engine and let it idle.
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 1 (HO2S1 heater signal) G
and ground under the following conditions.
Conditions Voltage H
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm Approximately 0.4 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
(11 - 14 V)
I
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END J
NG >> GO TO 2. JMBIA1488ZZ

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT M

3. Check voltage between terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT- N
III or tester.
Voltage : Battery voltage O

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. P
PBIB0969E


HO2S1 HEATER
• 10 A fuse

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
>> INSPECTION END



2 and 3 3.3 - 4.0 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω

CAUTION:
service tool).
SEF221W

HO2S1 HEATER
Refer to EM-12.
A
EC

HO2S2
HO2S2

ditions.
SEF327R

rpm quickly.
under no load
rpm quickly.
under no load

HO2S2
EC
AABWA0108GB
P
CAUTION:

HO2S2
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
5 Y
[Engine is running]
under no load
Sensor ground
51 L — —
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 45 (HO2S2 signal)
and ground.
at least 10 times.
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4 V.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA1473ZZ
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II

Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/
h (50 MPH) in the 3rd gear position.
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4 V.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 3.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

HO2S2
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

EC
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
E
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 45 and ground or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground. G
Continuity should not exist. H

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. I
6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. K
L
>> INSPECTION END

M
HATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 N
With CONSULT-III
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. O
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. P
CONSULT-III.

HO2S2
PBIB2169E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
CAUTION:
tool).
Without CONSULT-III
at least 10 times.
least once during this procedure.
essary.
Or keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage.
JMBIA1473ZZ
3rd gear position.
The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.55 V at least once during this procedure.
CAUTION:
tool).


HO2S2 HEATER
HO2S2 HEATER
A

Camshaft position sensor Engine speed C
Heated oxygen sensor
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
2 heater control
D
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION E

Above 3,800 rpm OFF F
• Below 3,800 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 G
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
H

I
• Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) • Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load J

HO2S2 HEATER
AABWA0108GB
CAUTION:

HO2S2 HEATER
TERMI- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
EC
• Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm after the following
conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
5 Y
heater der no load
D
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
51 L
Sensor ground
— —
G

H
I
3. Restart engine and keep engine speed between 3,500 and 4,00 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Check voltage between ECM terminal 5 (HO2S2 heater signal) J
Conditions Voltage K
Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm 0 - 1.0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine speed: Above 3,800 rpm L
(11 - 14 V)
OK or NG
M
NG >> GO TO 2. JMBIA1489ZZ

OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P

HO2S2 HEATER
3. Check voltage between terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-
III or tester.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF218W

• 10 A fuse

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
>> INSPECTION END


HO2S2 HEATER
A
2 and 3 3.3 - 4.0 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
EC
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. C

CAUTION:
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface D
service tool) and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial E
service tool).
G
SEF221W
H
I

PNP SWITCH
PNP SWITCH
When the shift lever position is Neutral, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the neutral position when continuity with ground exists.


PNP SWITCH
EC
AABWA0109GB
P
CAUTION:

PNP SWITCH
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0 V
90 V
Approximately 5 V

With CONSULT-III
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “P/N POSI SW” indication under the following conditions.
Shift lever position Indication (Known-good data)

Neutral position ON
Without CONSULT-III
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 90 (PNP switch signal)
Shift lever position Voltage (Known-good data)

Neutral position Approx. 0 V
Except above position Approx. 5 V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA1478ZZ
2.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

4.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

PNP SWITCH
A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART C

• Harness connectors M3, E43 D
• Harness for open or short between ECM and PNP switch
E
6.CHECK PNP SWITCH
Refer to MT-10, "Position Switch Check" or MT-48, "Position Switch Check". F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace PNP switch. G

Perform EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
>> INSPECTION END

I

IAT SENSOR
IAT SENSOR
The intake air temperature sensor is mounted to the air duct housing. The sensor detects intake air tempera-
ture and transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.
<Reference data>

[°C (°F)]
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 49 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.

Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

IAT SENSOR
EC
AABWA0110GB
P


IAT SENSOR
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 49 and ground.
Voltage: 0.05 - 4.8 V

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA1629ZZ

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screw.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
1. Disconnect intake air temperature (IAT) sensor harness connector.
3. Check voltage between IAT sensor terminal 1 and ground.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
AEC570A

3. Check harness continuity between IAT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 55.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

IAT SENSOR
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
Refer to EC-364, "Component Inspection". EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace intake air temperature sensor. C
D
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004000938 E

1. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor termi- F
nals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) G

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 0.27 - 0.38
H
2. If NG, replace intake air temperature sensor.
PBIB2005E
I
SEF012P

IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to the power transistor. The
power transistor switches the ignition coil primary circuit ON and
OFF. As the primary circuit is turned ON and OFF, the proper high
voltage is induced in the coil secondary circuit.
bly except distributor cap and rotor head.
NOTE:
The rotor screw which secures the distributor rotor head to the dis-
tributor shaft must be tightened properly.
: 3.3 - 3.9 N·m (0.34 - 0.40 kg-m, 29.5 - 34.7 in-lb) SEF928V

IGN TIMING
• No load

IGNITION SIGNAL
EC
AABWA0068GB
P
CAUTION:

IGNITION SIGNAL
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
SEF186T
0.2 - 1.0 V
[Engine is running]
SEF187T
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT-III
2. Make sure that all circuits do not produce a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminal 31 and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below.
NOTE:
JMBIA1479GB

IGNITION SIGNAL
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END A
NG >> GO TO 7.
4.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EC
4. Check voltage between distributor terminal 7 and ground with C
Voltage : Battery voltage D

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. E
AEC698
F
Check the following. G
• Harness for open or short between distributor and ignition switch
6.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between distributor terminal 8 and ground.
I

J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. K
7.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Stop engine. L
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 31 and distributor terminal 1. M

N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. O
P
OK or NG
OK >> Replace distributor.

IGNITION SIGNAL
DISTRIBUTOR
Refer to EM-12.

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
A
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura- C
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs. D
SEF812J E

B/FUEL SCHDL EC-333, "Inspection Procedure" G
INJ PULSE-B1
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 2.4 - 3.2 msec H
• No load

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
AABWA0070GB
CAUTION:

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
TERMI- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
EC
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
at idle.
2 G Injector No. 1 D
3 LG Injector No. 2 SEF204T
6 SB Injector No. 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE

7 V Injector No. 4
(11 - 14 V) E
[Engine is running]
SEF205T
G

H

With CONSULT-III I
1. Start engine.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. J
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. K
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END L
NG >> GO TO 2.
MEC703B N
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. O

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
4. Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 2 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0289E

• 10 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 1 and ECM terminals 2, 3, 6, 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL INJECTOR
Resistance : 7.4 - 10.9 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
JMBIA1480ZZ

INJECTOR CIRCUIT
A
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-12.
EC

START SIGNAL
START SIGNAL


START SIGNAL
EC
AABWA0067GB
P
CAUTION:

START SIGNAL
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(11 - 14 V)
1.INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT-III
Condition START SIGNAL

Ignition switch START position ON
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch to START.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 86 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Voltage
Ignition switch START position Battery voltage
Except above position Approx. 0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
JMBIA1481ZZ
4.CHECK FUSE
Check the 10 A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace 10 A fuse.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and 10 A fuse.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 86 and fuse block.

START SIGNAL
OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC

C
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 180° signal from the camshaft position sensor, it knows that the engine is
rotating, and causes the pump to perform. If the 180° signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the
engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the
fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation

Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 5 seconds.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
Except as shown above Stops.
The fuel pump assembly (1) with a fuel damper is an in-tank type
(the pump and damper are located in the fuel tank).
ALBIA0537ZZ

ON

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
EC
AABWA0076GB
P
CAUTION:

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
• For a few seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0-1V
[Engine is running]
14 Y Fuel pump relay
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ON

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose
for 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF348V
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

2. Disconnect fuel pump relay (1).
- Fuse block (2)
ALBIA0559ZZ
4. Check voltage between terminals 2, 5 and ground with CON-

SULT-III or tester.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
JMBIA1482ZZ

• 15 A fuse
• Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A

EC
3. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 2 and fuel pump relay
terminal 3.
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
E
• Harness connectors C1, M25 F
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
1. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and ground.

I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. J
NG >> GO TO 7.
Check the following. K
• Harness connectors C1, M25
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground
L
8.CHECK FUEL PUMP OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 14 and fuel pump relay terminal 1.
N
O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
Check continuity between fuel pump relay terminals 3 and 5 under
the following conditions.
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace fuel pump relay.
PBIB0098E
10.CHECK FUEL PUMP

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PUMP
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 2 and 4.
Resistance: 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

3. If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
JMBIA1483ZZ
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-18.

A
The power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a EC
power steering load. When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. The ECM adjusts the IACV-
AAC valve to increase the idle speed and adjust for the increased load.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000003964033 C

D
Steering wheel in neutral position
engine E
The steering wheel is turned ON

AABWA0082GB
CAUTION:

TER- A
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 V EC
94 SB
Approximately 5 V
C
1.INSPECTION START D
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. E
No >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions. G
Condition PW/ST SIGNAL indication

Steering wheel is turned ON H
Steering wheel is not turned OFF
OK or NG
I
NG >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION J
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 94 and ground under the following conditions. K
Condition Voltage
L
Steering wheel is turned Approx. 0 V
Steering wheel is not turned Approx. 5 V
OK or NG M
NG >> GO TO 4.
N
JMBIA1484ZZ
4.CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
O
SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 94 and power steering oil pressure switch terminal 1.

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace power steering oil pressure switch.
>> INSPECTION END


4. Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch ter-
minal 1 and ground under the following conditions.
Steering wheel: Being turned fully Yes
Steering wheel: Not being turned No
5. If NG, replace power steering oil pressure switch.
SEF230V

Refer to PS-30.

A
When the air conditioner is ON, the IACV-FICD solenoid valve supplies additional air to adjust to the increased EC
load.
AABWA0069GB

CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
16 G Air conditioner relay
[Engine is running]
• Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON Approximately 0 V
85 Y Air conditioner switch (Compressor operates.)


If NG, adjust idle speed.
3. Turn air conditioner switch ON and turn blower fan switch to 4-speed.
4. Recheck idle speed.
875 rpm or more (in Neutral position)

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
MEF634E
2.CHECK AIR CONDITIONER FUNCTION

Check if air conditioner compressor functions normally.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refer to MTC-23.
3.CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Stop engine.
3. Start engine, then turn A/C switch ON and turn fan switch to 4-speed.

4. Check voltage between IACV-FICD solenoid valve terminal 1
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
C
JMBIA1485ZZ

E
• Harness for open or short between IACV-FICD solenoid valve and A/C relay
F
5.CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between IACV-FICD solenoid valve terminal 2 and ground. G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. I
6.CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. K
NG >> Replace IACV-FICD solenoid valve.
L
>> INSPECTION END M

IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE N

O

• Check for clicking sound when applying 12 V direct current to
IACV-FICD solenoid valve terminals.
JMBIA1486ZZ

4. If NG, replace IACV-FICD solenoid valve.
SEF097K


A
EC
P
AABWA0066GB

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JMBIA1671GB
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating.
When engine is runs at idle, the EVAP canister purge control valves closed. Only a small amount of vapor
flows into the intake manifold through the constant purge orifice. As the engine seed increases and the throttle
vacuum rises, the EVAP canister purge control valve opens. The vapor is sucked through both main purge ori-
fice and constant purge orifice.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING

EC
I
ALBIA0557ZZ

J
K
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. L
2. Apply vacuum to port A. [Approximately −13.3 to −20.0 kPa (−
133 to −200 mbar, −100 to −150 mmHg, −3.94 to −5.91 inHg)]
3. Cover port D by hand. M
4. Blow air in port C and check that it flows freely out of port B.
SEF312N
O
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)

1. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF084Y
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure: 16.0 - 20.0 kPa (0.16 - 0.20 bar, 0.163 - 0.204

kg/cm2, 2.32 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.5 kPa (−0.060 to −0.035 bar, −0.061
to −0.036 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.51 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If SEF943S
an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
FUEL CHECK VALVE
1. Blow air through connector on fuel tank side.
A considerable resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow
should be directed toward the EVAP canister side.
2. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side.
Air flow should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.
3. If fuel check valve is suspected of not properly functioning in
steps 1 and 2 above, replace it.
SEF552Y

A
EC
AEC042B
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake collector. G

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve. H
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air duct into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the
hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. I
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some
of the flow will go through the hose connection to the intake collector under all conditions. J
Inspection INFOID:0000000003964047
K
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from breather sepa-
rator. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes L
through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger
is placed over the valve inlet.
SEF244Q
VENTILATION HOSE O

SET277

A
Fuel Pressure Regulator INFOID:0000000003964048
EC
Vacuum hose is connected Approximately 235 (2.35, 2.4, 34)
Fuel pressure at idling [kPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi)]
Vacuum hose is disconnected Approximately 294 (2.94, 3.0, 43)
C
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000003964049
750 ± 50 rpm
D
Base idle speed*1 No load*3 (in Neutral position)
Target idle speed*2 No load*3 (in Neutral position) 800 ± 50 rpm

Air conditioner: ON In Neutral position 875 rpm or more E
Ignition timing*1 In Neutral position 20 ± 5°BTDC
*1: Throttle position sensor harness connector disconnected or using CONSULT-III “WORK SUPPORT” mode
F
*2: Throttle position sensor harness connector connected
*3: Under the following conditions:
• Electrical load: OFF (Lighting switch, heater fan and rear window defogger)
G
Ignition Coil INFOID:0000000003964050 H
Primary voltage Battery voltage 12 V

I
Primary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 1.0 Ω
Secondary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 10 kΩ
J
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14 V) K

Output voltage 0.9 - 1.8 V*
Mass air flow 0.9 - 5.8 g·m/sec (at idle*)
(Using CONSULT-III or GST) 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec (at 2,500 rpm*) L
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and idling under no load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000003964052 M

N
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 O
P
IACV-AAC Valve INFOID:0000000003964054

Injector INFOID:0000000003964055
Resistor INFOID:0000000003964056
Throttle Position Sensor INFOID:0000000003964057
Throttle valve conditions Voltage (at normal operating temp., engine off, ignition switch on)
Completely closed (a) 0.2 - 0.8 V
Completely open (b) 3.5 - 4.5 V

APPLICATION NOTICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD25DDTi (TYPE 1)]
SERVICE INFORMATION A
APPLICATION NOTICE
How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000003980451
EC
YD ENGINE MODEL
Check the vehicle type (refer to GI-44) to confirm the service information in EC section. C
Service information Remarks

YD25DDTi TYPE 1 Models except for YD25DDTi TYPE 2. D
YD25DDTi TYPE 2 Models for Mexico, Mercosur and Chile.

INDEX FOR DTC
INDEX FOR DTC
U1000 INFOID:0000000003859083
DTC Items
Reference page
CONSULT-III* 1
ECM*2 (CONSULT-III screen item)
U1000 1000*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-523

*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
P0016 - P0123 INFOID:0000000003859084
DTC Items
Reference page
CONSULT-III*1 ECM*2 (CONSULT-III screen item)
P0016 0016 CMP/CKP RELATION EC-525

P0088 0088 HIGH FUEL PRESS EC-527
P0089 0089 FUEL PUMP EC-529
P0093 0093 FUEL LEAK EC-531
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-534
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-540
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-544
P0122 0122 APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT EC-548
*1: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6 this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
P0182 - P0217 INFOID:0000000003859085
DTC Items
Reference page
P0182 0182 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC EC-553

P0192 0192 FRP SEN/CIRC EC-557
P0200 0200 INJECTOR EC-562
P0201 0201 CYL1 INJECTOR EC-563
P0217 0217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-568

INDEX FOR DTC
P0222 - P0380 INFOID:0000000003859086
DTC Items
Reference page
CONSULT-III* 1
ECM*2 (CONSULT-III screen item) EC
C
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-582
P0336 0336 CKP SENSOR EC-587
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-593 D
P0341 0341 CMP SENSOR EC-598
P0380 0380 GLOW RELAY EC-603
E
P0563 - P0686 INFOID:0000000003859087 F
DTC Items G
Reference page
P0563 0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE EC-607

H
P0606 0606 ECM EC-609
P0628 0628 FUEL PUMP/CIRC EC-611
P0629 0629 FUEL PUMP/CIRC EC-611 I
P0642 0642 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 EC-616
J
P0668 0668 ECM EC-625
K
P0669 0669 ECM EC-625
P0686 0686 ECM RELAY EC-627
*1: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6. L
P1268 - P1275 INFOID:0000000003859088

M
DTC Items
Reference page N
P1268 1268 INJECTOR 1 EC-632

P1269 1269 INJECTOR 2 EC-632 O
P1270 1270 INJECTOR 3 EC-632
P1271 1271 INJECTOR 4 EC-632
P
P1272 1272 FRP RELIEF VALVE EC-639

INDEX FOR DTC
P1622 - P2229 INFOID:0000000003859090
DTC Items
Reference page
CONSULT-III* 1
ECM*2 (CONSULT-III screen item)
P1622 1622 INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST EC-659

P1623 1623 INJ ADJ VAL ERROR EC-660
P2135 2135 APP SENSOR EC-662
P2146 2146 INJ PWR/CIRC EC-667
P2147 2147 INJECTOR/CIRC EC-671
P2228 2228 BARO SEN/CIRC EC-676

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
A
EC
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIRBAG” and C
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Module, see the “SRS AIRBAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
F
connectors.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000003859092
G
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
H
J
PIIB3706J
K
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
CAUTION: L
• Always to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery negative cable before any repair
cause the MIL to illuminate.
• Always to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will M
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Always the connector is free from water, grease,
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock- N
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-43, "Description".
• Always to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit.
• Always to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube O
may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc.
• Always to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer. P

PRECAUTIONS

• Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery nega-
tive cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
connect battery negative cable.
SEF289H
• Never disassemble ECM.
MBIB0625E
• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it securely

with levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
PBIB1512E

from ECM, never damage pin terminals (bends or break).
age to IC's.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in) away
SEF291H
of IC's, etc.

PRECAUTIONS
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. A
Refer to EC-504, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
• Never disassemble mass air flow sensor.
EC
• Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
incidents.
• Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft C
position sensor.
MEF040D
D
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation E
F
G
SAT652J
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow H

Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor. I
• Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/out-
put voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's tran-
sistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the
J
ground.
• Never disassemble fuel pump.
If NG, take proper action.
• Never disassemble fuel injector. K
If NG, replace fuel injector.
SEF348N

PRECAUTIONS
• Never depress accelerator pedal when starting.
ily.
• Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y

trol units.
Never let them run parallel for a long distance.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
A
EC
Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
C
Radiator cap tester diator filler neck
adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia. D
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564
E
F
Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature
sensor G
S-NT705

JMBIA1627GB

Input (Sensor) ECM Function Output (Actuator)

• Accelerator pedal position sensor • Fuel injector EC
Fuel injection control
• Fuel rail pressure sensor • Fuel pump
• Fuel pump temperature sensor
• Fuel injector
• Engine coolant temperature sensor Fuel injection timing control
• Fuel pump C
• Intake air temperature sensor • Fuel injector
Fuel cut control
• Crankshaft position sensor • Fuel pump
• Camshaft position sensor
• Glow relay D
• Vehicle speed sensor*1 Glow control system
• Glow indicator lamp*2
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)*1
• Ignition switch On board diagnostic system Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)*2
• Stop lamp switch E
EGR volume control EGR volume control valve
• Air conditioner switch*1
• Park/neutral position switch Cooling fan control Cooling fan relay
• Battery voltage
F
*1: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: The output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line.
Fuel Injection Control System INFOID:0000000003859099

G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Three types of fuel injection control are provided to accommodate engine operating conditions; normal control, H
idle control and start control. The ECM determines the appropriate fuel injection control. Under each control,
the amount of fuel injected is adjusted to improve engine performance.
Pulse signals are sent to fuel injectors according to the input signals to adjust the amount of fuel injected to I
preset value.
START CONTROL
J
Input/Output Signal Chart

K
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Fuel injection
Fuel injector
Camshaft position sensor Piston position control (start L
Fuel pump
control)
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure
M
When the ECM receives a start signal from the ignition switch, the
ECM adapts the fuel injection system for the start control. The
amount of fuel injected at engine starting is a preset program value
in the ECM. The program is determined by the engine speed, engine N
coolant temperature and fuel rail pressure.
For better start ability under cool engine conditions, the lower the
coolant temperature becomes, the greater the amount of fuel O
injected. The ECM ends the start control when the engine speed
reaches the specific value, and shifts the control to the normal or idle
control.
P
SEF648S
IDLE CONTROL


Fuel injection
Fuel injector
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position control (Idle
Fuel pump
control)
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed*
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner signal*
*: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
When the ECM determines that the engine speed is at idle, the fuel injection system is adapted for the idle
control. The ECM regulates the amount of fuel injected corresponding to changes in load applied to the engine
to keep engine speed constant. The ECM also provides the system with a fast idle control in response to the
engine coolant temperature signal.
NORMAL CONTROL

Fuel injection
Fuel injector
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator position control (Normal
Fuel pump
control)
The amount of fuel injected under normal driving conditions is deter-
mined according to sensor signals. The crankshaft position sensor
detects engine speed, the accelerator pedal position sensor detects
accelerator pedal position and fuel rail pressure sensor detects fuel
rail pressure. These sensors send signals to the ECM.
The fuel injection data, predetermined by correlation between vari-
ous engine speeds, accelerator pedal positions and fuel rail pres-
sure are stored in the ECM memory, forming a map. The ECM
determines the optimal amount of fuel to be injected using the sen-
sor signals in comparison with the map.
SEF649S
MAXIMUM AMOUNT CONTROL


Fuel injection
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature control (Maxi-
Fuel Injector
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed mum amount
control)
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
The maximum injection amount is controlled to an optimum by the engine speed, intake air amount, engine
coolant temperature, and accelerator opening in accordance with the driving conditions.
This prevents the oversupply of the injection amount caused by decreased air density at a high altitude or dur-
ing a system failure.
DECELERATION CONTROL

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator A

Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injection
Fuel injector
control (Decel-
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed Fuel pump
eration control)
EC
The ECM sends a fuel cut signal to the fuel injectors and fuel pump during deceleration for better fuel effi-
ciency. The ECM determines the time of deceleration according to signals from the accelerator pedal position
sensor and crankshaft position sensor. C
Fuel Injection Timing Control System INFOID:0000000003859100
DESCRIPTION D
The target fuel injection timing in accordance with the engine speed and the fuel injection amount are recorded
as a map in the ECM beforehand. The ECM determines the optimum injection timing using sensor signals
accordance with the map. E
INPUT / OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART F

Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal* G
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal opening angle Air conditioner
Air conditioner relay
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed* cut control
H
I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves acceleration when the air conditioner is used.
When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed, the air conditioner is turned off for a few seconds.
When engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high, the air conditioner is turned off. This continues J
until the engine coolant temperature returns to normal.
Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed) INFOID:0000000003859102
K

L
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel cut control Fuel injector M
If the engine speed is above 2,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine N
based on engine speed. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will
be cancelled. O
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-477, "Fuel Injection Control Sys-
tem".
P
Crankcase Ventilation System INFOID:0000000003859103
DESCRIPTION

In this system, blow-by gas is sucked into the air duct after oil separation by oil separator in the rocker cover.
PBIB0590E
INSPECTION
Ventilation Hose
SEC692
CAN Communication INFOID:0000000003859104
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-38, "CAN System Specification Chart", about CAN communication for detail.

A
Fuel Filter INFOID:0000000004051270
DESCRIPTION EC
A water draining cock (2) is on the lower side of a sedimentor (1),
and a priming pump (4) for bleeding air is on the upper side of a fuel
filter (3). C
E
ALBIA0565ZZ
AIR BLEEDING
After fuel filter is replaced and after fuel system components are removed/installed, bleed air from fuel line as F
follows:
• Move priming pump up and down to bleed air from fuel path.
When air is bled, pumping of priming pump becomes heavy, stop operation at that time. G
• Crank engine until it starts. Do not crank engine for more than 30 seconds.
• If engine does not start, stop cranking and repeat step 1 above.
• If engine does not operate smoothly after it has started, rav it 2 or 3 times. H
• If air cannot be bled easily (pumping of priming pump does not become heavy), disconnect feed-side of hose
between fuel filter and electronically controlled fuel pump. After that, operate priming pump and confirm that
fuel comes out.
CAUTION: I
Prepare a tray to collect fuel. Prevent fuel from adhering to rubber parts, especially the engine
mounting insulator.
WATER DRAINING J
CAUTION:
• Drain water from sedimentor when fuel filter warning lamp
turns on as follows: K
PBIC2664E
N
1. Prepare a tray under the drain plug.
2. Loosen air bleeder screw of the sedimentor.
3. Loosen drain cock and drain water. O
CAUTION:
• Loosening drain cock four to five turns causes water to
start draining. Never remove drain cock by loosening it P
excessively.
• Water in filter is drained with fuel. Prepare larger capacity
pan than fuel filter volume.
• Drained water is mixed with fuel. Prevent fuel from adher-
ing to rubber parts such as engine mounting insulator. SMA281C
4. After draining, close drain cock by hand.

CAUTION:

If drain cock is tightened excessively, it may be damaged and fuel will leak. Never use tools to
tighten drain cock.
5. Bleed air in fuel piping. Refer to EC-481.
6. Start engine and make sure there is no fuel leakage.

1. Perform EC-482, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration".
2. Perform EC-483, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
Injector Adjustment Value Registration INFOID:0000000003859107
DESCRIPTION
Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injector.
The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control.
A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following
two values.
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM
• The injector adjustment value of the injector which is installed on the vehicle
Injector Adjustment Value Registration must be performed after the following cases.
• Injector(s) are replaced.
• ECM is replaced.
For the first case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for the replaced fuel injector must be performed. And
for the second case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for all the fuel injectors must be performed.
AWBIA0613ZZ
Example: Injector adjustment value = D121ABCD1A061234000000000000E6
OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
• Before performing this procedure, record injector adjustment value printed on a fuel injector.
• When all fuel injectors are replaced or ECM is replaced, it is recommended to perform “INJ ADJ VAL
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode before performing this procedure. By performing “INJ ADJ VAL
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode, injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped).
2. Select “ENTER INJECTOR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, CONSULT-III reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM.
4. Select the number of the cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
5. Input injector adjustment value, and touch “ENTER”.
NOTE:
Input injector adjustment value is stored in CONSULT-III.
6. Repeat step 4 - 5 till there is no cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration, and touch
“START”.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, injector adjustment values stored in CONSULT-III are written onto ECM mem-
ory.

7. After “CMND FINISHED” is displayed, make sure that the following values are same for each cylinder.
• Injector adjustment value which is printed on a fuel injector. A
• Injector adjustment value which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
NOTE:
• In this step, CONSULT-III reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM and displays the values on
EC
the CONSULT-III screen. This is for checking if injector adjustment values are written onto ECM memory
correctly.
• If DTC is detected, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the DTC, and check if the same DTC is
detected again. C
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing INFOID:0000000003859108
D
DESCRIPTION
In order to always keep optimum fuel pressure in fuel rail, the ECM controls fuel pump in high precision with
monitoring the signal of fuel rail pressure sensor.
Accordingly, the ECM always learns characteristic value of fuel pump. Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is E
an operation to clear the value of the fuel pump learning.
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing should be performed under the following conditions.
• Fuel pump is changed. F
• ECM is replaced with used one which stores the fuel pump learning value of other fuel pump.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE: G
When removing fuel pump, perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing before starting engine.
With CONSULT-III
H
2. Select “PUMP LEARNT CLEAR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds. I
4. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
Without CONSULT-III
Fuel pump learning value can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by the same operation as eras- J
ing DTC. In detail, refer to EC-484, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".

DTC Detection Logic INFOID:0000000004000846
When a malfunction is detected, the malfunction (DTC) and freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory.
The MIL will illuminate each time the ECM detects malfunction. For diagnostic items causing the MIL to illumi-
nate, refer to EC-468.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) INFOID:0000000004000847
HOW TO READ DTC

The DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-III
CONSULT-III displays the DTC in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode. Example: P0117, P0335, P1268, etc. These
DTCs are prescribed by ISO15031-5.
Without CONSULT-III
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0117, 0335, 1260, etc.
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II does not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if avail-
HOW TO ERASE DTC
How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be cleared within 24
hours.
- Freeze frame data
- Fuel pump learning value
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000004000848
The ECM records the driving conditions such as calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, engine
speed, vehicle speed and intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III. For
details, see “Freeze Frame Data”.
Only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory
and another freeze frame data occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clear-
ing the ECM memory are described in EC-484, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".

A
DESCRIPTION
1. The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON EC
without the engine running. This is a bulb check.
• If the MIL does not illuminate, refer to EC-709.
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. C
D
SAT652J
E
The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.

F
Mode Status
ON position circuit, etc.). G
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. (See EC-
709.)
H
Engine stopped
Engine running MALFUNCTION When ECM detects a malfunction, the MIL will illuminate to
WARNING inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected.
J
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs to be read.

ON position RESULTS K
L
Engine stopped

NOTE: N
a malfunction.
• Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF. O
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)

1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. P
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly 5 times within 5 seconds.
blinking.

PBIB0092E
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)

1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to “How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II
(Self-diagnostic Results)”.
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to EC-
709.
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

In this mode, the DTC is indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. A DTC will be used as
an example for how to read a code.
PBIA3905E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
consisting of an ON (0.6-seconds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-468)

The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to “How A
to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”.
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be cleared from the backup memory within 24 hours.
EC
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, CONSULT-III and Driving Patterns INFOID:0000000004000851
JMBIA0881GB
O
*1: When a malfunction is detected, MIL *2: MIL will not illuminate after ignition *3: When a malfunction is detected for
will illuminate. switch is turned OFF. the first time, the DTC will be stored in
ECM.
*4: Other screens except SELF-DIAG- *5: The DTC will not be displayed any
P
NOSTIC RESULTS cannot display longer after vehicle is driven 40 times
the malfunction. (Driving pattern A) without the same
malfunction. (The DTC still remain in
ECM.)

DRIVING PATTERN A
MBIB0923E
• The counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the counter reaches 40.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
INTRODUCTION EC
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injec-
tion control, fuel injection timing control, glow control system, etc.
The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly actuators. C
It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and sta-
ble. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions
such as vacuum leaks, or other malfunctions with the engine.
D
E
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs inter- F

mittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
I
formed. Follow the “WORK FLOW”.
on “WORK FLOW” should be used. L
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically con-
SEF234G
trolled engine vehicle. M
WORK FLOW

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PBIB2218E
*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG RE- *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
SULTS” is other than “0”, perform form EC-515. cannot be performed, check main
EC-515. power supply and ground circuit. Re-
fer to EC-516.
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be de-
tected, perform EC-515.
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the “DI-
STEP I
AGNOSTIC WORK SHEET”.
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-III) the DTC and the freeze frame
data, then erase the DTC. The DTC and the freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III
& IV.
STEP II Refer to EC-515.
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The Symp-
tom Matrix Chart will be useful. Refer to EC-496, "Symptom Matrix Chart".)
Also check related service bulletins for information.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
STEP DESCRIPTION
A
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-III
STEP III to the vehicle and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-515. EC
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the DTC and
freeze frame data by using CONSULT-III.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-515.
C
STEP IV
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The DTC can-
not be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the DTC detection. D
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-493, "Basic Inspection".) Then per-
form inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-496, "Symptom Matrix Chart".) E
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT- F
III. Refer to EC-504, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value", EC-513, "CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode".
STEP VI
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspec-
tion is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-25, "How to Perform Ef- G
ficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-515, "Description".
H
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is
STEP VII I
still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. (Refer to
EC-484, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".)
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET J

engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate. K
In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is
tomer complaint. L
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one shown below in order to
organize all the information for troubleshooting.
M
SEF907L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0533
chart.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Priority Detected items (DTC) A

1 • U1000 CAN communication line
• P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation
• P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
EC
• P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
• P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
• P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P2135 Accelerator pedal position sensor
• P0182 P0183 Fuel pump temperature sensor C
• P0192 P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor
• P0335 P0336 Crankshaft position sensor
• P0340 P0341 Camshaft position sensor
• P0563 Battery voltage D
• P0606 P0668 P0669 ECM
• P0642 P0643 P0652 P0653 Sensor power supply
• P1622 P1623 Injector adjustment value
• P2228 P2229 Barometric pressure sensor E
2 • P0089 P0628 P0629 P1272 - P1275 Fuel pump
• P0200 - P0204 P1268 - P1271 P2146 - P2149 Fuel injector
• P0380 Glow relay F
• P0686 ECM relay
3 • P0088 P0093 Fuel system
G
Precaution: H
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied.
• Headlamp switch is OFF.
- For vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, perform one of the following procedures before starting
engine not to illuminate headlamps. I
• Apply parking brake
• Set lighting switch to the 1st position
• Air conditioner switch is OFF. J
• Rear defogger switch is OFF.
• Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
K
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction. L
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-5, "Periodic Maintenance" .
- Harness connectors for improper connections M
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera- N
ture.
>> GO TO 2. O
SEF142I
2.PREPARATION FOR CHECKING IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT-III
Connect CONSULT-III to the data link connector.
Without CONSULT-III
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Install diesel tacho tester to the vehicle.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
1. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Read idle speed.
M/T: 750 ± 25 rpm (in Neutral position)

Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
5.BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM
1. Stop engine.
2. Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to EC-481, "Fuel Filter".
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-III
3. Read idle speed.

Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to EC-481, "Fuel Filter".
>> GO TO 8.
With CONSULT-III
3. Read idle speed.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
M/T: 750 ± 25 rpm (in Neutral position) A

Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.
EC
OK or NG
C
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER D
Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. E
NG >> Replace air cleaner filter.
10.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
F
Check battery voltage.
Voltage: More than 12.13 V

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11. H
11.CHECK BATTERY
Refer to SC-4, "How to Handle Battery".
I
OK or NG
OK >> Check charging system. Refer to SC-17, "System Description".
J
12.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-163, "On-Vehicle Service".
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Follow the instruction of “CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE”.
13.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN L
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle. M
3. Read idle speed.
N
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed. O

OK or NG P
NG >> 1. Replace fuel injector.
2. GO TO 3.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
Reference page
HARD/NO START/RESTART
ENGINE STALL
(EXCP. HA)
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT

SYSTEM — Basic engine control system
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 —
Fuel filter 1 1 1 1 1 EC-481
Fuel injector 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 EC-563
Glow control system 1 1 1 1 1 EC-678
Engine body 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 EM-176
EGR system 3 3 EC-685,
Air cleaner and duct 3 3 EM-90
Fuel rail pressure relief valve 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-531

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
Reference page
A
EC
ENGINE STALL
(EXCP. HA)
C

E

WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
G
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
H

Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-611 I
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-563
Fuel injector adjustment value 1 1 1 1 EC-482
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-534
J
Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 1 EC-544

Vehicle speed signal circuit 1 LAN-38
K
EC-548,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-577,
EC-662
L
ENGINE CONTROL
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 1 EC-557

EC-582,
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
EC-587
M
EC-593,
Camshaft position sensor circuit 3 3 3
EC-598
Start signal circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-706
N
Ignition switch circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-516
Heat up switch circuit 1 EC-693
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-516 O
Cooling fan relay circuit EC-568
Glow relay circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-603
P
ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-627
EC-609,
ECM 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-625,
EC-676

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
Reference page
OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR
DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)

Malfunction indicator lamp illuminates.

Can be detected by CONSULT-III?

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
Warranty symptom code AG AH AJ AK AL AM AP HA
Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 —
Fuel filter 1 EC-481
Fuel injector 3 3 3 4 4 4 1 1 EC-563
Glow control system 1 EC-678
Engine body 3 3 3 3 1 3 EM-176
EGR system 3 EC-685
Air cleaner and duct 3 EM-90
Fuel rail pressure relief valve 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 EC-531

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
Reference page
A

EC



D
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
E
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
F

Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 1 1 EC-644
G

Fuel injector adjustment value 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-482 H
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-534
Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-544
Vehicle speed signal circuit 1 1 LAN-38 I
EC-548,
EC-662 J
ENGINE CONTROL
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-557

EC-582,
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 K
EC-587
EC-593,
Camshaft position sensor circuit 1 1
EC-598
Start signal circuit EC-706 L
Ignition switch circuit EC-516
Heat up switch circuit EC-693
M
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1 EC-516
Cooling fan relay circuit 2 EC-568
Glow relay circuit 1 EC-603 N
ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit 1 EC-627
EC-609,
ECM 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-625, O
EC-676
P

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ALBIA0580ZZ
1. Fuel filter 2. Triple-pressure switch 3. Glow relay

4. Fuel Pump 5. Cooling fan 6. Engine coolant temperature sensor
7. Fuel rail pressure sensor 8. EGR volume control valve 9. Mass air flow sensor
10. Turbocharger boost control actuator 11. Glow plug 12. Camshaft position sensor
13. Fuel injector 14. Fuel rail pressure relief valve 15. Crankshaft position sensor

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
L
AWBIA0661ZZ
1. Fuel Pump 2. Fuel pump temperature sensor 3. Fuel rail pressure relief valve M
(View with charge air cooler removed)
4. Fuel rail 5. Engine coolant temperature sensor 6. Fuel rail pressure sensor
7. EGR volume control valve 8. Camshaft position sensor 9. Triple-pressure switch N
(View with charge air cooler removed) (View with front grille and headlamp
RH removed)
: Vehicle front
O

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AWBIA0662ZZ
1. Glow relay 2. ECM 3. Crankshaft position sensor

(View with fender protector RH splash
shield removed)
4. Stop lamp switch 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor 6. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
(2-wheel drive model)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
7. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 8. Heat up switch
(4-wheel drive model) A
: Vehicle front

EC
AABWA0031GB

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PBIB3368E
PREPARATION
1. ECM is located behind the instrument lower panel.
- ECM harness connectors (1)
2. Remove ECM cover.
ALBIA0566ZZ
3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with

levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
4. Connect a break-out box and Y-cable adapter between the ECM
and ECM harness connector.
- Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
- Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
PBIB1512E

Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Wire color) Condition
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
1 EC
(B)
2
— ECM ground — —
(B)
3 C
(B)
Approximately 7.5 V
4 Fuel injector power supply • Idle speed
(L) (For cylinder No. 1 and 3) NOTE:
E
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1295E
(B) F
Approximately 8.0 V
[Engine is running] G
5 Fuel injector power supply
(P) (For cylinder No. 2 and 4)
H
MBIB1296E
Approximately 5.8 V
I
[Engine is running]
10 114
Fuel pump • Warm-up condition
(G) (B)
• Idle speed J
MBIB0885E
K
Approximately 5.5 V
[Engine is running]
L
M
MBIB0886E

Approximately 0 V
13 114 • Heat up switch: OFF
Heat up switch N
(BR) (B) [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Heat up switch: ON (11 - 14 V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
21 Approximately 7.5 V
Fuel injector No. 4
(Y)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
22 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 4 The pulse cycle changes depending on
(R)
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1297E
(B)
Fuel injector No. 2
(W)
[Engine is running]
24 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Fuel injector No. 2
(O)
MBIB1298E
25
(W)
0.1 - 14 V
26
[Engine is running] (Voltage signals of each ECM ter-
(L) 114
EGR volume control valve • Warm-up condition minals differ according to the con-
27 (B)
• Idle speed trol position of EGR volume
(V)
control valve.)
28
(LG)
Approximately 0.3 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
29 114 MBIB0887E
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
Approximately 0.3 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0888E
37 114
Glow relay Refer to EC-603.
(L) (B)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Wire color) Condition A
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Fuel injector No. 3 EC
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
41 The pulse cycle changes depending on
Fuel injector No. 3
(BR) rpm at idle
114 MBIB1297E
D
(B)
Fuel injector No. 1
(V)
E
[Engine is running]
Fuel injector No. 1 F
(SB)
MBIB1298E
G
45 66 Camshaft position sensor power
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5 V
(W) (B) supply
Approximately 3.5 V H
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: I
rpm at idle
46 65 MBIB0879E J
(G) (Y)
Approximately 3.5 V
K
[Engine is running]
L
MBIB0880E
Approximately 4.7 V
M
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: N
rpm at idle
47 66 MBIB0877E
O
Camshaft position sensor
(R) (B)
Approximately 4.7 V
[Engine is running] P
MBIB0878E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
48 • Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.7 V
(W) 68 • Idle speed
Fuel rail pressure sensor
49 (B) [Engine is running]
(W) • Warm-up condition 1.7 - 2.0 V
50 69 [Engine is running]
Fuel pump temperature sensor Output voltage varies with fuel
(BR) (V) • Warm-up condition
pump temperature
51 70 Engine coolant temperature sen- [Engine is running]
Output voltage varies with engine
(GR) (LG) sor • Warm-up condition
coolant temperature
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.4 V
[Engine is running]
54 73 • Idle speed
(G) (B)
[Engine is running] 1.3 - 1.8 V to Approximately 4.0 V
• Warm-up condition (Check for liner voltage rise in re-
• Engine is revving from idle to about sponse to engine being increased
4,000 rpm. to about 4,000 rpm)
Intake air temperature sensor Output voltage varies with intake
(W) (R) • Warm-up condition
air temperature
63 68 Fuel rail pressure sensor power
(R) (B) supply
65
— Crankshaft position sensor ground — —
(Y)
66
— Camshaft position sensor ground — —
(B)
67 Sensor ground
— — —
(B) (Sensor shield circuit)
68
— Fuel rail pressure sensor ground — —
(B)
69 Fuel pump temperature sensor
— — —
(V) ground
70 Engine coolant temperature sen-
— — —
(LG) sor ground
73
— Mass air flow sensor ground — —
(B)
74 Intake air temperature sensor
— — —
(R) ground
Sensor power supply
82 84
(Accelerator pedal position sensor [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5 V
(W) (R)
1 / Crankshaft position sensor)
83 84 Accelerator pedal position sensor • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(B) (R) 1 [Ignition switch ON]
84 Accelerator pedal position sensor
— — —
(R) 1 ground

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
87
— CAN communication line — — EC
(P)
89 114
Data link connector — —
(LG) (B)
90 92 Accelerator pedal position sensor C
(L) (Y) 2 power supply
• Engine: Stopped 0.15 - 0.6 V D
(G) (Y) 2 [Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped 1.85 - 2.4 V E
— — —
(Y) 2 ground
F
95
— CAN communication line — —
(L)
99 114 G
Start signal BATTERY VOLTAGE
(R) (B) [Ignition switch START]
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch OFF] H
Approximately 0 V
100 114 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch
(BR) (B) [Ignition switch OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)
I
[Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0 V
105 114
ECM relay (self shut-off) switch OFF J
(G) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF K
107
(L) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Ignition switch [Ignition switch ON]
108 (B) (11 - 14 V) L
(L)
Approximately 0 V
110 114 • Shift lever: Neutral
Park/neutral position switch M
• Except the above position (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch OFF] N
0 - 1.0 V
113 114 switch OFF
ECM relay (self shut-off)
(G) (B)
[Ignition switch OFF] O
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
114 P
(B)
119
(R) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 (B) (11 - 14 V)
(O)
121 114 Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
(L) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14 V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) INFOID:0000000003859126
FUNCTION

Work support
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st/2nd trip DTC, DTC and freeze frame data can be read and erased
Self-Diagnostic Results
quickly.*
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range.
Function Test This mode is used to inform customers when the vehicle requires periodic maintenance.
ECM Part Number ECM part number can be read.

SELF-DIAG RESULTS
Item DATA ACTIVE
FREEZE
DTC FRAME MONITOR TEST
DATA
Crankshaft position sensor × × ×
Camshaft position sensor ×
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × ×
× × ×
Vehicle speed sensor

Fuel pump temperature sensor × × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 × ×
Fuel rail pressure sensor × ×
INPUT Mass air flow sensor × × ×
Battery voltage × ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × ×
Stop lamp switch × ×
Heat up switch ×
Ignition switch (Start signal) ×
Air conditioner switch signal ×
Barometric pressure sensor (built-into ECM) × ×
Fuel pump × × ×
Fuel injector × × ×
OUTPUT
Glow relay × × ×
Cooling fan relay × ×
X: Applicable
WORK SUPPORT MODE

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Work Item
A
WORK ITEM DESCRIPTION USAGE
ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA • Injector adjustment value is written onto ECM memory. When performing Injector Adjust-
ment Value Registration. EC
INJ ADJ VAL CLR • Injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized. Before changing injector adjust-
ment value stored in ECM, it is
recommended to perform this
C
work item.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Self Diagnostic Item D
Regarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to EC-468, "U1000".
Freeze Frame Data
E
Freeze frame data item Description
DIAG TROUBLE CODE • The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”.
[PXXXX] (Refer to EC-468, "U1000".)
F
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. G
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or
[mph] H
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
FUEL/R PRESS [kPa] • The fuel rail pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
MASS AIRFLOW [g/s] • The mass air flow at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
I
DATA MONITOR MODE

J
• The engine speed computed from the crank-
CKPS·RPM (TDC) [rpm]
shaft position sensor signal is displayed. K
When the engine coolant tempera-
• The engine coolant temperature (determined ture circuit is open or short, ECM
COOLAN TEMP/S [°C] or [°F] by the signal voltage of the engine coolant enters fail-safe mode. The engine
temperature sensor) is displayed. coolant temperature determined L
by the ECM is displayed.
• The vehicle speed computed form the vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE [km/h] or [mph]
speed sensor signal is displayed. M
• The fuel temperature (determined by the sig-
FUEL TEMP SEN [°C] or [°F] nal voltage of the fuel pump temperature sen-
sor) is displayed. N
• The accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal
ACCEL POS SEN [V]
voltage is displayed.
• The accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal O
ACCEL SEN 2 [V]
• The Fuel rail pressure (determined by the sig-
ACT CR PRESS [MPa] nal voltage of the fuel rail pressure sensor) is
P
displayed.
• The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
BATTERY VOLT [V]
played.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/
P/N POSI SW [ON/OFF]
neutral position switch signal.
• indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the starter
START SIGNAL [ON/OFF]
signal.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condi-
AIR COND SIG [ON/OFF] tioner switch as determined by the air condi-
tioner signal.
• indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop
BRAKE SW [ON/OFF]
lamp switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition
IGN SW [ON/OFF]
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from heat up
WARM UP SW [ON/OFF]
switch signal.
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor
MAS AIR/FL SE [V]
is displayed.
• Indicates the actual main fuel injection pulse
MAIN INJ WID [msec] width compensated by ECM according to the
input signals.
• Indicates the fuel pump power supply current
PUMP CURRENT [mA]
from the ECM.
• The glow relay control condition (determined
GLOW RLY [ON/OFF] by ECM according to the input signal) is dis-
played.
• Indicates the control condition of the cooling
fans (determined by ECM according to the in-
put signal).
COOLING FAN* [LOW/HI/OFF]
LOW: Operates at low speed.
HI: Operates at high speed.
OFF: Stopped
• The intake air volume computed from the
INT/A VOLUME [mg/]
mass air flow sensor signal is displayed.
• The barometric pressure (determined by the
BARO SEN [kPa] signal voltage from the absolute pressure
sensor built into the ECM) is displayed.
• The cylinder being injected is displayed.
1: Cylinder No.1 is injected.
CYL COUNT [1/2/3/4] 2: Cylinder No.2 is injected.
TRVL AFTER MIL [km] or [mile] • Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
NOTE:
*: The cooling fan rotation has two stages (OFF and ON) although the display of CONSULT-III has three stages (OFF,LOW and HI).
ACTIVE TEST MODE
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

engine.
• Harness and connectors
POWER BAL- • A/C switch: OFF
Engine runs rough or dies. • Compression
ANCE • Shift lever: Neutral position
• Fuel injector
• Cut off each injector signal one at
a time using CONSULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original non- • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap- • Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- pears, see CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-III. • Fuel injector

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
Glow relay makes the operating • Harness and connectors
GLOW RLY • Turn the glow relay ON and OFF
sound. • Glow relay
using CONSULT-III and listen to EC
operating sound.
• Engine: Return to the original non-
FUEL/T TEMP standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap-
SEN • Change the fuel tank temperature pears, see CHECK ITEM.
• Fuel tank temperature sensor C
• Fuel injector
using CONSULT-III.
• Ignition switch: ON
PRES REGULA- • Fuel line D
• Change fuel rail pressure using Fuel leaks.
TOR • Fuel pressure relief valve
CONSULT-III.
PUMP LEANT • This mode is used for performing Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-483, "Fuel Pump Learning
CLEAR Value Clearing". E
Remarks: F
l Specification data are reference values.
l Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations. G

• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer in- Almost the same speed as the ta- H
CKPS-RPM (TDC)
dication. chometer indication
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speed- Almost the same speed as the speed- I
VHCL SPEED SE
ometer indication ometer indication
FUEL TEMP SEN • Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F)
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V J

ACCEL POS SEN*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 1.2 V

ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) K
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.7 - 4.8 V
• Engine: After warming up Idle 25 - 35 MPa
ACT CR PRESS
• Shift lever: Neutral L
2,000 rpm 50 - 60 MPa
• No load
M
Shift lever: Neutral ON
Except above OFF
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF N
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.) O
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
IGN SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF ON → OFF
P
Heat up switch: OFF OFF
WARM UP SW • Ignition switch: ON
Heat up switch: ON ON

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Ignition switch: ON
Approximately 0.4 V
(Engine stopped)
Idle 1.3 - 1.8 V
1 • Air conditioner switch: OFF
MAS AIR/FL SE* • Shift lever: Neutral 1.3 - 1.8 V to Approximately 4.0 V
• No load Engine is revving from idle to about (Check for liner voltage rise in re-
4,000 rpm. sponse to engine being increased to
about 4,000 rpm)
• Engine: After warming up No load 0.50 - 0.70 msec
MAIN INJ WID • Shift lever: Neutral
• Idle speed Blower fan switch: ON 0.50 - 0.80 msec
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1,600 - 2,000 mA

PUMP CURRENT
• Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 1,500 - 1,900 mA
• No load
GLOW RLY Refer to EC-678.
• When cooling fan is stopped. OFF
2 • When cooling fans operate at low speed. LOW
COOLING FAN*
• When cooling fans operate at high speed. HI
INT/A VOLUME • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 150 - 450 mg/
Altitude
Approx. 0m: Approx. 100.62 kPa
(1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2, 14.59 psi)
Approx. 1,000 m: Approx. 88.95 kPa
BARO SEN • Ignition switch: ON (0.8895 bar, 0.907 kg/cm2, 12.90 psi)
(0.8316 bar, 0.848 kg/cm2, 12.06 psi)
(0.7836 bar, 0.799 kg/cm2, 11.36 psi)
CYL COUNT • Engine is running 1→3→4→2
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535 km
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
NOTE:
*1: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, this differs from ECM terminals voltage.
*2: The cooling fan rotation has two stages (OFF and ON) although the display of CONSULT-III has three stages (OFF,LOW and HI).

A
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns EC
to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's com-
plaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent incidents
occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred
may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indi- C
cate the specific malfunctioning area.
COMMON INTERMITTENT INCIDENTS REPORT SITUATIONS
D
II The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0”.
E
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area. F
1.INSPECTION START G
Erase DTCs. Refer to EC-484, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".

H
>> GO TO 2.
I
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K
Perform “HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT” in GI section,
“INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS”.
OK or NG L
M

AABWA0004GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
1 EC
(B)
2
(B)
3 C
(B)
0 - 1.0 V D
105 114 switch OFF
(G) (B)
[Ignition switch OFF] E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
107
(L) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE F
108 (B) (11 - 14 V)
(L)
[Ignition switch ON] G
0 - 1.0 V
113 114 switch OFF
(G) (B) H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
114 I
(B)
119
(R) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE J
120 (B) (11 - 14 V)
(OR)
121 114 Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE K
(L) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14 V)

L
M
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
ALBIA0578ZZ
1. ECM 2. Body ground M70 3. Body ground M72

4. Body ground E15 5. Power steering fluid reservoir 6. Body ground E24
(View with air cleaner case removed)
: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
M13 2
Ground Existed
3
M14 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ECM connector terminal as follows.
ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1
M13 2
107
3
M14 114
M14 Battery voltage
1
M13 2
108
3
M14 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
• 10A fuse (No.21)
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

ECM A
+ – Voltage
EC
1
M13 2
M14 121 Battery voltage
3 C
M14 114
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
• 20A fuse (No.36)
• Harness connectors E44, M4 F
• Harness for open or short between Battery and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and then turn OFF.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector. H
ECM
I
+ – Voltage
1 J
M13 2
119
3
K
M14 114 After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will
M14
1 exist for a few seconds, then drop approximately 0 V.
M13 2 L
120
3
M14 114
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 8.
N
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
2. Check the voltage between ECM relay harness connector and ground. O
ECM relay
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal P
2
E25 Ground Battery voltage
3
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.


• 20A fuse (No.36)
• Harness for open or short between Battery and ECM relay
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector.
ECM
+ − Voltage
1
M13 2
105
3
M14 114
M14 Battery voltage
1
M13 2
113
3
M14 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ECM relay harness connector.
ECM ECM relay

Continuity
105
M14 E25 1 Existed
113
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.
13.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VII
2. Disconnect ECM relay harness connector.

ECM ECM relay A

Continuity
119
M14 E25 5 Existed EC
120
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.

• Harness for open or short between ECM and ECM relay E
OK >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
15.CHECK ECM RELAY
Refer to EC-521
G
OK >> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Refer to EC-515.
I
>> INSPECTION END
J
ECM RELAY
1. Disconnect ECM relay. K
2. Check continuity between ECM relay terminals under the follow-
ing conditions.
L
Terminals Conditions Continuity
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed
3 and 5
No current supply Not existed M
If NG, replace cooling fan relay.
PBIB0098E
N
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground O
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even P

wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eye-
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-12, "Ground Distribution".
PBIB1870E

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
D
The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis.
E
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN • Harness or connectors F
U1000 CAN communication
communication signal of OBD (emission-related (CAN communication line is open or
1000 line
diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. shorted)
G

H
2. Check DTC.
I

AABWA0003GB
Go to LAN-38, "CAN Communication Signal Chart".

DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
A
The MIL will not illuminate for these self-diagnosis. EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0016 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or
P0653. Refer to EC-620.
C
Trouble diagnosis
name
D
Crankshaft position - The correlation between crankshaft position sen-
P0016 • Crankshaft position sensor
camshaft position cor- sor signal and camshaft position sensor signal is
0016 • Timing chain
relation out of the normal range.
• Signal plate E
NOTE: F
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. G
2. Check DTC.
H
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR I

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. J
2.CHECK SPROCKET
K
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. L
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate or replace sprocket.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-586, "Component Inspection". M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. N
4.CHECK GEAR TOOTH

Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace the signal plate. P
5.CHECK TIMING CHAIN
Refer to EM-146 , EM-153 and EM-115.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace timing chain.


Refer to EC-341, "Description".
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM
A
NOTE: EC
C
• Fuel pump
P0088 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the speci-
Fuel rail pressure too high • Fuel injector
0088 fied value.
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
D
E
NOTE:
F
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 20 seconds.
3. Check DTC. G
H
1.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace fuel rail. J
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
3.REPLACE FUEL INJECOR
1. Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder.
2. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-482, "Injector Adjustment Value Registra- M
tion".
>> INSPECTION END N

4.CHECK FUEL PUMP
O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
P
5.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
1. Replace fuel pump.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-483, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-117.
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-122.

DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
A

NOTE:
C
• Fuel pump
D
P0089 • Air mixed with fuel
Fuel pump performance Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target value.
0089 • Lack of fuel
E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
2. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds. G
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-529, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
1.PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING I

NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by
performing following procedure. J
With CONSULT-III
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-483, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing". K
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “ERASE”.
6. Perform EC-529, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again. L
7. Is DTC P0089 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. M
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-484.
N
5. Perform EC-529, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
6. Is DTC 0089 displayed again?
Yes or No
O
Yes >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace fuel rail.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP

DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
1. Replace Fuel pump.
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-122.

A
NOTE: EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
• Fuel pump
ECM detects a fuel system leak. • Fuel rail
P0093 (The relation between the output voltage to the • Fuel pipe D
Fuel system leak
0093 fuel pump and input voltage from the fuel rail • Fuel rail pressure relief valve
pressure sensor is out of the normal range.) • Air mixed with fuel
• Lack of fuel
E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel system. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not F
be confirmed.
NOTE:
• Make sure that there is no fire hazard near the vehicle.
• Before performing the following procedure, cool down engine. G
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Open engine hood and check if there are any signs of fuel leakage or not. H
If there are any signs, go to EC-532, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If there is no signs, go to next step.
2. Check oil level. I
If oil level is above the proper range, go to EC-532, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If oil level is within the proper range, go to next step.
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room. J
If fuel leakage is found, go to EC-532, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If fuel leakage is not found, go to next step.
K
5. Check the fuel rail pressure at the idle speed.
Fuel rail pressure: 25 - 35 MPa L

WITH GST
M
1. Open engine hood and check if there are any signs of fuel leakage or not.
N
2. Check oil level.
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room. O
4. Select Service $1 mode with GST. P
Fuel rail pressure: 25 - 35 MPa


1.PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING

NOTE:
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT-III
6. Perform EC-531, "Overall Function Check", again.
7. Is the result NG again?
Without CONSULT-III
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-484, "Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC)".
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL LINE FOR LEAK
1. Start engine.
2. Visually check the following for fuel leak.
- Fuel tube from fuel pump to fuel rail
- Fuel rail
- Fuel tube from fuel rail to fuel injector
3. Also check for improper connection or pinches.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

With CONSULT-III
WARNING: A
• Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Remove fuel hose (2) from fuel rail (1) pressure relief valve.
3. Attach a blind cap or plug to removed hose.
C
5. Select “PRES REGULATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST” with CON-
SULT-III.
6. Start engine and keep engine speed 2,000 rpm.
7. Raise fuel pressure to 180 MPa with touching “UP” or “Qu” on D
the CONSULT-III screen.
8. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pres-
sure relief valve. E
WARNING: ALBIA0587ZZ
• Be careful not to allow leaked fuel to contaminate engine
compartment. Especially, ensure to keep engine mount insulator clear of fuel.
• If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately. F
Without CONSULT-III
WARNING: G
H
2. Remove fuel hose (2) from fuel rail (1) pressure relief valve.
4. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at
least 5 seconds. I
sure relief valve.
WARNING: J
compartment. Especially, ensure to keep engine mount
insulator clear of fuel.
• If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately. K
ALBIA0587ZZ
L
FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-117.
FUEL PUMP M
Refer to EM-122.

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J

Ignition switch: ON
Approximately 0.4 V
(Engine stopped)
Idle 1.3 - 1.8 V
MAS AIR/FL SE*
• Shift lever: Neutral position 1.3 - 1.8 V to Approximately 4.0 V
4,000 rpm. sponse to engine being increased
to about 4,000 rpm)
*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus this differs from ECM terminal voltage.
The MIL will not illuminate for these self-diagnosis.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0102 low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0103 high input sent to ECM. • Mass air flow sensor
NOTE:
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0005GB
P
Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
(G) (B)
67 Sensor ground
— — —
73
(B)
105 [Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0 V
(G) • For a few seconds after turning ignition
114 switch OFF
(B)
113 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(G) (11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
119
120 (B) (11 - 14 V)
(OR)

ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
A
: Vehicle front

EC
ALBIA0527ZZ
D
3. Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 5 and
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB1597E

• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
I
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM relay
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 73.
L
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART N

O
P


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT-III
4. Select “MAS AIR/FL SE” and check indication under the following conditions.
Condition MAS AIR/FL SE (V)

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
1.3 - 1.8
Without CONSULT-III

3. Check voltage between ECM harness connectors as follows.
A
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal EC
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
M13
54 73
temperature.)
1.3 - 1.8 V C
(MAF sensor signal) (Sensor ground)
1.3 - 1.8 V to Ap-
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
prox. 4.0 V*
D
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. E
• Improper specification of intake air system parts F
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again.
H
I
Refer to EM-90.
J

The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sen-
sor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a
signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the rise in temperature.
PBIA9559J
<Reference data>

[°C (°F)]
25 (77) 2.4 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.8 0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 55 (Intake
air temperature sensor) and 74 (sensor ground).
SEF012P
P0112 Intake air temperature sen- An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0112 sor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0113 Intake air temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0113 sor circuit high input sent to ECM. • Intake air temperature sensor
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0006GB
P


ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0527ZZ

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB2176E

• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) and ECM

Continuity should exist. A

OK or NG
EC
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
6.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR E
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G
>> INSPECTION END H
I
1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 1
and 2 under the following conditions. J

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 K
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
L
PBIA9559J
P
SEF012P

Refer to EM-90.


SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant tempera-

ture [°C (°F)]
−10 (14) 4.7 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.8 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.6 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 1.3 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 51 (Engine
SEF012P
coolant temperature sensor) and 70 (sensor ground).
P0117 Engine coolant temperature sen- An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
P0118 Engine coolant temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor ed.)
0118 sor circuit high input is sent to ECM. • Engine coolant temperature sensor
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0007GB
P


ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor (1) har-
ness connector.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0581ZZ
3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF193Z

• Harness for open or short between ECT sensor and ECM
4.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 70.


OK or NG
EC
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
6.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR E
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 7.
>> INSPECTION END H
I
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. J
PBIB2005E
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) N

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
O
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
P
SEF012P

Refer to EM-163.

DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelera-
tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the
signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.
PBIB1741E

ACCEL POS SEN*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V

ACCEL SEN 2*
*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, this differs from ECM terminals voltage.
The MIL will not illuminate for these self-diagnoses.

NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0642 or P0643. Refer to EC-616.
P0122 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor • Harness or connectors
0122 sensor 1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P0123 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor • Accelerator pedal position sensor
0123 sensor 1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0008GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
67 Sensor ground
— — —
Sensor power supply
82 84
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5 V
(W) (R)
/ Crankshaft position sensor)
83 84 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
(B) (R) [Ignition switch ON]
84 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
— — —
(R) ground
90 92 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
(L) (Y) power supply
(G) (Y) [Ignition switch ON]
— — —
(Y) ground

ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector. A
EC
ALBIA0572ZZ
D
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. F
NG >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in
harness or connectors.
G
JMBIA1300ZZ
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H

3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 84.
I

J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
NG >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 83. L
Continuity should exist. M

OK or NG
N
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. P
NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
>> INSPECTION END

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

3. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminal as follows.
ECM
Connector Terminal Terminal
83 84 Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V

Accelerator pedal
(APP sensor 1 signal) (Sensor ground) Fully depressed 3.7 - 4.7 V
M14
Accelerator pedal
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-5, "Removal and Installation".

DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A
Fuel pump temperature sensor (1) is built in the fuel pump (2). The EC
sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel pump and calibrates
the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.
C
MBIB1751E E

FUEL TEMP SEN • Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F) G
The MIL will not illuminate for these self-diagnosis. H
P0182 Fuel pump temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is I
0182 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0183 Fuel pump temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0183 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM. • Fuel pump temperature sensor J
K
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.
M

AABWA0009GB


EC
ALBIA0578ZZ
D
E
: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
G
1. Disconnect fuel pump temperature sensor (1) harness connec-
tor.
- Fuel pump (2)
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
J
MBIB1751E
3. Check voltage between fuel pump temperature sensor terminal K

1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. M
PBIB2651E
N
Check the following
• Harness connectors E224, M102 O
• Harness for open or short between fuel pump temperature sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 69.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
Check the following
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-122.

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
A
The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor (1) is placed to the fuel rail. It EC
measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The sensor sends voltage
signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
The ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail by the inlet throt-
tling device. The ECM uses the signal from fuel rail pressure sensor C
as a feedback signal.
: Vehicle front D
ALBIA0533ZZ E
MONITOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up Idle 25 - 35 MPa G
ACT CR PRESS
• Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 50 - 60 MPa
• No load
H
The MIL will not illuminate for these self-diagnosis. I

NOTE:
J
P0192 Fuel rail pressure sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0192 circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short- K
P0193 Fuel rail temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0193 sor circuit high input sent to ECM. • Fuel rail temperature sensor
L
NOTE:
M
N
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-559, "Diagnosis Procedure". O

AABWA0010GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running] EC
(W)
C
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5 V D
(R) (B) supply
67 Sensor ground
— — —
E
68
(B)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003859206 F

H
ALBIA0578ZZ
K
(View with air cleaner case removed) L
: Vehicle front
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N
1. Disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor (1) harness connector.
-
: Vehicle front O

P
ALBIA0533ZZ

3. Check voltage between fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 1 and
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
MBIB1292E
3.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 68.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 48, 49 and fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
3. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

ECM A
EC
48
Idle 1.4 - 1.7 V
(Fuel rail pressure sensor signal) 68
M13
49 (Sensor ground)
2,000 rpm 1.7- 2.0 V C
(Fuel rail pressure sensor signal)
4. If the voltage is out of specification, disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and connect it
again. Then repeat above check.
D
5. If NG, replace fuel rail.
E
FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-117.
F

DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
P0200 Fuel injector power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for the
• ECM
0200 circuit fuel injector is excessively high or low.
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-484, "Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC)".
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-482, "Injector Adjustment Value Registra-
tion".
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
A
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. C
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs. D
PBIB0465E E

• Engine: After warming up No load 0.68 - 0.78 msec G
MAIN INJ WID • Shift lever: Neutral position
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000003859214 H

I
P0201 No. 1 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
0201 circuit open through No. 1 cylinder fuel injector.
J
0202 circuit open through No. 2 cylinder fuel injector. • Harness or connectors
(The fuel injector circuit is open.)
P0203 No. 3 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM • Fuel injector K
L
NOTE: M
TESTING CONDITION
N
Before performing the following procedure, confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20°C (-4°F).
2. Check DTC.
O

AABWA0011GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 7.5 V EC
[Engine is running]
4 Fuel injector power supply • Idle speed C
rpm at idle
D
114 MBIB1295E
(B)
Approximately 8.0 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
MBIB1296E
21 Approximately 7.5 V G
Fuel injector No. 4
(Y)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
22
(R)
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1297E I
(B)
Fuel injector No. 2
(W)
J
[Engine is running]
Fuel injector No. 2
(O) K
MBIB1298E
40
L
Fuel injector No. 3 Approximately 7.5 V
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed M
NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 3
(BR) rpm at idle
N
114 MBIB1297E
(B)
Fuel injector No. 1 O
(V)
[Engine is running]
P
43
Fuel injector No. 1
(SB)
MBIB1298E

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

2. Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corre-
sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.
Terminal
DTC Cylinder
ECM Fuel injector ALBIA0582ZZ
P0201 4 1 No.1
P0202 5 1 No.2
P0203 4 1 No.3
P0204 5 1 No.4

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
Terminal
DTC Cylinder
ECM Fuel injector
P0201 42, 43 2 No.1
P0202 23, 24 2 No.2
P0203 40, 41 2 No.3
P0204 21, 22 2 No.4

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Remove two fuel injectors.
NOTE:
One is from malfunctioning cylinder and the other is from any cylinder other than the malfunctioning cylin-
der.

2. Swap the two fuel injectors to the other cylinder.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connectors. A
tion".
EC
8. Perform EC-563, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
9. Is DTC displayed for the other cylinder? C
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE: D
der.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector. E
tion". F
8. Is DTC displayed for the other cylinder?
G
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 6.
H
5.REPLACE FUEL INJECTOR
2. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-482, "Injector Adjustment Value Registra- I
tion".
>> INSPECTION END J

K
>> INSPECTION END

L
FUEL INJECTOR
M
N
Resistance: 0.2 - 0.8 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
3. If NG, replace fuel injector.
O
JMBIA1612ZZ
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-117.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
If DTC P0217 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-523.
Cooling Fan Control

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
Cooling fan
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Cooling fan relay
control
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*
*: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, and air
conditioner ON signal. The control system has 2-step control [ON/OFF].
Cooling Fan Operation
JMBIA1437GB

engine ON
(Compressor operates)
• When cooling fan is stopped OFF
COOLING FAN* • When cooling fan operate low speed LOW
• When cooling fan operate low speed HI

MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis.
rise.
indicated.

(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- EC
• Cooling fan
heat).
• Cooling fan (Crankshaft driven)
• Radiator hose
P0217 Engine over temperature (Overheat).
• Radiator C
0217 (Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the system
• Radiator cap
using the proper filling method.
• Reservoir tank
• Engine coolant is not within the specified
• Water pump
range.
• Thermostat D
CAUTION: E
When a malfunction is indicated, always to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-33, "Changing Engine
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Always to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-12, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio". F
G
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING: H
• Never remove a radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator and/or the reservoir tank.
• Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up I
WITH CONSULT-III
J
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-571, K
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-571, L
3. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven)
operates normally. M
If NG, refer to CO-38. SEF621W

N
5. Select “COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 100°C (212°F) by touching “Qu” and “UP” on CONSULT-III screen. O
7. Make sure that cooling fan operates.
If the results are NG, go to EC-571, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III P

operates normally.

6. Connect 150 Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
7. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan operates.

EC
AABWA0028GB
P

2. Make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates normally.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
NG >> Check cooling fan (crankshaft driven). Refer to CO-38.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “ENG COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 100°C (212°F) by “Qu” and “UP” on CONSULT-III screen.
4. Make sure that cooling fan operate.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to “PROCEDURE A”.)
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
pressure drops. Refer to CO-35.
• Radiator (1)
• SST (EG17650301) (A)
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check the following for leak. Refer to CO-35.
• Hose ALBIA0583ZZ
• Radiator
• Radiator cap
• Water pump
• Reservoir tank
5.CHECK COMPONENT PARTS
• Thermostat. Refer to CO-44.
• Engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-547, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.
>> INSPECTION END

PROCEDURE A
1.CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect cooling fan relay E66.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. A
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay terminals 2, 5 and
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. C
NG >> GO TO 2.
D
JMBIA1642ZZ

E
• 10A fuse (No.13)
• 30A fusible link (letter d)
• Harness connectors M3, E43 F
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay and fuse
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay and fusible link
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
H
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector (1).
2. Check harness continuity between the following.
cooling fan relay terminal 3 and cooling fan motor terminal 1.
cooling fan motor terminal 2 and ground. I
Continuity should exist. J

OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 4. ALBIA0571ZZ
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT L
1. Disconnect triple-pressure switch harness connector.

2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay terminal 1 and triple-pressure switch terminal 2. M
Check harness continuity between triple-pressure switch terminal 3 and ground.
Continuity should exist. N

OK or NG
O
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT-II P
1. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay terminal 1 and combination meter terminal 73.
Check harness continuity between triple-pressure switch terminal 2 and combination meter terminal 73.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay and combination meter
• Harness for open or short between triple-pressure switch and combination meter
7.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT-III
Check harness continuity between Combination Meter and ECM.
Refer to DI-19, "Terminal and Reference Value for Combination Meter".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair the main line between the ECM and combination meter.
8.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relay.
9.CHECK TRIPLE-PRESSURE SWITCH
Refer to MTC-44, "Magnet Clutch (YD25DDTi Models)".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace triple-pressure switch.
10.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motor.
11.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Refer to DI-21, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace combination meter.
>> INSPECTION END


OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking — EC
• Blocked bumper
C
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester MA-12.
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in See CO-32.
reservoir tank and radiator
filler neck
D
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester CO-35.
ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks See CO-35. E

ON* 2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-44.
ON*1 7 • Cooling fan (Motor driv- • CONSULT-III Operating See trouble diagnosis for F
en) DTC P0217 (EC-568).
• Cooling fan (Crankshaft Operating
ON*2 7
driven)
• Visual See CO-38.
G
ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when — H

gauge driving
• Coolant overflow to res- • Visual No overflow during driving See CO-33.
ervoir tank and idling
I
OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from res- • Visual Should be initial level in See CO-33.
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-165. J
12 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-180.
K
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. L
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003859227 M
COOLING FAN RELAY

1. Disconnect cooling fan relay harness connectors. N
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
O
3 and 5 P
No current supply Not existed
PBIB0098E
COOLING FAN MOTOR

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
check operation.
terminals
Cooling fan motor + –
1 2
Cooling fan motor should operate.
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
PBIB1834E

A
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end EC

C
PBIB1741E E
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V G

ACCEL POS SEN*

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) H
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000003859230 I

NOTE: J
K
shorted.) L
M
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at N
2. Wait at least 5 seconds. O
3. Check DTC.
P

AABWA0012GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
67 Sensor ground EC
— — —
Sensor power supply
82 84
(Accelerator pedal position sensor [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5 V C
(W) (R)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released D
83 84 Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed E
— — —
(R) 1 ground
90 92 Accelerator pedal position sensor F
• Engine: Stopped 0.15 - 0.6 V G
• Engine: Stopped 1.85 - 2.4 V H
— — —
(Y) 2 ground
I
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS J

Refer to EC-521, "Ground Inspection". K
N
ALBIA0578ZZ

O
: Vehicle front
P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

connector.
ALBIA0572ZZ

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
JMBIA1368ZZ
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

A
EC
C
ECM
Connector Terminal Terminal D
Accelerator pedal
M14 E
Accelerator pedal
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly. F
G
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
H

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing
magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM
receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine
revolution.
MBIB1323E

• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer in- Almost the same speed as the ta-
CKPS-RPM (TDC)
NOTE:
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detect by (The sensor circuit is open or short-
0335 circuit the ECM when engine is running. ed.)
• Crankshaft position sensor
NOTE:
If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0013GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 3.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle
46 65 MBIB0879E
(G) (Y)
Approximately 3.5 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0880E
65
(Y)
67 Sensor ground
— — —
Sensor power supply
82 65
(W) (Y)

ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (1) harness con-
nector. A
: Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
ALBIA0575ZZ
D
3. Check voltage between CKP sensor terminal 3 and ground with
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
MBIB1293E

• Harness for open or short between CKP sensor and ECM
I
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 65 and CKP sensor terminal 2. K

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. M
NG >> GO TO 5.
O
6.CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and CKP sensor terminal 1.

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor.
>> INSPECTION END

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
MBIB0647E
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or ∞
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0
2 (+) - 3 (-)
6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor.
MBIB1385E

Refer to MT-50.

A
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder EC

olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. C
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing D
revolution.
MBIB1323E E

• Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the ta- G
CKPS·RPM (TDC) • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indi-
chometer indication.
cation.
NOTE:
If DTC P0336 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or I
J
(The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0336 Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the
ed.)
0336 circuit range/performance normal pattern when engine is running.
• Crankshaft position sensor K
• Signal plate

L
NOTE:
2. Check DTC. N

AABWA0013GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
rpm at idle
D
46 65 MBIB0879E
(G) (Y)
Approximately 3.5 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
MBIB0880E
65 G
(Y)
67 Sensor ground
— — —
H
Sensor power supply
82 65
(W) (Y)
I
J
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. K
ALBIA0578ZZ
O
P
: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

nector.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0575ZZ

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
MBIB1293E

4.CHECK CKP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
6.CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. A
EC
C
Refer to EC-591, "Component Inspection". D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. E
9.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace the signal plate. G
H
>> INSPECTION END


1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. J
K
N
MBIB0647E

O
1 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or ∞
P
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0
2 (+) - 3 (-)
MBIB1385E


Refer to MT-50.

A
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam- EC
shaft (left side) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
(CMP) sensor senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls C
of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification sig-
nals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. D
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
change.
MBIB1323E E
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
F
NOTE:
P0653. Refer to EC-620. G
• Harness or connectors H
P0340 Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not detect by (The sensor circuit is open or short-
I
NOTE: J
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. K
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-595, "Diagnosis Procedure". L

AABWA0014GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
45 66 Camshaft position sensor power EC
(W) (B) supply
Approximately 4.7 V
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on D
rpm at idle
47 66 MBIB0877E
Camshaft position sensor E
(R) (B)
Approximately 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
F
G
MBIB0878E
66
(B)
H
67 Sensor ground
— — —
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) I

N
ALBIA0578ZZ
1. ECM 2. Body ground M70 3. Body ground M72 O

: Vehicle front
P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (1) harness con-
nector.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0584ZZ

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
MBIB1293E
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and CMP sensor terminal 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

A
EC
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping. C
MBIB0647E
F

G
1 (+) - 2 (-)
3 (+) - 1 (-) Except 0 or ∞ H
3 (+) - 2 (-)
6. If NG, replace camshaft position sensor. I
MBIB1385E

J

Refer to EM-132. K

The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam-
ative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls
nals.
MBIB1323E
change.
NOTE:
• Harness connectors
(The sensor circuit is opener shorted.)
P0341 Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not in the nor- • Camshaft position sensor
0341 circuit range/performance mal pattern when engine is running. • Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Signal plate
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0014GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
(W) (B) supply
Approximately 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle
47 66 MBIB0877E
(R) (B)
Approximately 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0878E
66
(B)
67 Sensor ground
— — —

Turn ignition switch to START position.

Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-8, "System Description".)
ALBIA0578ZZ

1. ECM 2. Body ground M70 3. Body ground M72 A

: Vehicle front
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. C
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (1) harness con- D
nector.
: Vehicle front
E
ALBIA0584ZZ
G

CONSULT-III or tester. H
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 4.
harness or connectors. J
MBIB1293E
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and CMP sensor terminal 2. L

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
N
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CMP sensor terminal 1. O
Continuity should exist. P

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXHAUST)
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (left side) (1)
rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft (left side) rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
MBIB1291E

>> INSPECTION END


MBIB0647E

1 (+) - 2 (-)
3 (+) - 1 (-) Except 0 or ∞
3 (+) - 2 (-)
MBIB1385E

Refer to EM-132.

DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY
A
• Harness or connectors C
An excessively low voltage is sent to ECM (The glow relay circuit is open or
through glow relay. shorted.)
P0380 • Glow relay
Glow relay circuit
0380 • Harness or connectors D
An excessively high voltage is sent to ECM (The glow relay circuit is short-
through glow relay. ed.)
• Glow relay
E
NOTE: F
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-604, "Diagnosis Procedure". H

AABWA0022GB
1.CHECK GLOW RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


2. Disconnect glow relay (1).
A
EC
ALBIA0585ZZ
D
3. Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 5 and ground
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. F
NG >> GO TO 2.
G
JMBIA1611ZZ

• 60A fusible link (letter b)
• Harness for open and short between glow relay and battery
I
3.CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND J
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and glow relay terminal 2.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. M

Check the following. N
• Harness for open and short between glow relay and ECM
O
5.CHECK GLOW RELAY
P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace glow relay.

>> INSPECTION END

GLOW RELAY
Check continuity between glow relay terminals 3 and 5 under the fol-
lowing conditions.
12V direct current supply between termi-
Yes
nals 1 and 2
Operation takes less than 1 second.
PBIB0428E

DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE
A
The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis. EC
• Battery C
P0563 An excessively high voltage from the battery is • Battery terminal
Battery voltage high
0563 sent to ECM. • Alternator
• Incorrect jump starting
D
NOTE:
E
F
2. Check DTC.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003859301 G
1.INSPECTION START
Are jumper cables connected for the jump starting? H
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 2. I
2.CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR

Check that the proper type of battery and type of alternator are installed. J
Refer to SC-4 and SC-17.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. K
NG >> Replace with a proper one.
3.CHECK JUMPER CABLES INSTALLATION
L
Check that the jumper cables are connected in the correct sequence.
SEF439Z
O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Reconnect jumper cables properly. P
4.CHECK BATTERY FOR BOOSTER

Check that the battery for the booster is a 12 V battery.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Change the vehicle for booster.

5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN

With CONSULT-III
Without CONSULT-III
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-484, "DTC Detection
Logic".
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 7.
6.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
tion".
>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK ELECTRICAL PARTS DAMAGE
Check the following for damage.
• Wiring harness and harness connectors for burn
• Fuses for short
OK or NG

DTC P0606 ECM
DTC P0606 ECM
A

MBIB0625E E
F
P0606 Engine control module
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. • ECM
0606 (Processor) G
NOTE: H
1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
3. Check DTC.
J
K
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
4. Perform EC-609, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again. M
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. N
Logic".
4. Is DTC 0606 displayed again? O
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END P
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
tion".

DTC P0606 ECM
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
A
To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the EC
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
C

D
• Air conditioner switch: OFF E
PUMP CURRENT
• No load
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
P0628 Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is • Harness or connectors
0628 low input open or short to ground. (The fuel pump circuit is open or
P0629 Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is shorted.) H
0629 high input short to power. • Fuel pump

I
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J
2. Let engine idle for at least 5 seconds.
K
3. Check DTC.
L

AABWA0015GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition C
• Idle speed
D
10 114 MBIB0885E
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
MBIB0886E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition H
• Idle speed
29 114 MBIB0887E I
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
Approximately 0.3 V
J
[Engine is running]
K
MBIB0888E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003859311 L
1.CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

2. Disconnect fuel pump (2) harness connector.
- Fuel pump temperature sensor (1)
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel
pump terminal 1.
O
OK or NG
MBIB1751E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

• Harness for open or short between fuel pump and ECM
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
2. Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.

3. If NG, replace fuel pump.
JMBIA1643ZZ

A
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-122.
EC

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
P0642 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source for sen- • Harness or connectors
0642 cuit low sor is excessively low. (The APP sensor 1 power supply cir-
cuit is shorted.)
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is
P0643 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source for Sen- shorted.)
0643 cuit high sor is excessively high. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0016GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
67 Sensor ground
— — —
Sensor power supply
82 84
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5 V
(W) (R)
/ Crankshaft position sensor)
— — —
(R) ground
— — —
(Y) ground

ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

connector. A
EC
ALBIA0572ZZ
D
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. F
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
JMBIA1300ZZ
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS H

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram I

APP sensor terminal 4 EC-617
82
Crankshaft position sensor terminal 3 EC-583
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR M

OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O
P
>> INSPECTION END

P0652 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source • Harness or connectors
0652 cuit low for sensor is excessively low. (APP sensor 2 power supply circuit is shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
P0653 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source • Accelerator pedal position sensor
0653 cuit high for Sensor is excessively high. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0017GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
(W) (B) supply
(R) (B) supply
67 Sensor ground
— — —
Sensor power supply
82 84
(W) (R)
— — —
(R) 1 ground
• Engine: Stopped 1.85 - 2.4
— — —
(Y) 2 ground

ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

connector.
EC
ALBIA0572ZZ
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 3.
H
JMBIA1368ZZ
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS

I
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
J
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
90 APP sensor terminal 6 EC-621
45 Camshaft position sensor terminal 3 EC-594 K
63 Fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 1 EC-558
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. L
4.CHECK COMPONENTS M
• Camshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-597, "Component Inspection".)
• Fuel rail pressure sensor (Refer to EC-560, "Component Inspection".)
N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
O
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0668, P0669 ECM
A

MBIB0625E E
F
P0668 ECM internal temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0668 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. G
• ECM
P0669 ECM internal temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
0669 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.
H
NOTE:
2. Wait at least 5 seconds. J
3. Check DTC.
K
1.INSPECTION START L
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III. M
5. Is DTC P0668 or P0669 displayed again? N
Without CONSULT-III
Logic". O
4. Is DTC 0668 or 0669 displayed again?
Yes or No P
Yes >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
tion".

>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
A
The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis. EC
• Harness or connectors C
P0686 ECM detects ECM relay is stuck closed even if ig-
ECM relay circuit (The ECM relay circuit is shorted.)
0686 nition switch OFF.
• ECM relay
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003859327 D
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at E
2. Wait at least 30 seconds. F
4. Check DTC.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-629, "Diagnosis Procedure". G

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
AABWA0018GB

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Ignition switch ON] EC
0 - 1.0 V
114 switch OFF
(B) C
113 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(G) (11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
107 D
108 (B) (11 - 14 V)
(L) E
119
120 (B) (11 - 14 V)
(O) F
G
1.CHECK ECM RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. H
ECM
+ – Voltage
I
1 J
M13 2
119
3
M14 114 K
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will
M14
M13 2
120 L
3
M14 114
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM RELAY SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND N
Check the voltage between ECM relay harness connector and ground.
O
ECM relay
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
2 P
3
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
• 20A fuse (No.36)
4.CHECK ECM RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait at least 10 seconds.
ECM
+ − Voltage
1
M13 2
105
3
M14 114
M14 Battery voltage
1
M13 2
113
3
M14 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ECM RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
ECM ECM relay

Continuity
105
M14 E25 1 Existed
113
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
7.CHECK ECM RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
ECM ECM relay A

Continuity
119
120
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

F
9.CHECK ECM RELAY
G
OK >> GO TO 10.

I
>> INSPECTION END
J
ECM RELAY
1. Disconnect ECM relay. K
ing conditions.
L
3 and 5
No current supply Not existed M
PBIB0098E
N

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
needs.
PBIB0465E

The valve built into No. 1 cylinder fuel injector is not
P1268
No. 1 cylinder fuel injector closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is
1268
not energized.
1269 (The fuel pump circuit is open or
not energized.
shorted.)
The valve built into No. 3 cylinder fuel injector is not • Fuel injector
P1270
No. 3 cylinder fuel injector closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is • Injector adjustment value
1270
not energized.
P1271
1271
not energized.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.

CKPS·RPM 700 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained) A

COOLAN TEMP/S Less than 75°C (167°F)
EC
Accelerator pedal Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III C
1. Start engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.

2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. D
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is not detected, go to next step. E
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 70 (engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground.
6. Restart engine and drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.
F
Engine speed 700 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained)
Voltage between ECM
More than 0.6V
terminal 70 and ground G
H
7. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
8. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-636, "Diagnosis Procedure". I

AABWA0020GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
rpm at idle
D
114 MBIB1295E
(B)
Approximately 8.0 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
MBIB1296E
Fuel injector No. 4
(Y)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
22
(R)
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1297E I
(B)
Fuel injector No. 2
(W)
J
[Engine is running]
Fuel injector No. 2
(O) K
MBIB1298E
40
L
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed M
NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 3
(BR) rpm at idle
N
114 MBIB1297E
(B)
(V)
[Engine is running]
P
43
Fuel injector No. 1
(SB)
MBIB1298E

1.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE

2. Select “ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
The value displayed on CONSULT-III screen should

be same as injector adjustment value printed on
each fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-482, "Injector Adjustment Value Reg-
istration".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
: Vehicle front

sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
Terminal
DTC Cylinder
P1268 4 1 No.1
P1269 5 1 No.2
P1270 4 1 No.3
P1271 5 1 No.4

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
1. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.
Terminal
DTC Cylinder
ECM Fuel injector
P1268 42, 43 2 No.1
P1269 23, 24 2 No.2
P1270 40, 41 2 No.3
P1271 21, 22 2 No.4

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6.
C
With CONSULT-III
1. Remove two fuel injectors. D
NOTE:
der. E
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
5. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-482, "Injector Adjustment Value Registra- F
tion".
7. Touch “ERASE”. G
Without CONSULT-III H
NOTE:
der. I
4. Turn ignition switch ON. J
tion".
7. Perform EC-632, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". K
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6. L
No >> GO TO 7.
6.REPLACE FUEL INJECTOR M
tion".
N
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END P
FUEL INJECTOR


JMBIA1612ZZ
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-117.

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
A
When the fuel pressure in fuel rail increases to excessively high, fuel EC
pressure relief valve (1) opens to carry excess fuel to the return
hose.
: Vehicle front C
ALBIA0567ZZ E

• Engine: After warming up Idle 1,600 - 2,000 mA G
PUMP CURRENT
• No load
H
The MIL will not illuminate for these self-diagnosis. I

NOTE:
J
(Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.) K
Fuel rail pressure relief valve is open be-
P1272 Fuel rail pressure relief • Fuel pump
cause of fuel pressure control system mal-
1272 valve open • Fuel rail pressure sensor
function.
• Air mixed with fuel
• Lack of fuel L
M
NOTE:
1. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds, then release the acceler- N
ator pedal.
2. Check DTC.
O

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
AABWA0015GB

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
D
10 114 MBIB0885E
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
MBIB0886E
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
29 114 MBIB0887E I
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
Approximately 0.3 V
J
[Engine is running]
K
MBIB0888E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) L
1.PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING M

NOTE:
performing following procedure. N
With CONSULT-III
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-483, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing". O
P
Without CONSULT-III
Logic".

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump (2) harness
connector.
pump terminal 1.

OK or NG
MBIB1751E
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
8.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. EC
C
>> INSPECTION END D

FUEL PUMP E
F
G
JMBIA1643ZZ
I
FUEL RAIL J
Refer to EM-117.
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-122. K

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel pump increases, the fuel raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,

PUMP CURRENT
• No load

NOTE:
• If DTC P1273 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or
(The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
P1273 ECM detects the abnormal pulse of fuel • Fuel pump
Fuel pump insufficient flow
1273 pressure. • Injector adjustment value
• Lack of fuel
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
EC
P
AABWA0015GB

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 5.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
10 114 MBIB0885E
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0886E
Approximately 0.3 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
29 114 MBIB0887E
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
Approximately 0.3 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0888E


each fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
istration".
NOTE:

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
With CONSULT-III
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT-III. EC
Without CONSULT-III C
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. D
Logic".
6. Is DTC 1273 displayed again? E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> INSPECTION END F
connector.
- Fuel pump temperature sensor (1) H
pump terminal 1.
I
J
OK or NG
MBIB1751E
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
K
• Harness connectors E224, M102 L
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
N

O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. P
NG >> GO TO 6.

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. Refer to EC-483, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PUMP

JMBIA1643ZZ
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-122.

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
A
C

D
PUMP CURRENT
• No load
F

NOTE: G
H
P1274 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
1274
Fuel pump protection
target value. • Fuel pump I

J
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K
1. Tuning ignition switch ON.
2. Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
L
3. Check DTC.
M

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
AABWA0015GB

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
D
10 114 MBIB0885E
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
MBIB0886E
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
29 114 MBIB0887E I
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
Approximately 0.3 V
J
[Engine is running]
K
MBIB0888E
1.CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M

connector. N
pump terminal 1. O

P
OK or NG
MBIB1751E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PUMP

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
A
EC
JMBIA1643ZZ
D
FUEL PUMP E
Refer to EM-122.

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to fuel

PUMP CURRENT
• No load

NOTE:
Fuel pump exchange
1275 target value. • Fuel pump
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
EC
P
AABWA0015GB

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 5.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
10 114 MBIB0885E
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0886E
Approximately 0.3 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
29 114 MBIB0887E
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
Approximately 0.3 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0888E

connector.
pump terminal 1.

OK or NG
MBIB1751E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
• Harness for open or short between fuel pump temperature sensor and ECM A
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
C
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. E

Refer to EC-560, "Component Inspection". H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace fuel rail. I
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. K
7.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. Refer to EC-483, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing". L
>> INSPECTION END

M
N
>> INSPECTION END
O
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector. P

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP

JMBIA1643ZZ
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-122.

DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
A
Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injec- EC
tor.The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control.
two values.
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM C
• The injector adjustment value of the fuel injector which is installed on the vehicle
AWBIA0613ZZ
G

H
• Injector adjustment value
P1622 Injector adjustment value (Injector adjustment value has not
Injector adjustment value is not stored in ECM.
1622 data uninput been written onto ECM memory yet,
or the value has been initialized.)
J
K
NOTE:
L
3. Check DTC. M
N
1.PERFORM INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-482, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration".
O
>> INSPECTION END

P

two values.
AWBIA0613ZZ
• CONSULT-III communication status
(The status of CONSULT-III communica-
P1623 Injector adjustment value ECM detects the abnormal value of injector
tion becomes improper during Injector
1623 data error adjustment value.
Adjustment Value Registration.)
• ECM
NOTE:
This DTC is not detected when injector adjustment value (not correct but existent) is stored in ECM.
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.


each fuel injector.
OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. A
EC
NOTE:
When two or more injector adjustment value are improper, it is useful to perform “INJ ADJ VAL CLR” in
“WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. And then perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
C
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D
With CONSULT-III
2. Touch “ERASE”. E
Without CONSULT-III F
Logic".
3. Is DTC 1623 displayed again? G
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> INSPECTION END H
4.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. I
tion".
J
>> INSPECTION END

K

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR

PBIB1741E

ACCEL POS SEN*

ACCEL SEN 2*
*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

NOTE:
The correlation between APP sensor 1 (The APP sensor circuit is open or
P2135 Accelerator pedal position sensor
signal and APP sensor 2 signal is out of shorted.)
2135 1, 2 signal correlation
the normal range. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
3. Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then release it slowly spending 5 seconds.
4. Check DTC.

EC
P
AABWA0019GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
67 Sensor ground
— — —
Sensor power supply
82 84
(W) (R)
— — —
(R) 1 ground
— — —
(Y) 2 ground

ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

connector. A
EC
ALBIA0572ZZ
D
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminals 4, 6 and ground
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. F
G
JMBIA1370ZZ
3.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 84 and APP sensor terminals 1, ECM terminal 92 and
I
APP sensor terminal 3.
Continuity should exist. J

OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 5, ECM terminal 91 and
Refer to Wiring Diagram. M

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-552, "Component Inspection". P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal

Accelerator pedal
M14
Accelerator pedal
ACCELERATOR PEDAL

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
A
needs. D
PBIB0465E E

P2146 No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injec- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
2146 tor power supply circuit open through No. 1 and 3 cylinder fuel injector. • Harness or connectors
P2149 No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injec- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The fuel injector circuit is open.) J
2149 tor power supply circuit open through No. 2 and 4 cylinder fuel injector.

K
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
TESTING CONDITION
M
2. Check DTC.
N

AABWA0020GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
rpm at idle
D
114 MBIB1295E
(B)
Approximately 8.0 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
MBIB1296E
Fuel injector No. 4
(Y)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
22
(R)
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1297E I
(B)
Fuel injector No. 2
(W)
J
[Engine is running]
Fuel injector No. 2
(O) K
MBIB1298E
40
L
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed M
NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 3
(BR) rpm at idle
N
114 MBIB1297E
(B)
(V)
[Engine is running]
P
43
Fuel injector No. 1
(SB)
MBIB1298E


: Vehicle front

Terminal
Cylinder
4 1 No.1
5 1 No.2
4 1 No.3
5 1 No.4

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
A
needs. D
PBIB0465E E

P2147 Fuel injector circuit low in- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to
2147 put ground. • Harness or connectors
P2148 Fuel injector circuit high in- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to (The fuel injector circuit is shorted.) J
2148 put power.

K
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-674, "Diagnosis Procedure". M

AABWA0011GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
rpm at idle
D
114 MBIB1295E
(B)
Approximately 8.0 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
MBIB1296E
Fuel injector No. 4
(Y)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
22
(R)
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1297E I
(B)
Fuel injector No. 2
(W)
J
[Engine is running]
Fuel injector No. 2
(O) K
MBIB1298E
40
L
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed M
NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 3
(BR) rpm at idle
N
114 MBIB1297E
(B)
(V)
[Engine is running]
P
43
Fuel injector No. 1
(SB)
MBIB1298E

1.CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT

: Vehicle front

Terminal
Cylinder Continuity
Fuel injector ECM ALBIA0582ZZ
42, 43 Should not exist

1
4 Should exist
No.1
42, 43 Should exist
2
4 Should not exist
1
5 Should exist
No.2
23, 24 Should exist
2
5 Should not exist
1
4 Should exist
No.3
40, 41 Should exist
2
4 Should not exist
1
5 Should exist
No.4
21, 22 Should exist
2
5 Should not exist
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
Refer to EC-675, "Removal and Installation".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
tion".
>> INSPECTION END

>> INSPECTION END

A
FUEL INJECTOR
EC

C
E
JMBIA1612ZZ
F
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-117.
G

DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR
The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor

detects ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to
the microcomputer.
MBIB0625E
P2228 Barometric pressure sen- An excessively low voltage from the barometric
2228 sor circuit low input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.
• ECM
P2229 Barometric pressure sen- An excessively high voltage from the barometric
2229 sor circuit high input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
5. Is DTC P2228 or P2229 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-III
Logic".
4. Is DTC 2228 or 2229 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.

tion". A
>> INSPECTION END EC

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed Glow lamp
Glow control Glow relay
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Glow plugs
When engine coolant temperature is more than approximately 80°C (176°F), the glow relay turns off.
When coolant temperature is lower than approximately 80°C (176°F):
• Ignition switch ON
After ignition switch has turned to ON, the glow relay turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to
engine coolant temperature, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
• Cranking
The glow relay turns ON, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
• Starting
After engine has started, current continues to flow through glow plug (after-glow mode) for a certain period in
relation to engine coolant temperature.
The glow indicator lamp turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to engine coolant temperature at the
time glow relay is turned ON.
Glow Plug
The glow plug is provided with a ceramic heating element to obtain a
high-temperature resistance. It glows in response to a signal sent
from the ECM, allowing current to flow through the glow plug via the
glow relay.
SEF376Y

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
EC
AABWA0021GB
P
1.INSPECTION START
Check fuel level, fuel supplying system, starter motor, etc.
OK or NG

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Correct.
2.CHECK INSTALLATION
Check that glow plug nut (2) and all glow plug connecting plate nuts
(1) are installed properly.
: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Install properly.
ALBIA0532ZZ
3.CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION

With CONSULT-III
3. Confirm that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates below 80°C (176°F). If it indicates above 80°C (176°F), cool
down engine.
5. Make sure that glow indicator lamp is turned ON for 1.5 seconds or more after turning ignition switch ON,
and then glow indicator lamp turned OFF.
Without CONSULT-III
ECM
+ −
Connector
Terminal Terminal
51 70
M13
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) (Sensor ground)
2. Confirm that the voltage indicates above 1.23 V. If it indicates below 1.23 V, cool down engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
2. Confirm that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates approximately 25°C (77°F). If NG, cool down engine.
4. Set voltmeter probe between glow plug and engine body.

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
6. Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under
the following conditions. A
: Vehicle front
EC
Conditions Voltage
For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON Battery voltage
C
More than 20 seconds after turning ignition switch
Approx. 0 V
ON
ALBIA0531ZZ
D
Without CONSULT-III
E
ECM
+ −
Connector F
Terminal Terminal
51 70
M13
G
2. Confirm that the voltage indicates approximately 3.59 V. If NG, cool down engine.
the following conditions. I
: Vehicle front
J
Conditions Voltage
For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON Battery voltage K
Approx. 0 V
ON
ALBIA0531ZZ
L
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7. M
5.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 is not displayed. N
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, refer to EC-523.
No >> GO TO 6. O
6.CHECK COMBINATON METER OPERATION
Does combination meter operate normally?
P
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 15.
No >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-7.

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
2. Disconnect glow relay (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0585ZZ
3. Check voltage between glow relay terminals 1, 5 and ground


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
JMBIA1611ZZ

• 60 A fusible link (letter b)
• Harness for open or short between glow relay and battery

9.CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
• Harness for open or short between glow relay and ECM
11.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW RELAY AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Disconnect glow plug harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between glow relay terminal 3 and glow plug harness connector.


GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. A
NG >> GO TO 12.
EC
• Harness for open or short between glow relay and glow plug
C
13.CHECK GLOW RELAY D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. E
14.CHECK GLOW PLUG F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. G
NG >> Replace glow plug.
H
>> INSPECTION END I

GLOW RELAY J
Check continuity between glow relay terminals (3) and (5) under the
following conditions.
K
12 V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals (1) and (2) L
M
PBIB0428E
GLOW PLUG N
1. Remove glow plug connecting plate.
2. Check glow plug resistance.
O
Resistance: Approximately 0.8 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
NOTE:
• Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped, P
replace glow plug with a new one.
• If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or
higher, replace with a new one.
• If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with carbon,
remove it with a reamer or suitable tool.
• Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it 2 or 3 times, then ALBIA0586ZZ
tighten using a tool to specified torque.

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
: 20.1 N-m (2.1 kg-m, 15 ft-lb)
GLOW PLUG
Refer to EM-114.

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
A

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed C
Vehicle speed sensor* Vehicle speed
D
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume control EGR volume control valve
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air E
Air conditioner switch* Air conditioner operation
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
This system controls flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the EGR F
by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor
moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for opti-
mum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine con- G
ditions.
The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions.
• Engine stopped
• Engine starting H
• Low engine coolant temperature
• Excessively high engine coolant temperature
• High engine speed I
• Accelerator pedal fully depressed
L
SEF908Y
M
EGR Volume Control Valve
The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow
rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. This motor has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM. N
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not O
issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the
valve remains at that particular opening.
P
SEF411Y


0 steps (Sub-SAHARA except
• Engine: After warming up Mauritius)
After 1 minute at idle
• Air conditioner switch: OFF More than 10 steps (except
EGR VOL CON/V above)
• Shift lever: Neutral
• No load Revving engine from idle to 3,200
0 step
rpm

EC
AABWA0023GB
P

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
25
(W)
0.1 - 14 V
26
[Engine is running] (Voltage signals of each ECM ter-
(L) 114
EGR volume control valve • Warm-up condition minals differ according to the con-
27 (B)
• Idle speed trol position of EGR volume
(V)
control valve.)
28
(LG)
0 - 1.0 V
105 114 switch OFF
(G) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
0 - 1.0 V
113 114 switch OFF
(G) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
119
120 (B) (11 - 14 V)
(O)
1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION

2. Set the oscilloscope probe between ECM terminals 25, 26, 27, 28 and ground.
4. Check the oscilloscope screen when revving engine up to 3,200 rpm and return to idle.

ECM A
+ − Voltage signal
EC
1
M13 2
3 C
25
M14 114
D
JMBIA0882GB
4
M13 5 E
6
26
F
M14 114
JMBIA0882GB
M13
1 G
M13 2
3
27 H
M14 114
JMBIA0882GB I
4
M13 5
J
6
28
M14 114 K
JMBIA0882GB
OK or NG
L
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT M
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve (1) harness connector.
N
: Vehicle front

O
ALBIA0534ZZ

4. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve terminals 2, 5
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0431E

• Harness for open and short between ECM and EGR volume control valve
• Harness for open and short between IPDM E/R and EGR volume control valve
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
ECM terminal EGR volume control valve terminal

25 1
26 6
27 3
28 4

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve.
6.CHECK EGR PASSAGE
Check the following for clogging and cracks.
• EGR tube
• EGR cooler
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace EGR passage.
Refer to EC-515.

>> INSPECTION END
A
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

EC
With CONSULT-III
C
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0534ZZ
F
2. Check resistance between the following terminals.
• terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3
G
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance Ω

20 (68) 13 - 17 H
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve.
3. Remove EGR volume control valve from cylinder head. I
4. Reconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
J
MBIB0007E
M
6. Perform “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-III. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft
moves smoothly forward and backward according to the valve N
opening.
If NG, replace the EGR volume control valve.
NOTE: O
When installing the EGR volume control valve, make sure that
the shaft is in the same position before checking.
P
SEF560W
Without CONSULT-III

: Vehicle front
ALBIA0534ZZ
2. Check resistance between the following terminals.

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance Ω

20 (68) 13 - 17
3. Remove EGR volume control valve from cylinder head.
4. Reconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and OFF
MBIB0007E
6. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothly for-
ward and backward according to the ignition switch position.
NOTE:
When installing the EGR volume control valve, make sure that
the shaft is in the same position before checking.
SEF560W

Refer to EM-93.

HEAT UP SWITCH
HEAT UP SWITCH
A
The heat up switch (1) is located on the lower side of the instrument EC
panel. This switch is used to speed up the heater's operation when
the engine is cold. When the ECM received the heat up switch ON
signal, the ECM increases the engine idle speed to 1,400 rpm to
warm up engine quickly. C
This system works when all conditions listed below are met.
Heat up switch ON D
Shift lever Neutral
Accelerator pedal Fully released ALBIA0535ZZ E

Heat up switch: OFF OFF G

HEAT UP SWITCH
AABWA0024GB

HEAT UP SWITCH
TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 0 V
Heat up switch
• Heat up switch: ON (11 - 14 V) C
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I D
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
2. Check “WARM UP SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.
CONDITION WARM UP SW F
G
Without CONSULT-III
H
ECM
I
1
ON Battery voltage
M13 2 J
M13 13 Heat up switch
3
OFF Approx. 0 V
M14 114
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3. L
Check indicator in the heat up switch under the following condition.
M
CONDITION INDICATION
N
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END O
NG >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
P
1. Turn heat up switch OFF.

HEAT UP SWITCH
3. Disconnect heat up switch (1) harness connector.
ALBIA0535ZZ
5. Check voltage between heat up switch terminal 5 and ground


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
JMBIA1613ZZ

• 10 A fuse (No. 11)
• Harness for open or short between heat up switch and fuse block (J/B)
5.CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and heat up switch terminal 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and heat up switch
7.CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH INDICATOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between heat up switch terminal 6 and ground.


HEAT UP SWITCH
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. A
NG >> GO TO 8.
EC
• Harness for open or short between heat up switch and ground.
C
9.CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH
Refer to EC-697, "Component Inspection". D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace heat up switch. E

Refer to EC-515, "Description". F
>> INSPECTION END

G
HEAT UP SWITCH H
2. Disconnect heat up switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between heat up switch terminals 2 and 5 I
under the following conditions.
CONDITION CONTINUITY J
Heat up switch: OFF Should not exist
Heat up switch: ON Should exist
K
4. If NG, replace heat up switch.
JMBIA1614ZZ L
5. Check continuity between heat up switch terminals 5 and 6

under the following conditions. M
CONDITION CONTINUITY
Heat up switch: OFF Should not exist N
6. If NG, replace heat up switch. O
JMBIA1615ZZ

BRAKE SWITCH
BRAKE SWITCH
STOP LAMP SWITCH

The stop lamp switch (1) is installed to brake pedal bracket. The
switch senses brake pedal position and sends an ON-OFF signal to
the ECM. The ECM uses the signal to control the fuel injection con-
trol system.
JMBIA1428ZZ
BRAKE SW Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

BRAKE SWITCH
EC
P
AABWA0026GB

BRAKE SWITCH
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 0 V
Stop lamp switch
(GR) (B) [Ignition switch OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE

With CONSULT-III
2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW” indication under the following conditions.
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
+ −
Condition Voltage
1 Slightly de-
Battery voltage
M13 2 pressed
M14 100 Brake pedal
3
Fully released Approx. 0 V
M14 114
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch (1) harness connector.
JMBIA1428ZZ

BRAKE SWITCH
3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester. A

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
C
PBIB0117E

• 10 A fuse (No. 2)
E
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
F
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. I
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. K
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
L
>> INSPECTION END M

STOP LAMP SWITCH N

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions. O
P
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-6, and
perform step 2 again.
PBIB0118E

PNP SWITCH
PNP SWITCH
When the gear position is in Neutral, park/neutral position is ON. ECM detects the position because the conti-
nuity of the line (the “ON” signal) exists.

Shift lever: Except above OFF

PNP SWITCH
EC
P
AABWA0027GB

PNP SWITCH
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 0 V
Park/neutral position switch

With CONSULT-III
3. Check “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.
Shift lever position P/N POSI SW

Neutral position ON
Except the above position OFF
Without CONSULT-III
ECM
1
Neutral Approx. 0 V
M13 2
M14 110 Shift lever
3
Except above Battery voltage
M14 114
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
AWBIA0614ZZ
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

(2-wheel drive model) (4-wheel drive model)
: Vehicle front

PNP SWITCH

4. Also check harness for short to power. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. C
E
4.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
G
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

• Harness connectors M103, E225 J
• Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
6.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to MT-48, "Position Switch Check".
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace park/neutral position switch.
M
N
>> INSPECTION END

START SIGNAL
START SIGNAL
AABWA0029GB

START SIGNAL
TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0 V EC
99 114
(11 - 14 V)
C
D
1.CHECK START SIGNAL OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
Condition START SIGNAL F

Ignition switch: ON OFF
Ignition switch: START ON
G
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. H
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage I
1
ON Approx. 0 V J
M13 2
M14 99 Ignition switch
3
START Battery voltage
M14 114 K
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and ignition switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and ignition switch terminal R.
N
O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
P
• 10 A fuse (No. 20)
• Fuse block (J/B) connectors M44
• Ignition switch harness connector M41
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fusible link

START SIGNAL
>> INSPECTION END

MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
A
EC
P
AABWA0030GB

General Specification INFOID:0000000003859427
Target idle speed No load* (in Neutral position) 750 ± 25 rpm

Air conditioner: ON In Neutral position 800 rpm or more
Maximum engine speed 4,900 rpm
*: Under the following conditions:
• Heat up switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights & heater fan)
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14 V)

Approx. 0.4 V (CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Approx. 0.7 V (ECM terminal 54 and ground)
1.3 - 1.8 V* (CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR)
Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.)
1.7 - 2.1 V* (ECM terminal 54 and ground)
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000003859429

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000003859430

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000003859431
Supply voltage Approximately 5 V

Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.7 - 2.0 V
2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating tempera-
2.0 - 2.3 V
ture.)
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000003859432
Crankshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000003859433

Camshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000003859434
A
Glow Plug INFOID:0000000003859435
EC

C
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 1.5 - 3.0 Ω D

APPLICATION NOTICE
SERVICE INFORMATION
APPLICATION NOTICE
How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000003980452
YD ENGINE MODEL
Check the vehicle type (refer to GI-44) to confirm the service information in EC section.
Service information Remarks

YD25DDTi TYPE 1 Models except for YD25DDTi TYPE 2.
YD25DDTi TYPE 2 Models for Mexico, Mercosur and Chile.

INDEX FOR DTC
INDEX FOR DTC
A
U1000 INFOID:0000000003859456
EC
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
3 (CONSULT-III screen item)
ECM*
GST*2 C
U1000 1000*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-776
*1: 1st trip DTC No. and 2nd trip DTC No. are the same as DTC No.
D
E
P0016 - P0123 INFOID:0000000003859457
F
DTC*1
Items
ECM*
GST*2 G
P0016 0016 CMP/CKP RELATION EC-778
P0088 0088 HIGH FUEL PRESS EC-780
H
P0093 0093 FUEL LEAK EC-784
P0101 0101 MAF SENSOR EC-787 I
J

K
P0123 0123 APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT EC-808 L
M
P0182 - P0217 INFOID:0000000003859458
DTC*1
Items
3 (CONSULT-III screen item) O
2 ECM*
GST*
P0183 0183 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC EC-813 P
P0200 0200 INJECTOR EC-822

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-III screen item)
2 ECM*3
GST*
P0217 0217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-828
P0222 - P0488 INFOID:0000000003859459
DTC*1
Items
ECM*
GST*2
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-842
P0336 0336 CKP SENSOR EC-847
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-853
P0341 0341 CMP SENSOR EC-858
P0380 0380 GLOW RELAY EC-863
P0403 0403 EGR SYSTEM EC-867
P0405 0405 EGR SENSOR EC-874
P0406 0406 EGR SENSOR EC-874
P0563 - P0686 INFOID:0000000003859460
DTC*1
Items
2 ECM*3
GST*
P0563 0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE EC-892
P0606 0606 ECM EC-894
P0668 0668 ECM EC-911
P0669 0669 ECM EC-911
P0686 0686 ECM RELAY EC-913

INDEX FOR DTC
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6. A
P1268 - P1275 INFOID:0000000003859461

EC
DTC*1
Items C
ECM*3
GST*2
P1268 1268 INJECTOR 1 EC-918
D
P1269 1269 INJECTOR 2 EC-918
P1270 1270 INJECTOR 3 EC-918
P1271 1271 INJECTOR 4 EC-918 E
P1272 1272 FRP RELIEF VALVE EC-925
F
*1: 1st trip DTC No. and 2nd trip DTC No. are the same as DTC No. G
H
P1622 - P2229 INFOID:0000000003859463
DTC*1 I
Items
2 ECM*3
GST*
J
P1622 1622 INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST EC-945
P1623 1623 INJ ADJ VAL ERROR EC-946
P2135 2135 APP SENSOR EC-948 K
L
P2228 2228 BARO SEN/CIRC EC-962 M
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6. N

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIRBAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIRBAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000004024135
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
PIIB3706J
CAUTION:
• Always to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery negative cable before any repair
• Always to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Always the connector is free from water, grease,
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-43, "Description".
• Always to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Always to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc.
• Always to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before

PRECAUTIONS
A
• Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running. EC
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery nega-
tive cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is C
turned OFF.
connect battery negative cable. D
SEF289H
• Never disassemble ECM. E
MBIB0625E H
• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it securely

with levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure. I
PBIB1512E
L
from ECM, never damage pin terminals (bends or break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin M
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt- N
age to IC's.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal- O
SEF291H
of IC's, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. P

PRECAUTIONS
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-755, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
• Never disassemble mass air flow sensor.
• Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
incidents.
• Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft
position sensor.
MEF040D

Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
SAT652J

Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
• Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/out-
put voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's tran-
sistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the
ground.
• Never disassemble fuel pump.
If NG, take proper action.
• Never disassemble fuel injector.
If NG, replace fuel injector.
SEF348N

PRECAUTIONS
• Never depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar- A
ily.
• Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
EC
SEF709Y
D
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, always
control systems depending on installation location. E
trol units.
from the harness of electronic controls. F
Never let them run parallel for a long distance.
radio can be kept smaller. G
- Always ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
Radiator cap tester diator filler neck
adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564

Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature
sensor
S-NT705

A
EC
P
JMBIA1626GB

Input (Sensor) ECM Function Output (Actuator)

• Accelerator pedal position sensor • Fuel injector
Fuel injection control
• Fuel rail pressure sensor • Fuel pump
• Fuel pump temperature sensor
• Fuel injector
• Engine coolant temperature sensor Fuel injection timing control
• Fuel pump
• Intake air temperature sensor • Fuel injector
Fuel cut control
• Crankshaft position sensor • Fuel pump
• Glow relay
• Vehicle speed sensor*1 Glow control system
• Glow indicator lamp*2
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)*1
• Ignition switch On board diagnostic system Malfunction indicator (MIL)*2
• Stop lamp switch EGR volume control EGR volume control valve
• Air conditioner switch*1
• Park/neutral position switch
• Battery voltage Cooling fan control Cooling fan relay
• EGR volume control valve control position
sensor
*1: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: The output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line.
Fuel Injection Control System INFOID:0000000003859472
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Three types of fuel injection control are provided to accommodate engine operating conditions; normal control,
idle control and start control. The ECM determines the appropriate fuel injection control. Under each control,
the amount of fuel injected is adjusted to improve engine performance.
Pulse signals are sent to fuel injectors according to the input signals to adjust the amount of fuel injected to
preset value.
START CONTROL

Fuel injection
Fuel injector
Camshaft position sensor Piston position control (start
Fuel pump
control)
When the ECM receives a start signal from the ignition switch, the
ECM adapts the fuel injection system for the start control. The
amount of fuel injected at engine starting is a preset program value
in the ECM. The program is determined by the engine speed, engine
coolant temperature and fuel rail pressure.
For better start ability under cool engine conditions, the lower the
coolant temperature becomes, the greater the amount of fuel
injected. The ECM ends the start control when the engine speed
reaches the specific value, and shifts the control to the normal or idle
control.
SEF648S
IDLE CONTROL

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator A

EC
Fuel injection
Fuel injector
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position control (Idle
Fuel pump
control)
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure C
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner signal*
*: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. D
When the ECM determines that the engine speed is at idle, the fuel injection system is adapted for the idle
control. The ECM regulates the amount of fuel injected corresponding to changes in load applied to the engine
to keep engine speed constant. The ECM also provides the system with a fast idle control in response to the E
engine coolant temperature signal.
NORMAL CONTROL
F

G
Fuel injection
Fuel injector
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator position control (Normal
Fuel pump
control)
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure H
The amount of fuel injected under normal driving conditions is deter-
mined according to sensor signals. The crankshaft position sensor
detects engine speed, the accelerator pedal position sensor detects I
accelerator pedal position and fuel rail pressure sensor detects fuel
rail pressure. These sensors send signals to the ECM.
The fuel injection data, predetermined by correlation between vari-
J
ous engine speeds, accelerator pedal positions and fuel rail pres-
sure are stored in the ECM memory, forming a map. The ECM
determines the optimal amount of fuel to be injected using the sen-
sor signals in comparison with the map. K
SEF649S
MAXIMUM AMOUNT CONTROL L

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator M

Fuel injection
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature control (Maxi-
Fuel Injector N
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed mum amount
control)
The maximum injection amount is controlled to an optimum by the engine speed, intake air amount, engine O
coolant temperature, and accelerator opening in accordance with the driving conditions.
This prevents the oversupply of the injection amount caused by decreased air density at a high altitude or dur-
ing a system failure.
P
DECELERATION CONTROL


Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injection
Fuel injector
control (Decel-
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed Fuel pump
eration control)
The ECM sends a fuel cut signal to the fuel injectors and fuel pump during deceleration for better fuel effi-
ciency. The ECM determines the time of deceleration according to signals from the accelerator pedal position
sensor and crankshaft position sensor.
Fuel Injection Timing Control System INFOID:0000000003859473
DESCRIPTION
The target fuel injection timing in accordance with the engine speed and the fuel injection amount are recorded
as a map in the ECM beforehand. The ECM determines the optimum injection timing using sensor signals
accordance with the map.
INPUT / OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal opening angle Air conditioner
Air conditioner relay
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed* cut control

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves acceleration when the air conditioner is used.
When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed, the air conditioner is turned off for a few seconds.
When engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high, the air conditioner is turned off. This continues
until the engine coolant temperature returns to normal.
Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed) INFOID:0000000003859475

Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel cut control Fuel injector
If the engine speed is above 2,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine
based on engine speed. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will
be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-722, "Fuel Injection Control Sys-
tem".
Crankcase Ventilation System INFOID:0000000003859476
DESCRIPTION

In this system, blow-by gas is sucked into the air duct after oil separation by oil separator in the rocker cover.
A
EC
PBIB0590E F
INSPECTION
Ventilation Hose G
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace. H
J
SEC692
CAN Communication INFOID:0000000003859477

K
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- L
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. M
Refer to LAN-38, "CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN communication for detail.
N

Fuel Filter INFOID:0000000003859478
DESCRIPTION
A water draining cock (2) is on the lower side of a sedimentor (1),
and a priming pump (4) for bleeding air is on the upper side of a fuel
filter (3).
ALBIA0565ZZ
AIR BLEEDING
After fuel filter is replaced and after fuel system components are removed/installed, bleed air from fuel line as
follows:
• Move priming pump up and down to bleed air from fuel path.
When air is bled, pumping of priming pump becomes heavy, stop operation at that time.
• Crank engine until it starts. Do not crank engine for more than 30 seconds.
• If engine does not start, stop cranking and repeat step 1 above.
• If engine does not operate smoothly after it has started, rav it two or three times.
• If air cannot be bled easily (pumping of priming pump does not become heavy), disconnect feed-side of hose
between fuel filter and electronically controlled fuel pump. After that, operate priming pump and confirm that
fuel comes out.
CAUTION:
Prepare a tray to collect fuel. Prevent fuel from adhering to rubber parts, especially the engine
mounting insulator.
WATER DRAINING
CAUTION:
• Drain water from sedimentor when fuel filter warning lamp
turns on as follows:
PBIC2664E
1. Prepare a tray under the drain plug.

2. Loosen air bleeder screw of the sedimentor.
3. Loosen drain cock and drain water.
CAUTION:
• Loosening drain cock four to five turns causes water to
start draining. Never remove drain cock by loosening it
excessively.
• Water in filter is drained with fuel. Prepare larger capacity
pan than fuel filter volume.
• Drained water is mixed with fuel. Prevent fuel from adher-
ing to rubber parts such as engine mounting insulator. SMA281C
4. After draining, close drain cock by hand.

CAUTION:

If drain cock is tightened excessively, it may be damaged and fuel will leak. Never use tools to
tighten drain cock. A
5. Bleed air in fuel piping. Refer to EC-726.
6. Start engine and make sure there is no fuel leakage.
EC

1. Perform EC-727, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration". C
2. Perform EC-728, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
3. Perform EC-728, "EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning Value Clear".
D
4. Perform EC-728, "EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning".
Injector Adjustment Value Registration INFOID:0000000003859480
E
DESCRIPTION
The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control. F
two values.
G
• The injector adjustment value of the injector which is installed on the vehicle
Injector Adjustment Value Registration must be performed after the following cases.
• Injector(s) are replaced.
• ECM is replaced. H
For the first case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for the replaced fuel injector must be performed. And
for the second case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for all the fuel injectors must be performed.
I
AWBIA0613ZZ
L
OPERATION PROCEDURE M
NOTE:
• Before performing this procedure, record injector adjustment value printed on a fuel injector.
• When all fuel injectors are replaced or ECM is replaced, it is recommended to perform “INJ ADJ VAL
N
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode before performing this procedure. By performing “INJ ADJ VAL
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode, injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped).
O
2. Select “ENTER INJECTOR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, CONSULT-III reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM. P
4. Select the number of the cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
5. Input injector adjustment value, and touch “ENTER”.
NOTE:
Input injector adjustment value is stored in CONSULT-III.
6. Repeat step 4 - 5 till there is no cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration, and touch
“START”.

NOTE:
When touching “START”, injector adjustment values stored in CONSULT-III are written onto ECM mem-
ory.
7. After “CMND FINISHED” is displayed, make sure that the following values are same for each cylinder.
• Injector adjustment value which is printed on a fuel injector.
• Injector adjustment value which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
NOTE:
• In this step, CONSULT-III reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM and displays the values on
the CONSULT-III screen. This is for checking if injector adjustment values are written onto ECM memory
correctly.
• If DTC is detected, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the DTC, and check if the same DTC is
detected again.
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing INFOID:0000000004054981
DESCRIPTION
In order to always keep optimum fuel pressure in fuel rail, the ECM controls fuel pump in high precision with
monitoring the signal of fuel rail pressure sensor.
Accordingly, the ECM always learns characteristic value of fuel pump. Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is
an operation to clear the value of the fuel pump learning.
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing should be performed under the following conditions.
• Fuel pump is changed.
• ECM is replaced with used one which stores the fuel pump learning value of other fuel pump.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
When removing fuel pump, perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing before starting engine.
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “PUMP LEARNT CLEAR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds.
4. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
Without CONSULT-III
Fuel pump learning value can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by the same operation as eras-
ing DTC. In detail, refer to EC-730, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".
EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning Value Clear INFOID:0000000003859482
EGR volume control valve closed position learning value should be cleared under the following cases.
• EGR volume control valve is removed.
• EGR volume control valve is replaced.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
Always perform the following procedure with engine coolant temperature 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
2. Select “EGR/V LEARN CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds.
4. Make sure the “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning INFOID:0000000003859483
EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the
EGR volume control valve by monitoring the EGR volume control valve control position sensor output signal. It
must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• EGR volume control valve is replaced.
• ECM is replaced.
OPERATION PROCEDURE

2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. A
Make sure that EGR volume control valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating
sound.
EC

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
Emission-related diagnostic information ISO Standard

1st/2nd Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st/2nd Trip DTC) Service $07 of ISO 15031-5
Calibration ID Service $09 of ISO 15031-5
DTC 1st trip DTC 2nd trip DTC Freeze Frame data
CONSULT-III × × × ×
GST × × × ×
ECM × ×* ×* —
*: When DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel illuminates when the same malfunction is
detected in three consecutive trips (Three trip detection logic).
Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000003859486
On board diagnosis (OBD) system of this vehicle has “Three Trip Detection Logic” and “One Trip Detection
Logic”. For which logic each self-diagnosis corresponds with, refer to EC-730, "Emission-Related Diagnostic
Information".
“Trip” of “Three Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which the self-diagnosis is performed while
driving.
THREE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. MIL does not illu-
minate at this stage. <1st trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again during the next driving, 2nd trip DTC is stored in the ECM mem-
ory and 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL does not illuminate at this stage. <2nd trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again at the third driving, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored in
the ECM memory and 2nd trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL illuminates at the same time when
DTC is stored. <3rd trip>
In other words, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored and MIL illuminates when the same malfunction
occurs in 3 consecutive trips.
This is called “Three Trip Detection Logic”.
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored in the ECM memory
and MIL illuminates. This is called “One Trip Detection Logic”. Some self-diagnoses will not illuminate MIL
when DTC is stored. (Refer to EC-730, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".) 1st/2nd trip DTC is not
stored for one trip detection logic.
Emission-Related Diagnostic Information INFOID:0000000003859487

X: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1
A
Items
CONSULT-III Trip MIL Reference page
2 ECM*3
GST*
EC
U1000 1000*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 1 — EC-776
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — — C
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0016 0016 CMP/CKP RELATION 3 × EC-778
P0088 0088 HIGH FUEL PRESS 3 × EC-780 D
P0089 0089 FUEL PUMP 3 × EC-782
P0093 0093 FUEL LEAK 3 × EC-784
E
P0101 0101 MAF SENSOR 3 × EC-787
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-794
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-794 F
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-800
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-800
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-804 G
P0122 0122 APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT 1 — EC-808
H
P0182 0182 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-813
P0183 0183 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-813 I
P0192 0192 FRP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-817
P0193 0193 FRP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-817
J
P0200 0200 INJECTOR 3 × EC-822
P0201 0201 CYL1 INJECTOR 3 × EC-823
P0202 0202 CYL2 INJECTOR 3 × EC-823 K
L
P0217 0217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 — EC-828
P0223 0223 APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT 1 — EC-837 M
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-842
P0336 0336 CKP SENSOR 3 × EC-847
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-853 N
P0341 0341 CMP SENSOR 3 × EC-858
P0380 0380 GLOW RELAY 3 × EC-863
O
P0403 0403 EGR SYSTEM 3 × EC-867
P0405 0405 EGR SENSOR 3 × EC-874
P0406 0406 EGR SENSOR 3 × EC-874 P
P0409 0409 EGR SYSTEM 3 × EC-880
P0488 0488 EGR SYSTEM 3 × EC-887
P0563 0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE 1 — EC-892
P0606 0606 ECM 3 × EC-894
P0628 0628 FUEL PUMP/CIRC 3 × EC-896

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Trip MIL Reference page
2 ECM*3
GST*
P0629 0629 FUEL PUMP/CIRC 3 × EC-896
P0642 0642 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 3 × EC-901
P0668 0668 ECM 3 × EC-911
P0669 0669 ECM 3 × EC-911
P0686 0686 ECM RELAY 1 — EC-913
P1268 1268 INJECTOR 1 1 — EC-918
P1269 1269 INJECTOR 2 1 — EC-918
P1270 1270 INJECTOR 3 1 — EC-918
P1271 1271 INJECTOR 4 1 — EC-918
P1272 1272 FRP RELIEF VALVE 3 × EC-925
P1273 1273 FUEL PUMP 3 × EC-925
P1274 1274 FUEL PUMP 1 × EC-925
P1275 1275 FUEL PUMP 1 × EC-925
P1622 1622 INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST 1 — EC-945
P1623 1623 INJ ADJ VAL ERROR 1 — EC-946
P2135 2135 APP SENSOR 1 — EC-948
P2146 2146 INJ PWR/CIRC 3 × EC-953
P2147 2147 INJECTOR/CIRC 3 × EC-957
P2148 2148 INJECTOR/CIRC 3 × EC-957
P2149 2149 INJ PWR/CIRC 3 × EC-953
P2228 2228 BARO SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-962
P2229 2229 BARO SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-962
DTC AND 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC

The number of 1st/2nd trip DTC is the same as the number of DTC.
When a malfunction is detected during 1st trip, 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. MIL does not illumi-
nate at this time. When the same malfunction is detected in the next trip (2nd trip), 2nd trip DTC is saved in the
ECM memory and 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL does not illuminate at this time. In addi-
tion, DTC is saved in the ECM memory and MIL illuminates when the same malfunction is detected during the
following consecutive trip (3rd trip).
The procedure for erasing DTC, 1st trip DTC, and 2nd trip DTC from the ECM memory is described in “HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”.
For malfunctions in which 1st/2nd trip DTC are displayed, Refer to “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION ITEMS”.
1st/2nd trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of ISO15031-5. 1st/2nd trip DTC detection occurs without illumi-
nating up MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When 1st/2nd trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down, and erase 1st/2nd trip DTC as specified
with step II of Work Flow, refer to EC-739, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction". Then perform DTC Confirmation
Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, it is
necessary to investigate the cause again.
How to Read DTC and 1st/2nd Trip DTC

DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC can be read by the following procedures.
With CONSULT-III A
With GST
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool): Examples: P0117, P0335, P1268, etc.
These numbers are prescribed by ISO 15031-6. EC
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning parts and systems.)
A sample of CONSULT-III display for DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC is shown in the figure. DTC and 1st/2nd trip
DTC are displayed in the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III.
“TIME” data shows how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of DTC or 1st/2nd trip DTC. C
When DTC or 1st/2nd trip DTC has been detected currently, “TIME” becomes “0”.
• CONSULT-III displays for DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC become the same.
• The output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST does not indicate whether the malfunction is still D
occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-III can identify the malfunction
status. Therefore the use of CONSULT-III (If available) is recommended.
FREEZE FRAME DATA E
ECM records driving conditions such as calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, engine speed,
vehicle speed, and intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected.
The data saved together with DTC is called Freeze Frame Data, and is displayed on CONSULT-III or GST. F
When 1st/2nd trip DTC is detected, Freeze Frame Data is not recorded.
Only a set of Freeze Frame Data can be saved in the ECM memory. When ECM records Freeze Frame Data,
and another Freeze Frame Data is generated after that, the first (original) Freeze Frame Data is not updated in
ECM and it remains. G
When the DTC is erased from ECM memory, Freeze Frame Data is erased with DTC. The procedure for eras-
ing DTC is described in “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”.
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION H
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC

WITH CONSULT-III I
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, always turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
J
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
K
WITH GST
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, always turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec-
L
NO TOOLS
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, always turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec- M
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be cleared within 24
hours. N
- 2nd trip diagnostic trouble codes O
- Freeze frame data
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures. P
DESCRIPTION

If the MIL does not light up, refer to EC-987.
SAT652J

The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.

Mode Status
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. (See EC-
987.)
Engine stopped
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When ECM detects a mal-
WARNING function, the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a mal-
function has been detected.
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs to be read.

ON position RESULTS
Engine stopped

NOTE:
a malfunction.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
blinking.

A
EC
PBIB0092E
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) D

1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to “How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II
(Self-diagnostic Results)”.
E
F
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to EC-
987.
G
MIL Condition H
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
I
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

In this mode, the DTC is indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. A DTC will be used as J
an example for how to read a code.
JMBIA1140GB
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds P
consisting of an ON (0.6-seconds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-730, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".)

The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to “How
to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”.
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be cleared from the backup memory within 24 hours.
OBD System Operation Chart INFOID:0000000003859490
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When the malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected during 2nd consecutive trip, 2nd trip DTC is stored and 1st trip DTC
is cleared.
• When the same malfunction is detected during 3rd consecutive trip, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored
and MIL illuminates. Refer to EC-730, "Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detection Logic" for
details.1st/2nd trip DTC are cleared from the ECM memory.
• MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 consecutive times with no malfunction (driving pattern A).
• 1st/2nd trip DTC, DTC, and Freeze Frame Data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 41 times (driving pat-
tern B) without the same malfunction recurring. “TIME” data displayed in the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode
of CONSULT-III shows the number of times the vehicle is driven without the same malfunction recurring.
SUMMARY CHART
Items Trip Counter Driving Pattern

MIL (turns off) 3 2 A
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (clear) 41 40 B
1st/2nd Trip DTC (clear) 41 40 B
Refer to “RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST/ 2NDTRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS” for details of pattern A and B.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST/ 2NDTRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS

EC
L
JMBIA0956GB
*1: CONSULT-III displays for DTC and *2: 1st/2nd trip DTC becomes the same *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
1st/2nd trip DTC become the same. display in mode7 of GST. tected in three consecutive trips, MIL
will light up.
*4: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *5: When the malfunction is detected for *6: When the same malfunction is de-
N
3 times (pattern A) without any mal- the first time, 1st trip DTC is stored in tected during 2nd consecutive trip,
functions. the ECM memory. 2nd trip DTC is stored and 1st trip
DTC is cleared.
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: The DTC and the freeze frame data O
tected during 3rd consecutive trip, will not be displayed any longer after
DTC and Freeze Frame Data are vehicle is driven 41 times (pattern B)
stored. without the same malfunction.
P
<Driving Pattern A>
Driving pattern A means the vehicle operation as follows:
Engine speed should go over 500 rpm at least 5 seconds and the DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed.
• The A counter will be cleared when the same malfunction is detected.
• The A counter will be counted up when the same malfunction is not detected.
• The MIL will go off when the A counter reaches 3.
<Driving Pattern B>

Driving pattern B means operating vehicle as per the following:
Driving pattern A and (1)-(3) are satisfied.
PBIB2049E
• The B counter will be cleared when the same malfunction is detected.

• The B counter will be counted up when the same malfunction is not detected.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the B counter reaches 40.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
INTRODUCTION EC
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injec-
tion control, fuel injection timing control, glow control system, etc.
The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly actuators. C
It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and sta-
ble. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions
such as vacuum leaks, or other malfunctions with the engine.
D
E
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs inter- F

mittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
I
test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should J
be performed. Follow the “WORK FLOW”.
on “WORK FLOW” should be used. L
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically con-
SEF234G
trolled engine vehicle. M
WORK FLOW

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PBIB2218E
*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG RE- *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
SULTS” is other than “0”, perform form EC-768. cannot be performed, check main
EC-768. power supply and ground circuit. Re-
fer to EC-769.
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be de-
tected, perform EC-768.
Description for Work Flow

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
STEP DESCRIPTION A
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the “DI-
STEP I
AGNOSTIC WORK SHEET”.
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-III or GST) the (1st/2nd trip) DTC and EC
the freeze frame data (When 1st/2nd trip DTC is detected, Freeze Frame Data is not recorded.), then erase the DTC
and the data. (Refer to EC-730, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".) The (1st/2nd trip) DTC and the freeze
frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II C
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st/2nd trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the custom-
er. (The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-746, "Symptom Matrix Chart".)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
D
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-III
STEP III to the vehicle and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-768. E
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the (1st/2nd trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the
(1st/2nd trip) DTC and freeze frame data by using CONSULT-III or GST. F
STEP IV
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st/2nd
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st/2nd trip) DTC detection. G
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-743, "Basic Inspection".) Then per- H
form inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-746, "Symptom Matrix Chart".)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT- I
III. Refer to EC-755, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value", EC-766, "CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode".
STEP VI
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspec- J
tion is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-25, "How to Perform Ef-
ficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-768. K
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is
STEP VII L
still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st/2nd trip) DTC in ECM.
(Refer to EC-730, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".)
M
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate. N
tomer complaint. O
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one shown below in order to
organize all the information for troubleshooting.
P
SEF907L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0533
chart.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Priority Detected items (DTC) A

1 • U1000 CAN communication line
• P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation
• P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
EC
• P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
• P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
• P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P2135 Accelerator pedal position sensor
• P0182 P0183 Fuel pump temperature sensor C
• P0192 P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor
• P0335 P0336 Crankshaft position sensor
• P0340 P0341 Camshaft position sensor
• P0563 Battery voltage D
• P0606 P0668 P0669 ECM
• P0642 P0643 P0652 P0653 Sensor power supply
• P1622 P1623 Injector adjustment value
• P2228 P2229 Barometric pressure sensor E
2 • P0089 P0628 P0629 P1272 - P1275 Fuel pump
• P0200 - P0204 P1268 - P1271 P2146 - P2149 Fuel injector
• P0380 Glow relay F
• P0405 P0406 EGR volume control valve control position sensor
• P0686 ECM relay
3 • P0088 P0093 Fuel system
G
• P0403 P0409 P0488 EGR function

H
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied.
• Headlamp switch is OFF. I
- For vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, perform one of the following procedures before starting
engine not to illuminate headlamps.
• Apply parking brake J
• Set lighting switch to the 1st position
• Air conditioner switch is OFF.
• Rear defogger switch is OFF.
• Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc. K
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction.
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-5, "Periodic Maintenance" . M
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections N
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
O
>> GO TO 2.
P
SEF142I
2.PREPARATION FOR CHECKING IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT-III

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Connect CONSULT-III to the data link connector.
Without CONSULT-III
Install diesel tacho tester to the vehicle.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
2. Read idle speed.

Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM
1. Stop engine.
2. Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to EC-726, "Fuel Filter".
>> GO TO 6.
With CONSULT-III
3. Read idle speed.

Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to EC-726, "Fuel Filter".
>> GO TO 8.
With CONSULT-III
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
3. Read idle speed. A

Without CONSULT-III EC
Read idle speed.
M/T: 750 ± 25 rpm (in Neutral position) C

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 9. D
9.CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER
Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace air cleaner filter. F
10.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
Check battery voltage.
G
Voltage: More than 12.13 V
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK BATTERY I
Refer to SC-4.
OK or NG
J
OK >> Check charging system. Refer to SC-17.
12.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE K
Check compression pressure. Refer to DI-19.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. L
NG >> Follow the instruction of “CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE”.
M
With CONSULT-III
N
3. Read idle speed.

O
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.
P
OK or NG
NG >> 1. Replace fuel injector.
2. GO TO 3.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
Reference page
ENGINE STALL
(EXCP. HA)

WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 —
Fuel filter 1 1 1 1 1 EC-726
Fuel injector 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 EC-823
Glow control system 1 1 1 1 1 EC-964
Engine body 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 EM-176
EC-867,
EGR system 3 3 EC-880,
EC-887
Air cleaner and duct 3 3 EM-90
Fuel rail pressure relief valve 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-784

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
Reference page
A
EC
ENGINE STALL
(EXCP. HA)
C

E

WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
G
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
H

Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-896 I
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-823
Fuel injector adjustment value 1 1 1 1 EC-727
EC-787,
J
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 1
EC-794
Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 1 EC-804
K
Vehicle speed signal circuit 1 LAN-38
EC-808,
EC-948 L
ENGINE CONTROL
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 1 EC-817

EC-842,
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
EC-847
M
EC-853,
Camshaft position sensor circuit 3 3 3
EC-858
N
Start signal circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-984
Ignition switch circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-769
Heat up switch circuit 1 EC-971 O
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-769
Cooling fan relay circuit EC-828
Glow relay circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-863 P
ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-913
EC-894,
ECM 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-911,
EC-962

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
Reference page



ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 —
Fuel filter 1 EC-726
Fuel injector 3 3 3 4 4 4 1 1 EC-823
Glow control system 1 EC-964
Engine body 3 3 3 3 1 3 EM-176
EC-867,
EGR system 3 EC-880,
EC-887
Air cleaner and duct 3 EM-90
Fuel rail pressure relief valve 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 EC-784

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
Reference page
A

EC



D
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
E
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
F

Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 1 1 EC-930
G

Fuel injector adjustment value 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-727 H
EC-787,
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 1
EC-794
Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-804 I
Vehicle speed signal circuit 1 1 LAN-38
EC-808,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-837, J
EC-948
ENGINE CONTROL
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-817

EC-842, K
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 1 1
EC-847
EC-853,
Camshaft position sensor circuit 1 1
EC-858 L
Start signal circuit EC-984
Ignition switch circuit EC-769
M
Heat up switch circuit EC-971
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1 EC-769
Cooling fan relay circuit 2 EC-828 N
Glow relay circuit 1 EC-863
ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit 1 EC-913
EC-894, O
ECM 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-911,
EC-962
1 - 5: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. P

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ALBIA0564ZZ
1. Glow relay 2. Triple pressure switch 3. Engine coolant temperature sensor

4. Fuel Pump 5. Cooling fan 6. Fuel rail pressure sensor
7. Mass air flow sensor 8. Turbocharger boost control actuator 9. Glow plug
10. Camshaft position sensor 11. Fuel injector 12. Fuel rail pressure relief valve
13. Crankshaft position sensor 14. EGR volume control valve 15. Fuel filter

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
L
AWBIA0641ZZ
1. Fuel pump 2. Fuel pump temperature sensor 3. Fuel rail pressure relief valve M
4. Fuel rail 5. EGR volume control valve 6. Engine coolant temperature sensor
7. Fuel rail pressure sensor 8. Camshaft position sensor 9. Triple pressure switch N
(View with charge air cooler removed) (View with front grille and headlamp
RH removed)
: Vehicle front
O

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AWBIA0642ZZ
1. Glow relay 2. ECM 3. Crankshaft position sensor

(View with fender protector RH splash
shield removed)
4. Stop lamp switch 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor 6. Turbocharger boost control actuator
7. Heat up switch
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
H
AWBIA0643ZZ
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 3. Sedimentor

(2-wheel drive model) (4-wheel drive model) I
4. Drain cock 5. Fuel filter 6. Priming pump
: Vehicle front
J

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
AABWA0032GB

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
PBIB3368E
D
E
PREPARATION
1. ECM is located behind the instrument lower panel.
- ECM harness connectors (1)
2. Remove ECM cover. F
H
ALBIA0566ZZ
I
3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with
levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
4. Connect a break-out box and Y-cable adapter between the ECM
and ECM harness connector. J
- Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
- Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
K
L
PBIB1512E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
1
(B)
2
(B)
3
(B)
Approximately 7.5 V
[Engine is running]
4 Fuel injector power supply • Idle speed
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1295E
(B)
Approximately 8.0 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB1296E
1.0 - 2.0 V
↑↓ (Periodically changes)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
7 114 • Warm-up condition
EGR volume control valve (Close)
(O) (B) • For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF.
MBIB1783E
1.0 - 2.0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
EGR volume control valve (Open)
(Y) (B) • For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF.
MBIB1783E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 5.8 V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
10 114 MBIB0885E
D
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5 V
F
MBIB0886E

Approximately 0 V
13 114 • Heat up switch: OFF G
Heat up switch
• Heat up switch: ON (11 - 14 V)
21 Approximately 7.5 V H
Fuel injector No. 4
(Y)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed I
22 NOTE:
(R)
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1297E
J
(B)
Fuel injector No. 2
(W)
K
[Engine is running]
(O)
Fuel injector No. 2 L
MBIB1298E
M
Approximately 0.3 V
[Engine is running] N
• Idle speed
O
29 114 MBIB0887E
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
Approximately 0.3 V
P
[Engine is running]
MBIB0888E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
37 114
Glow relay Refer to EC-863.
(L) (B)
Fuel injector No. 3
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 3
(BR) rpm at idle
114 MBIB1297E
(B)
Fuel injector No. 1
(V)
[Engine is running]
Fuel injector No. 1
(SB)
MBIB1298E

(W) (B) supply
Approximately 3.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle
46 65 MBIB0879E
(G) (Y)
Approximately 3.5 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0880E
Approximately 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle
47 66 MBIB0877E
(R) (B)
Approximately 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0878E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.7 V EC
48
(W) • Warm-up condition 1.7 - 2.0 V C
Fuel pump temperature sensor Output voltage varies with fuel D
(BR) (V) • Warm-up condition
pump temperature
51 70 Engine coolant temperature sen- [Engine is running]
Output voltage varies with engine
(GR) (LG) sor • Warm-up condition E
coolant temperature
[Engine is running]
F
(G) (B)
• Warm-up condition (Check for liner voltage rise in re- G
Approximately 0 - 4.8 V H
Intake air temperature sensor Output voltage varies with intake
(W) (R) • Warm-up condition
air temperature
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5 V I
(R) (B) supply
65
(Y)
J
66
(B)
67 Sensor ground
(B)
—
(Sensor shield circuit)
— — K
68
(B)
L
69 Fuel pump temperature sensor
— — —
(V) ground
70 Engine coolant temperature sen-
— — — M
(LG) sor ground
73
(B)
74 Intake air temperature sensor N
— — —
(R) ground
77 EGR volume control valve control
— — —
(SB) position sensor ground O
Voltage should fluctuates be-
81 77 EGR volume control valve control • Warm-up condition
tween 0.5 and 2.5 V, then drop to
(P) (SB) position sensor • For a few seconds after turning ignition P
0V.
switch OFF.
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position sensor
82 84
1 / Crankshaft position sensor / [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5 V
(W) (R)
EGR volume control valve control
position sensor)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
— — —
(R) 1 ground
87
(P)
89 114
Data link connector — —
(LG) (B)
— — —
(Y) 2 ground
95
(L)
99 114
(11 - 14 V)
Approximately 0 V
Stop lamp switch
0 - 1.0 V
105 114 switch OFF
(G) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
107
108 (B) (11 - 14 V)
(L)
Approximately 0 V
0 - 1.0 V
113 114 switch OFF
(G) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
114
— ECM ground — — EC
(B)
119
120 (B) (11 - 14 V) C
(O)
(L) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14 V) D
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) INFOID:0000000003859499

E
FUNCTION
F
Work support
G
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st/2nd trip DTC, DTC and freeze frame data can be read and erased
Self-Diagnostic Results
quickly.*
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
H
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range.
Function Test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance. I
ECM Part Number ECM part number can be read.
• Diagnostic trouble codes J
• 1st/2nd trip diagnostic trouble codes
K

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

SELF-DIAG RESULTS
Item DATA ACTIVE
FREEZE
DTC* FRAME MONITOR TEST
DATA
Crankshaft position sensor × × ×
Camshaft position sensor ×
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × ×
Vehicle speed sensor × × ×
Fuel pump temperature sensor × × ×

Fuel rail pressure sensor × ×
Mass air flow sensor × × ×
INPUT
Battery voltage × ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × ×
EGR volume control valve control position sensor × ×
Stop lamp switch × ×
Heat up switch ×
Ignition switch (Start signal) ×
Air conditioner switch signal ×
Barometric pressure sensor (built-into ECM) × ×
Fuel pump × × ×
Fuel injector × × ×
OUTPUT Glow relay × × ×
Cooling fan relay × × ×
EGR volume control valve × × ×
X: Applicable
*: This item includes 1st/2nd trip DTCs.
WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item
WORK ITEM DESCRIPTION USAGE

ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA • Injector adjustment value is written onto ECM memory. When performing Injector Adjust-
ment Value Registration.
EGR volume control valve closed
position learning value should be
cleared under the following cases.
• EGR volume control valve learning value stored in ECM is
EGR/V LEARN CLR • EGR volume control valve is re-
cleared.
moved.
• EGR volume control valve is re-
placed.
INJ ADJ VAL CLR • Injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized. Before changing injector adjust-
ment value stored in ECM, it is
recommended to perform this
work item.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Regarding items of DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC, refer to EC-730, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information". A
Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item Description EC

DIAG TROUBLE CODE • The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”.
[PXXXX] (Refer to EC-730, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. C
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
D
VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or
[mph]
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. E
FUEL/R PRESS [kPa] • The fuel rail pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
MASS AIRFLOW [g/s] • The mass air flow at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
F
DATA MONITOR MODE

G
• The engine speed computed from the crank-
CKPS·RPM (TDC) [rpm]
shaft position sensor signal is displayed.
When the engine coolant tempera-
H
• The engine coolant temperature (determined ture circuit is open or short, ECM
COOLAN TEMP/S [°C] or [°F] by the signal voltage of the engine coolant enters fail-safe mode. The engine
temperature sensor) is displayed. coolant temperature determined
by the ECM is displayed. I
• The vehicle speed computed form the vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE [km/h] or [mph]
speed sensor signal is displayed.
• The fuel temperature (determined by the sig- J
FUEL TEMP SEN [°C] or [°F] nal voltage of the fuel pump temperature sen-
sor) is displayed.
ACCEL POS SEN [V] K
ACCEL SEN 2 [V]
L
• The Fuel rail pressure (determined by the sig-
ACT CR PRESS [MPa] nal voltage of the fuel rail pressure sensor) is
displayed.
• The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
M
BATTERY VOLT [V]
played.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/
P/N POSI SW [ON/OFF] N
neutral position switch signal.
• indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the starter
START SIGNAL [ON/OFF]
signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condi- O
AIR COND SIG [ON/OFF] tioner switch as determined by the air condi-
tioner signal.
BRAKE SW [ON/OFF]
• indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop P
lamp switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition
IGN SW [ON/OFF]
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from heat up
WARM UP SW [ON/OFF]
switch signal.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor
MAS AIR/FL SE [V]
is displayed.
• Indicates the actual main fuel injection pulse
MAIN INJ WID [msec] width compensated by ECM according to the
input signals.
• Indicates the fuel pump power supply current
PUMP CURRENT [mA]
from the ECM.
• The glow relay control condition (determined
GLOW RLY [ON/OFF] by ECM according to the input signal) is dis-
played.
• Indicates the control condition of the cooling
fans (determined by ECM according to the in-
put signal).
COOLING FAN* [LOW/HI/OFF]
LOW: Operates at low speed.
HI: Operates at high speed.
OFF: Stopped
• The intake air volume computed from the
INT/A VOLUME [mg/]
mass air flow sensor signal is displayed.
• The barometric pressure (determined by the
BARO SEN [kPa] signal voltage from the absolute pressure
sensor built into the ECM) is displayed.
• The cylinder being injected is displayed.
CYL COUNT [1/2/3/4] 2: Cylinder No.2 is injected.
TRVL AFTER MIL [km] or [mile] • Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
• The opening angle of EGR volume control val-
ue is displayed.
EGR/V ANGLE [°]
• The opening becomes larger as the value in-
creases.
• The EGR volume control valve control posi-
EGR V/POS SEN [mV]
tion sensor signal voltage is displayed.
NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST MODE

engine.
POWER BAL- • A/C switch: OFF
Engine runs rough or dies. • Compression
ANCE • Shift lever: Neutral position
• Fuel injector
• Cut off each injector signal one at
a time using CONSULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original non- • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap- • Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- pears, see CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-III. • Fuel injector
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
Glow relay makes the operating • Harness and connectors
GLOW RLY • Turn the glow relay ON and OFF
sound. • Glow relay
using CONSULT-III and listen to
operating sound.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
• Engine: Return to the original non-
FUEL/T TEMP standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
SEN • Change the fuel tank temperature pears, see CHECK ITEM.
• Fuel injector
using CONSULT-III. EC
PRES REGULA- • Fuel line
• Change fuel rail pressure using Fuel leaks.
TOR • Fuel pressure relief valve
CONSULT-III.
C
PUMP LEANT • This mode is used for performing Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-728, "Fuel Pump Learning
CLEAR Value Clearing".
• Ignition switch: ON D
• Change EGR volume control
TRG EGR/V AN- EGR volume control valve makes an • Harness and connectors
valve opening angle (within the
GLE operating sound. • EGR volume control valve
range of 0 - 70°) using CONSULT-
III. E
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function INFOID:0000000003859500
DESCRIPTION F
Generic Scan Tool (OBD II scan tool) complying with ISO 15031-4
has 7 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol. G
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service man-
ual.
H
I
SEF139P
FUNCTION J
Service $01 READINESS TESTS

This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including an- K
alog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by
Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-730, "Emission-Related Diagnostic L
Information".
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which
Service $03 DTCs
were stored by ECM.
M
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This in-
cludes:
• Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01)
Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO
• Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03) N
• Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
• Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
• Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01)
• Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $07) O
Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service is not applicable on this vehicle.
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-
Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal P
driving conditions.
This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle infor-
Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID)
mation such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Connect “GST” to data link connector (2), which is located under
drivers side dash panel near the hood opener handle (1).
AWBIA0615ZZ
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in

the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
SEF398S
5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce-

dure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the
tool maker.
SEF416S
Remarks:
l Specification data are reference values.
l Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
CKPS-RPM (TDC)
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speed- Almost the same speed as the speed-
VHCL SPEED SE
ometer indication ometer indication
FUEL TEMP SEN • Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F)

ACCEL POS SEN*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V

ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.7 - 4.8 V
• Engine: After warming up Idle 25 - 35 MPa
ACT CR PRESS
• No load

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Shift lever: Neutral ON
Except above OFF EC
• Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON C
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON D
IGN SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF ON → OFF
Heat up switch: OFF OFF E
Ignition switch: ON
Approximately 0.4 V
(Engine stopped) F
Idle 1.3 - 1.8 V
MAS AIR/FL SE*1 • Shift lever: Neutral 1.3 - 1.8 V to Approximately 4.0 V
• No load Engine is revving from idle to about (Check for liner voltage rise in re- G
4,000 rpm. sponse to engine being increased to
about 4,000 rpm)
• Engine: After warming up No load 0.50 - 0.70 msec H

• Air conditioner switch: OFF I
PUMP CURRENT
• No load
GLOW RLY Refer to EC-964. J
• When cooling fan is stopped. OFF
COOLING FAN*2 • When cooling fans operate at low speed. LOW
K
• When cooling fans operate at high speed. HI
INT/A VOLUME • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 150 - 450 mg/
Altitude L
Approx. 0m: Approx. 100.62 kPa
(1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2, 14.59 psi)
M
BARO SEN • Ignition switch: ON (0.8895 bar, 0.907 kg/cm2, 12.90 psi)
(0.8316 bar, 0.848 kg/cm2, 12.06 psi)
Approx. 2,000 m: Approx. 78.36 kPa N
(0.7836 bar, 0.799 kg/cm2, 11.36 psi)
CYL COUNT • Engine is running 1→3→4→2
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535 km O
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
EGR/V ANGLE • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Approx. 0°
EGR V/POS SEN • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 1,050 - 1,350 mV
P
NOTE:
*1: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, this differs from ECM terminals voltage.
*2: The cooling fan rotation has two stages (OFF and ON) although the display of CONSULT-III has three stages (OFF,LOW and HI).

Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns
to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's com-
plaint often do not recur on (1st/2nd trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
COMMON INTERMITTENT INCIDENTS REPORT SITUATIONS

II The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0”.
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st/2nd trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
1.INSPECTION START
Erase (1st/2nd trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-730, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 2.
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
Perform “HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT” in GI section,
“INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS”.
OK or NG

A
EC
AABWA0034GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
1
(B)
2
(B)
3
(B)
0 - 1.0 V
105 114 switch OFF
(G) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
107
108 (B) (11 - 14 V)
(L)
0 - 1.0 V
113 114 switch OFF
(G) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
114
(B)
119
120 (B) (11 - 14 V)
(O)
(L) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14 V)

ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. A
2.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
C
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1 D
M13 2
Ground Existed
3
E
M14 114
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I G
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ECM connector terminal as follows. H
ECM
I
+ – Voltage
1 J
M13 2
107
3
M14 114 K
M14 Battery voltage
1
M13 2
108 L
3
M14 114
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

• 10A fuse (No.21) O

ECM
+ – Voltage
1
M13 2
M14 121 Battery voltage
3
M14 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
• 20A fuse (No.36)
• Harness for open or short between Battery and ECM
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector.
ECM
+ – Voltage
1
M13 2
119
3
M14 114 After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will
M14
M13 2
120
3
M14 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
ECM relay
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
2
3
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

• 20A fuse (No.36)
EC
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III C
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector.
D
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E
1
M13 2
105
3 F
M14 114
M14 Battery voltage
1
G
M13 2
113
3
M14 114 H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 11. I
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. J
K
ECM ECM relay
Continuity
105 L
M14 E25 1 Existed
113
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12. N
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P
13.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI

ECM ECM relay

Continuity
119
M14 E25 5 Existed
120
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
OK >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
15.CHECK ECM RELAY
Refer to EC-774
OK >> GO TO 16.
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END

ECM RELAY
ing conditions.

3 and 5
PBIB0098E

wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eye- A
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-12, "Ground Distribution".
EC
PBIB1870E
G

communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
Trouble diagnosis
name
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN • Harness or connectors
U1000 CAN communication
communication signal of OBD (emission-related (CAN communication line is open or
1000 line
diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. shorted)

2. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0033GB
P
Go to LAN-38, "CAN Communication Signal Chart".

NOTE:
Trouble diagnosis
name
Crankshaft position - The correlation between crankshaft position sen-
P0016 • Crankshaft position sensor
camshaft position cor- sor signal and camshaft position sensor signal is
0016 • Timing chain
relation out of the normal range.
• Signal plate
NOTE:

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SPROCKET
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate or replace sprocket.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.
5.CHECK TIMING CHAIN
Refer to EM-146 , EM-153 and EM-115.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace timing chain.
Refer to EC-768.
A
>> INSPECTION END
EC

NOTE:
• Fuel pump
P0088 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the speci-
Fuel rail pressure too high • Fuel injector
0088 fied value.
NOTE:

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE FUEL INJECOR
tion".
>> INSPECTION END

4.CHECK FUEL PUMP
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
>> INSPECTION END

Refer to EC-768.
A
>> INSPECTION END
EC
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-117. C
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-122.
D

DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
NOTE:
• Fuel pump
P0089 • Air mixed with fuel
Fuel pump performance Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target value.
0089 • Lack of fuel
NOTE:

NOTE:
With CONSULT-III
7. Is 1st trip DTC detected again?
With GST
4. Select Service $04 with GST.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Perform EC-896, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".

DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. A
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
EC
1. Replace Fuel pump.
C
>> INSPECTION END
Refer to EC-768. D
>> INSPECTION END

E
FUEL PUMP F
Refer to EM-122.

NOTE:
• Fuel pump
ECM detects a fuel system leak. • Fuel rail
P0093 (The relation between the output voltage to the • Fuel pipe
Fuel system leak
0093 fuel pump and input voltage from the fuel rail • Fuel rail pressure relief valve
pressure sensor is out of the normal range.) • Air mixed with fuel
• Lack of fuel
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel system. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not
be confirmed.
NOTE:
• Make sure that there is no fire hazard near the vehicle.
• Before performing the following procedure, cool down engine.
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Check oil level.
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room.

WITH GST
2. Check oil level.
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room.
4. Select Service $1 mode with GST.


A
NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by EC
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT-III. D
With GST E
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. F
G
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
H
2. CHECK FUEL LINE FOR LEAK
1. Start engine.
2. Visually check the following for fuel leak. I
- Fuel tube from fuel pump to fuel rail
- Fuel rail
- Fuel tube from fuel rail to fuel injector
J
3. Also check for improper connection or pinches.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> Repair malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-785, "Component Inspection". L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace fuel rail. M
Refer to EC-768. N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. O
5.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-728, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing". P
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

With CONSULT-III
WARNING:
2. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve (1).
: Vehicle front

5. Select “PRES REGULATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST” with CON-
SULT-III.
6. Start engine and keep engine speed 2,000 rpm.
7. Raise fuel pressure to 180 MPa with touching “UP” or “Qu” on
the CONSULT-III screen.
8. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pres- ALBIA0567ZZ
sure relief valve.

WARNING:
• Be careful not to allow leaked fuel to contaminate engine compartment. Especially, ensure to
keep engine mount insulator clear of fuel.
• If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately.
Without CONSULT-III
WARNING:
2. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve (1).
: Vehicle front

4. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at
least 5 seconds.
sure relief valve.
WARNING:
ALBIA0567ZZ
compartment. Especially, ensure to keep engine mount
insulator clear of fuel.
• If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately.
FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-117.
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-122.

DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
A
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It EC
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the C
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The D
PBIA9559J E

Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Idle 1.3 - 1.8 V
MAS AIR/FL SE* H
to about 4,000 rpm)
I
J
If DTC P0101 is displayed with DTC P0403, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0403. Refer to EC-
867.
If DTC P0101 is displayed with DTC P0409, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0409. Refer to EC- K
880.
If DTC P0101 is displayed with DTC P0488, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0488. Refer to EC-
887.
L
(The sensor circuit is open or
M
shorted.)
P0101 Mass air flow sensor cir- Improper voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM • Mass air flow sensor
0101 cuit range/performance compared with the driving condition. • Intake air leaks N
• Air cleaner
• EGR volume control valve
O
CAUTION:
P
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III

4. Drive vehicle under the following condition.
CKPS·RPM Approx. 2800 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE 70 - 100 km/h (43 - 62 MPH)
Shift lever 4th position
5. Release accelerator pedal for at least 10 seconds.
Do not depress brake pedal during this procedure.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC
P
AABWA0035GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
(G) (B)
67 Sensor ground
— — —
73
(B)
105 0 - 1.0 V
(G) 114 switch OFF
113 (B)
(G) [Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
119
120 (B) (11 - 14 V)
(O)

1. Check air cleaner for clogging.
2. Check the following for connection and cracks.
- Air duct
- Vacuum hoses
- Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Reconnect or repair the parts.
ALBIA0578ZZ


: Vehicle front
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector. D
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0527ZZ
G

ground with CONSULT-III or tester. H

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
J
PBIB1597E
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K

• Harness connectors E11,M101
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM L

O
P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace mass sir flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
Refer to EC-768.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
12.REPLACE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
1. Replace the EGR volume control valve.
>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT-III

Condition MAS AIR/FL SE (V) A

1.3 - 1.8 EC
C
• Crushed air ducts D
E
F
9. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. G
Without CONSULT-III
H
ECM I
Connector
Terminal Terminal J
54 73 1.3 - 1.8 V
M13 temperature.) K
1.3 - 1.8 V to Ap-
prox. 4.0 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. L
• Crushed air ducts M
• Improper specification of intake air system parts N
5. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. P

Refer to EM-90.

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
PBIA9559J

Ignition switch: ON
Approximately 0.4 V
(Engine stopped)
Idle 1.3 - 1.8 V
MAS AIR/FL SE*
to about 4,000 rpm)
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0102 low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0103 high input sent to ECM. • Mass air flow sensor
NOTE:

EC
P
AABWA0035GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
(G) (B)
67 Sensor ground
— — —
73
(B)
0 - 1.0 V
114 switch OFF
(B)
113 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(G) (11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
119
120 (B) (11 - 14 V)
(O)

ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
A
: Vehicle front

EC
ALBIA0527ZZ
D
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB1597E

I
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
L
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

O
P


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END


With CONSULT-III
Condition MAS AIR/FL SE (V)

1.3 - 1.8
Without CONSULT-III

A
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal EC
M13
54 73
temperature.)
1.3 - 1.8 V C
1.3 - 1.8 V to Ap-
prox. 4.0 V*
D
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. E
• Improper specification of intake air system parts F
H
I
Refer to EM-90.
J

The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sen-
sor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a
signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the rise in temperature.
PBIA9559J
<Reference data>

[°C (°F)]
25 (77) 2.4 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.8 0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 55 (Intake
air temperature sensor) and 74 (sensor ground).
SEF012P
P0112 Intake air temperature sen- An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
P0113 Intake air temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0113 sor circuit high input sent to ECM. • Intake air temperature sensor
NOTE:

EC
AABWA0036GB
P


ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0527ZZ

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB2176E



OK or NG
EC
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
6.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR E
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END H
I
1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 1
and 2 under the following conditions. J

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 K
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
L
PBIA9559J
P
SEF012P

Refer to EM-90.


SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant tempera-

ture [°C (°F)]
−10 (14) 4.7 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.8 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.6 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 1.3 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 51 (Engine
SEF012P
coolant temperature sensor) and 70 (sensor ground).
P0117 Engine coolant temperature sen- An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
P0118 Engine coolant temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor ed.)
0118 sor circuit high input is sent to ECM. • Engine coolant temperature sensor
NOTE:

EC
AABWA0037GB
P


ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor (1) har-
ness connector.
: Vehicle front
- EGR volume control valve (1)

ALBIA0568ZZ
3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF193Z

4.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 70.


OK or NG
EC
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
6.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR E
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 7.
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END H
I
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. J
PBIB2005E
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) N

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
O
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
P
SEF012P

Refer to EM-169.


PBIB1741E

ACCEL POS SEN*

ACCEL SEN 2*

MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
NOTE:
shorted.)
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0038GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
67 Sensor ground
— — —
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 /
82 84
Crankshaft position sensor / EGR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5 V
(W) (R)
volume control valve control position
sensor)
— — —
(R) ground
— — —
(Y) ground

ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

connector.
EC
D
ALBIA0572ZZ
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in G
JMBIA1300ZZ H
I
J
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
L
Refer to Wiring Diagram. M

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
Refer to EC-768.

>> INSPECTION END

ECM

Accelerator pedal
M14
Accelerator pedal
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-5.

A
Fuel pump temperature sensor (1) is built in the fuel pump (2). The EC
sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel pump and calibrates
the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.
C
MBIB1751E E

FUEL TEMP SEN • Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F) G
H
P0182 Fuel pump temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0182 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short- I
P0183 Fuel pump temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0183 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM. • Fuel pump temperature sensor
J
NOTE:
K
L
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-814, "Diagnosis Procedure". M

AABWA0039GB


EC
ALBIA0578ZZ
D
E
: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
G
1. Disconnect fuel pump temperature sensor (1) harness connec-
tor.
- Fuel pump (2)
J
MBIB1751E
3. Check voltage between fuel pump temperature sensor terminal K

1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. M
PBIB2651E
N
Check the following
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 69.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
Check the following
Refer to EC-768.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-122.

A
The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor (1) is placed to the fuel rail. It EC
measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The sensor sends voltage
signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
The ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail by the inlet throt-
tling device. The ECM uses the signal from fuel rail pressure sensor C
as a feedback signal.
: Vehicle front D
ALBIA0528ZZ E
MONITOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up Idle 25 - 35 MPa G
ACT CR PRESS
• No load
H
NOTE: I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
P0192 Fuel rail pressure sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0192 circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
ed.) K
P0193 Fuel rail temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
0193 sor circuit high input sent to ECM. • Fuel rail temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003859577 L
NOTE:
M
N
O

AABWA0040GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running] EC
(W)
C
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5 V D
(R) (B) supply
67 Sensor ground
— — —
E
68
(B)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003859579 F

H
ALBIA0578ZZ
K
(View with air cleaner case removed) L
: Vehicle front
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N
1. Disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front O

P
ALBIA0528ZZ

3. Check voltage between fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 1 and
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
MBIB1292E
3.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 68.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 48, 49 and fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.

ECM A
EC
48
Idle 1.4 - 1.7 V
(Fuel rail pressure sensor signal) 68
M13
49 (Sensor ground)
2,000 rpm 1.7- 2.0 V C
(Fuel rail pressure sensor signal)
4. If the voltage is out of specification, disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and connect it
again. Then repeat above check.
D
5. If NG, replace fuel rail.
E
FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-117.
F

P0200 Fuel injector power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for the
• ECM
0200 circuit fuel injector is excessively high or low.
NOTE:
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
5. Is 1st trip DTC P0200 displayed again?
With GST
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
tion".
4. Perform EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning Value Clear. Refer to EC-728, "EGR Vol-
ume Control Valve Closed Position Learning Value Clear".
5. Perform EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-728, "EGR Volume Control
Valve Closed Position Learning".
>> INSPECTION END

A
needs. D
PBIB0465E E

P0202 No. 2 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM J
0202 circuit open through No. 2 cylinder fuel injector. • Harness or connectors
(The fuel injector circuit is open.)
P0203 No. 3 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM • Fuel injector
K
L
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at M
TESTING CONDITION
N
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-826, "Diagnosis Procedure". O

AABWA0041GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
rpm at idle
D
114 MBIB1295E
(B)
Approximately 8.0 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
MBIB1296E
Fuel injector No. 4
(Y)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
22
(R)
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1297E I
(B)
Fuel injector No. 2
(W)
J
[Engine is running]
Fuel injector No. 2
(O) K
MBIB1298E
40
L
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed M
NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 3
(BR) rpm at idle
N
114 MBIB1297E
(B)
(V)
[Engine is running]
P
43
Fuel injector No. 1
(SB)
MBIB1298E


: Vehicle front

Terminal
DTC Cylinder
P0201 4 1 No.1
P0202 5 1 No.2
P0203 4 1 No.3
P0204 5 1 No.4

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
Terminal
DTC Cylinder
ECM Fuel injector
P0201 42, 43 2 No.1
P0202 23, 24 2 No.2
P0203 40, 41 2 No.3
P0204 21, 22 2 No.4

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
der.

3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connectors. A
tion".
EC
9. Is DTC displayed for the other cylinder? C
With GST
NOTE: D
der.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector. E
tion". F
G
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 6.
H
2. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-727, "Injector Adjustment Value Registra- I
tion".
>> INSPECTION END J

Refer to EC-768.
K
>> INSPECTION END

L
FUEL INJECTOR
M
N
O
JMBIA1612ZZ
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-117.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
If DTC P0217 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-776.
Cooling Fan Control

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
Cooling fan
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Cooling fan relay
control
*: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, and air
conditioner ON signal. The control system has 2-step control [ON/OFF].
Cooling Fan Operation
JMBIA1437GB

engine ON
(Compressor operates)
• When cooling fan is stopped OFF
COOLING FAN* • When cooling fan operate low speed LOW
• When cooling fan operate low speed HI

MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
rise.
indicated.

(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- EC
• Cooling fan
heat).
• Cooling fan (Crankshaft driven)
• Radiator hose
P0217 Engine over temperature (Overheat).
• Radiator C
0217 (Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the system
• Radiator cap
using the proper filling method.
• Reservoir tank
• Engine coolant is not within the specified
• Water pump
range.
• Thermostat D
CAUTION: E
When a malfunction is indicated, always replace the coolant. Refer to CO-33, "Changing Engine Cool-
ant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Always use
coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-12, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio". F
G
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING: H
• Never remove a radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator and/or the reservoir tank.
• Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up I
WITH CONSULT-III
J
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-831, K
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-831, L
operates normally. M

N
5. Select “COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 100°C (212°F) by touching “Qu” and “UP” on CONSULT-III screen. O
7. Make sure that cooling fan operates.
If the results are NG, go to EC-831, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III P

operates normally.


EC
AABWA0060GB
P

2. Make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates normally.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
NG >> Check cooling fan (crankshaft driven). Refer to CO-38.
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “ENG COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 100°C (212°) by “Qu” and “UP” on CONSULT-III screen.
4. Make sure that cooling fan operate.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
pressure drops. Refer to CO-35.
• Radiator (1)
• SST (EG17650301) (A)
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check the following for leak. Refer to CO-26, "Trouble-
shooting Chart". ALBIA0570ZZ
• Hose
• Radiator
• Radiator cap
• Water pump
• Reservoir tank
5.CHECK COMPONENT PARTS
• Thermostat. Refer to CO-42, "Component".
• Engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-807, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
>> INSPECTION END

PROCEDURE A
1.CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay E66. A
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay terminals 2, 5 and
EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
D
JMBIA1642ZZ

• 10A fuse (No.13)
• 30A fusible link (letter d) F
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay and fuse
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay and fusible link G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.

3.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector (1).
2. Check harness continuity between the following.
cooling fan relay terminal 3 and cooling fan motor terminal 1. I
cooling fan motor terminal 2 and ground.
J
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 4. ALBIA0571ZZ
harness or connectors. L
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Disconnect triple-pressure switch harness connector. M
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay terminal 1 and triple-pressure switch terminal 2.
Check harness continuity between triple-pressure switch terminal 3 and ground.
N
O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
P
5.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT-II
1. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay terminal 1 and combination meter terminal 73.
Check harness continuity between triple-pressure switch terminal 2 and combination meter terminal 73.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay and combination meter
• Harness for open or short between triple-pressure switch and combination meter
7.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT-III
Check harness continuity between Combination Meter and ECM.
Refer to DI-19, "Terminal and Reference Value for Combination Meter".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair the main line between the ECM and combination meter.
8.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relay.
9.CHECK TRIPLE-PRESSURE SWITCH
Refer to MTC-44.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace triple-pressure switch.
10.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motor.
11.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Refer to DI-21, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace combination meter.
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END


OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking — EC
• Blocked bumper
C
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester MA-12.
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in See CO-32.
reservoir tank and radiator
filler neck
D
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester CO-35.
ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks See CO-35. E

ON* 2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-42.
ON*1 7 • Cooling fan (Motor driv- • CONSULT-III Operating See trouble diagnosis for F
en) DTC P0217 (EC-828).
• Cooling fan (Crankshaft Operating
ON*2 7
driven)
• Visual See CO-38.
G
ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when — H

gauge driving
• Coolant overflow to res- • Visual No overflow during driving See CO-33.
ervoir tank and idling
I
OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from res- • Visual Should be initial level in See CO-32.
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-165. J
12 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-180.
K
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. L
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003859600 M
COOLING FAN RELAY

1. Disconnect cooling fan relay harness connectors. N
check operation.
O
3 and 5 P
PBIB0098E
COOLING FAN MOTOR

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
check operation.
terminals
Cooling fan motor + –
1 2
Cooling fan motor should operate.
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
PBIB1834E

A
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end EC

C
PBIB1741E E
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V G

ACCEL POS SEN*

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) H
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000003859603 I

MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses. J
NOTE:
K
0222 sensor 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or L
shorted.)
M
NOTE: N
1. Turn ignition switch ON. O
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-839, "Diagnosis Procedure". P

AABWA0042GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
67 Sensor ground EC
— — —
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position sensor C
82 84
(W) (R)
position sensor)
[Ignition switch ON] D
(B) (R) 1 [Ignition switch ON] E
84 Accelerator pedal position sensor F
— — —
(R) 1 ground
G
(G) (Y) 2 H
92 Accelerator pedal position sensor I
— — —
(Y) 2 ground

J

L
ALBIA0578ZZ
O
(View with air cleaner case removed) P
: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
connector.
ALBIA0572ZZ

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
JMBIA1368ZZ


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 91 and APP sensor terminal 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END

A
EC
C
ECM
Connector Terminal Terminal D
Accelerator pedal
M14 E
Accelerator pedal
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly. F
G
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-5.
H

The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder

olution.
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing
revolution.
MBIB1323E

CKPS-RPM (TDC)
NOTE:
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detect by (The sensor circuit is open or short-
NOTE:

EC
AABWA0043GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 3.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle
46 65 MBIB0879E
(G) (Y)
Approximately 3.5 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0880E
65
(Y)
67 Sensor ground
— — —
Sensor power supply
82 65
(W) (Y)
position sensor)

ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
nector. A
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0575ZZ
D
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
MBIB1293E

I
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 65 and CKP sensor terminal 2. K

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. M
NG >> GO TO 5.
O
6.CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END


MBIB0647E

1 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or ∞
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0
2 (+) - 3 (-)
MBIB1385E

Refer to MT-50.

A
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder EC

olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. C
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing D
revolution.
MBIB1323E E

• Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the ta- G
CKPS·RPM (TDC) • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indi-
chometer indication.
cation.
NOTE:
If DTC P0336 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or I
J
(The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0336 Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the
ed.)
0336 circuit range/performance normal pattern when engine is running.
• Crankshaft position sensor K
• Signal plate

L
NOTE:
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N

AABWA0043GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
rpm at idle
D
46 65 MBIB0879E
(G) (Y)
Approximately 3.5 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
MBIB0880E
65 G
(Y)
67 Sensor ground
— — —
H
Sensor power supply
82 65
(W) (Y)
EGR volume control valve control I
position sensor)
J
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS K

Refer to EC-521, "Ground Inspection". L
O
ALBIA0578ZZ

4. Body ground E15 5. Power steering fluid reservoir 6. Body ground E24 P
: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.


nector.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0575ZZ

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
MBIB1293E

4.CHECK CKP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
6.CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART EC

C
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK GEAR TOOTH F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.
Refer to EC-768.
I
>> INSPECTION END
J
K
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping. L
MBIB0647E
O


1 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or ∞
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0
2 (+) - 3 (-)
MBIB1385E

Refer to MT-50.

A
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam- EC
ative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls C
nals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. D
change.
MBIB1323E E
F
NOTE:
P0653. Refer to EC-906. G
• Harness or connectors H
P0340 Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not detect by (The sensor circuit is open or short-
I
NOTE: J
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. K
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-855, "Diagnosis Procedure". L

AABWA0044GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
45 66 Camshaft position sensor power EC
(W) (B) supply
Approximately 4.7 V
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on D
rpm at idle
47 66 MBIB0877E
Camshaft position sensor E
(R) (B)
Approximately 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
F
G
MBIB0878E
66
(B)
H
67 Sensor ground
— — —
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) I

N
ALBIA0578ZZ
1. ECM 2. Body ground M70 3. Body ground M72 O

: Vehicle front
P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (1) harness con-
nector.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0584ZZ

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
MBIB1293E
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END

A
EC
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping. C
MBIB0647E
F

G
1 (+) - 2 (-)
3 (+) - 1 (-) Except 0 or ∞ H
3 (+) - 2 (-)
6. If NG, replace camshaft position sensor. I
MBIB1385E

J

Refer to EM-132. K

The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam-
ative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls
nals.
MBIB1323E
change.
NOTE:
• Harness connectors
(The sensor circuit is opener shorted.)
P0341 Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not in the nor- • Camshaft position sensor
0341 circuit range/performance mal pattern when engine is running. • Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Signal plate
NOTE:

EC
AABWA0044GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
(W) (B) supply
Approximately 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle
47 66 MBIB0877E
(R) (B)
Approximately 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0878E
66
(B)
67 Sensor ground
— — —

Turn ignition switch to START position.

Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-8.)
ALBIA0578ZZ


: Vehicle front
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (1) harness con- D
nector.
: Vehicle front
E
ALBIA0584ZZ
G

CONSULT-III or tester. H
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 4.
harness or connectors. J
MBIB1293E
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and CMP sensor terminal 2. L

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
N
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CMP sensor terminal 1. O
Continuity should exist. P

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXHAUST)
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (left side) (1)
rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft (left side) rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
MBIB1291E

Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END


MBIB0647E

1 (+) - 2 (-)
3 (+) - 1 (-) Except 0 or ∞
3 (+) - 2 (-)
MBIB1385E

Refer to EM-132.

A
EC
An excessively low voltage is sent to ECM (The glow relay circuit is open or
C
through glow relay. shorted.)
P0380 • Glow relay
Glow relay circuit
0380 • Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage is sent to ECM (The glow relay circuit is short- D
through glow relay. ed.)
• Glow relay

E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
2. Wait at least 5 seconds. G
H

AABWA0052GB


2. Disconnect glow relay (1).
A
: Vehicle front
EC
ALBIA0585ZZ
D
3. Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 5 and ground
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. F
NG >> GO TO 2.
G
JMBIA1611ZZ

H
• 60A fusible link (letter b)
• Harness for open and short between glow relay and battery
I
3.CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND J

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. M
Check the following. N
• Harness for open and short between glow relay and ECM
O
5.CHECK GLOW RELAY
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
Refer to EC-768.

>> INSPECTION END

GLOW RELAY
Check continuity between glow relay terminals 3 and 5 under the fol-
lowing conditions.
12V direct current supply between termi-
Yes
nals 1 and 2
PBIB0428E

DTC P0403 EGR SYSTEM
A

D
EGR volume control
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume control E
valve
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation*
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
F
Barometric pressure sensor Barometric pressure
EGR volume control valve control position EGR volume control valve control po-
sensor sition
G
This system controls the flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the
EGR passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the EGR flow rate. A built-in DC motor
moves the valve continuously corresponding to the ECM output signal. The EGR volume control valve control H
position sensor detects the valve position and sends the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the cur-
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals and the ECM controls the DC motor to make the valve open-
ing angle properly. I
The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is deter-
mined by considering various engine conditions.
J
• Engine stopped
• Engine starting
• Excessively high engine coolant temperature K
• High engine speed
L
JMBIA1369GB
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION O

The EGR volume control valve consists of valve, actuator and posi-
tion sensor, etc. The valve is installed in EGR passage, and oper-
ated by the actuator according to the output signal of the ECM. The
actuator used DC motor and it opens or closes the valve to change
the EGR flow rate.
The EGR volume control valve control position sensor consists of a
permanent magnet and Hall IC. It senses the valve shaft movement
and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM.The ECM judges the cur-
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the
DC motor to make the valve opening angle in response to driving
conditions.
MBIB1780E

NOTE:
(The EGR volume control valve
P0403 EGR volume control valve Excessively high duty voltage signal is circuit is open or shorted.)
0403 stuck sent to the valve for the specified time. • EGR volume control valve stuck
closed
• EGR passage clogged
NOTE:
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.

EC
AABWA0053GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
1.0 - 2.0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
(O) (B) • For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF.
MBIB1783E
1.0 - 2.0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
switch OFF.
MBIB1783E

— — —
(SB) position sensor ground
(P) (SB) position sensor • For a few seconds after turning ignition
0 V.
switch OFF.
Sensor power supply
82 77
(W) (SB)
position sensor)

ALBIA0578ZZ


: Vehicle front
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
: Vehicle front
E
G
ALBIA0529ZZ
4. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve terminal 3 H

I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. J
JMBIA1641ZZ
K
• Harness connectors E225, M103 L
• Harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and ECM
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT N
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 77 and EGR volume control valve terminal 4.

P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

6.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7 2
8 1

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
10.CHECK EGR PASSAGE
Check the following for clogging and cracks.
• EGR tube
• EGR hose
• EGR cooler
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace EGR passage.
Refer to EC-768.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. A
EC
C
>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000003859650 D

Refer to EM-93. E

DTC P0405, P0406 EGR SENSOR
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

EGR volume control
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume control
valve
sensor sition
moves the valve continuously corresponding to the ECM output signal. The EGR volume control valve control
ing angle properly.
• Engine stopped
• Engine starting
JMBIA1369GB

tion sensor, etc. The valve is installed in EGR passage, and oper- A
the EGR flow rate.
EC
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the C
conditions.
MBIB1780E
D

E
F
G
NOTE:
If DTC P0405, P0406 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0642 or P0643. Refer to EC-901. H
EGR volume control valve
P0405 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors I
control position sensor circuit
0405 sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
low input
ed.)
EGR volume control valve • EGR volume control valve control po-
P0406 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is J
control position sensor circuit sition sensor
0406 sent to ECM.
high input

K
NOTE:
M
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-877, "Diagnosis Procedure". N

AABWA0055GB

TERMINAL NO. Description Value A

(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
1.0 - 2.0 V EC
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch OFF] C
(OR) (B) • For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF.
D
MBIB1783E
E
1.0 - 2.0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V) F
switch OFF. G
MBIB1783E
H

— — —
I
0 V.
switch OFF. J
Sensor power supply
82 77
(W) (SB) K
position sensor)
L
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS M

Refer to EC-521, "Ground Inspection". N
ALBIA0578ZZ


: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0529ZZ
4. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve terminal 3

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
JMBIA1641ZZ

OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

• Harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and ECM A
6.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR EC
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 81 and EGR volume control valve terminal 5. C

D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. E
NG >> GO TO 7.
Check the following. F
G
Refer to EC-768.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. I
J
K
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000003859657 L

Refer to EM-93. M

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

EGR volume control
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume control
valve
sensor sition
moves the valve continuously corresponding to the ECM output signal. The EGR volume control valve control
ing angle properly.
• Engine stopped
• Engine starting
JMBIA1369GB

tion sensor, etc. The valve is installed in EGR passage, and oper- A
the EGR flow rate.
EC
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the C
conditions.
MBIB1780E
D

E
F
G
NOTE:
P0643. Refer to EC-901. H
I
P0409 EGR volume control valve does The characteristic of EGR volume con- (EGR volume control valve circuit
0409 not operate properly. trol valve is not in the specified range. is open or shorted.)
J
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at K
WITH CONSULT-III
L
3. Confirm that engine coolant temperature is more than 81°C (178°F). M
6. Check 1st trip DTC. N
WITH GST O

AABWA0053GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
1.0 - 2.0 V EC
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch OFF] C
switch OFF.
D
MBIB1783E
E
1.0 - 2.0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V) F
switch OFF. G
MBIB1783E
H

— — —
I
0 V.
switch OFF. J
Sensor power supply
82 77
(W) (SB) K
position sensor)
L
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS M

Refer to EC-521, "Ground Inspection". N
ALBIA0578ZZ


: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0529ZZ
4. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve terminal 3

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
JMBIA1641ZZ

OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

• Harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and ECM A
6.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR EC
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 81 and EGR volume control valve terminal 5. C

D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. E
NG >> GO TO 7.
Check the following. F
G
8.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H
I
7 2
8 1 J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. L
NG >> GO TO 9.
Check the following. M
N
Refer to EC-768.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. P

>> INSPECTION END

Refer to EM-93.

A

D
EGR volume control
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume control E
valve
F
sensor sition
G
moves the valve continuously corresponding to the ECM output signal. The EGR volume control valve control H
ing angle properly. I
J
• Engine stopped
• Engine starting
• Excessively high engine coolant temperature K
L
JMBIA1369GB
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION O

tion sensor, etc. The valve is installed in EGR passage, and oper-
the EGR flow rate.
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the
conditions.
MBIB1780E

NOTE:
The ECM internal circuit for driving the
(The EGR volume control valve
P0488 EGR driving circuit does not EGR volume control valve does not
circuit is shorted.)
0488 function properly. function properly due to high tempera-
ture or excessive current.
• ECM
NOTE:

EC
AABWA0054GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
1.0 - 2.0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
switch OFF.
MBIB1783E
1.0 - 2.0 V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
switch OFF.
MBIB1783E

— — —
0 V.
switch OFF.
Sensor power supply
82 77
(W) (SB)
position sensor)

ALBIA0578ZZ


: Vehicle front
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve (1) harness connector. D
: Vehicle front
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR vol-
ume control valve terminals as follows.
F

7 2 ALBIA0529ZZ
G
8 1

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J
Refer to EC-768.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
4.REPLACE EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE L
M
>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000003859671 N

Refer to EM-93. O


MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
• Battery
P0563 An excessively high voltage from the battery is • Battery terminal
Battery voltage high
0563 sent to ECM. • Alternator
• Incorrect jump starting
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.
1.INSPECTION START
Are jumper cables connected for the jump starting?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR
Check that the proper type of battery and type of alternator are installed.
Refer to SC-4 and SC-17.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace with a proper one.
3.CHECK JUMPER CABLES INSTALLATION
Check that the jumper cables are connected in the correct sequence.
SEF439Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Reconnect jumper cables properly.
4.CHECK BATTERY FOR BOOSTER
Check that the battery for the booster is a 12 V battery.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

NG >> Change the vehicle for booster.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN A
With CONSULT-III
5. Is DTC P0563 displayed again? C
With GST
2. Select Service $04 with GST. D
Yes or No E
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 7.
6.REPLACE ECM F
1. Replace ECM.
tion". G
ume Control Valve Closed Position Learning Value Clear". H
I
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK ELECTRICAL PARTS DAMAGE
Check the following for damage. J
• Wiring harness and harness connectors for burn
• Fuses for short
OK or NG K
L

DTC P0606 ECM
DTC P0606 ECM
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

MBIB0625E
P0606 Engine control module
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. • ECM
0606 (Processor)
NOTE:
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
With GST
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
tion".

DTC P0606 ECM
Valve Closed Position Learning". A
>> INSPECTION END

EC


PUMP CURRENT
• No load
P0628 Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is • Harness or connectors
0628 low input open or short to ground. (The fuel pump circuit is open or
P0629 Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is shorted.)
0629 high input short to power. • Fuel pump
NOTE:

EC
AABWA0045GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 5.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
10 114 MBIB0885E
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0886E
Approximately 0.3 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
29 114 MBIB0887E
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
Approximately 0.3 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0888E

2. Disconnect fuel pump (2) harness connector.
pump terminal 1.

OK or NG
MBIB1751E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

A
C
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

• Harness for open or short between fuel pump and ECM F
G
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE FUEL PUMP I

2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-728, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing". J
>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
Refer to EC-768.
L
>> INSPECTION END
M
FUEL PUMP
2. Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2. N

O
JMBIA1643ZZ

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-122.

A
EC
P0642 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source for sen- • Harness or connectors
0642 cuit low sor is excessively low. (The APP sensor 1 power supply cir-
C
cuit is shorted.)
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is
shorted.)
(EGR volume control valve control D
P0643 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source for Sen- position sensor circuit is shorted.)
0643 cuit high sor is excessively high. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
• Crankshaft position sensor E
• EGR volume control valve control po-
sition sensor

F
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at G
2. Wait at least 5 seconds. H
I

AABWA0046GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
67 Sensor ground EC
— — —
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 / C
82 84
Crankshaft position sensor / EGR vol- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5 V
(W) (R)
ume control valve control position
sensor)
[Ignition switch ON] D
(B) (R) [Ignition switch ON] E
84 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 F
— — —
(R) ground
G
(G) (Y)
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 H
92 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 I
— — —
(Y) ground

J
L
ALBIA0578ZZ
O
(View with air cleaner case removed) P
: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
connector.
ALBIA0572ZZ

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.
JMBIA1300ZZ
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

APP sensor terminal 4 EC-902
82 Crankshaft position sensor terminal 3 EC-843
EGR volume control valve terminal 3 EC-876
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
Refer to EC-768.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

A
>> INSPECTION END
EC

P0652 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source • Harness or connectors
0652 cuit low for sensor is excessively low. (APP sensor 2 power supply circuit is shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
P0653 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source • Accelerator pedal position sensor
0653 cuit high for Sensor is excessively high. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
NOTE:

EC
AABWA0047GB

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
(W) (B) supply
(R) (B) supply
67 Sensor ground
— — —
Sensor power supply
82 84
(W) (R)
position sensor)
— — —
(R) 1 ground
• Engine: Stopped 1.85 - 2.4
— — —
(Y) 2 ground

ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front
OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. A
EC
connector.
ALBIA0572ZZ
E

F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.
H
JMBIA1368ZZ
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS I

Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
J
90 APP sensor terminal 6 EC-907
K
45 Camshaft position sensor terminal 3 EC-854
63 Fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 1 EC-818
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS M

• Camshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-857, "Component Inspection".)
N
• Fuel rail pressure sensor (Refer to EC-820, "Component Inspection".)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
O
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
Refer to EC-768.

>> INSPECTION END

A

MBIB0625E E
F
P0668 ECM internal temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0668 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. G
• ECM
P0669 ECM internal temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
0669 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.
H
NOTE:
2. Wait at least 5 seconds. J
K
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III. M
5. Is 1st trip DTC P0668 or P0669 displayed again? N
With GST
3. Perform EC-911, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again. O
4. Is 1st trip DTC P0668 or P0669 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. P
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
tion".

>> INSPECTION END

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
A
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. EC

C
P0686 ECM detects ECM relay is stuck closed even if ig-
ECM relay circuit (The ECM relay circuit is shorted.)
0686 nition switch OFF.
• ECM relay
D
NOTE: E
F
4. Check DTC. G

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
AABWA0048GB

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
0 - 1.0 V
114 switch OFF
(B) C
113 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(G) (11 - 14 V)
ignition switch OFF
107 D
108 (B) (11 - 14 V)
(L) E
119
120 (B) (11 - 14 V)
(O) F
G
1.CHECK ECM RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. H
ECM
+ – Voltage
I
1 J
M13 2
119
3
M14 114 K
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will
M14
M13 2
120 L
3
M14 114
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM RELAY SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND N
O
ECM relay
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
2 P
3
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
• 20A fuse (No.36)
4.CHECK ECM RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait at least 10 seconds.
ECM
+ − Voltage
1
M13 2
105
3
M14 114
M14 Battery voltage
1
M13 2
113
3
M14 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ECM RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
ECM ECM relay

Continuity
105
M14 E25 1 Existed
113
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
7.CHECK ECM RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
ECM ECM relay A

Continuity
119
120
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

F
9.CHECK ECM RELAY
Refer to EC-774
G
OK >> GO TO 10.
Refer to EC-768.
OK or NG I
OK >> Replace ECM relay.
J
ECM RELAY
K
ing conditions.
L

12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed M
3 and 5
N
PBIB0098E

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
needs.
PBIB0465E


The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
P1268
1268
not energized.
1269 (The fuel pump circuit is open or
not energized.
shorted.)
The valve built into No. 3 cylinder fuel injector is not • Fuel injector
P1270
No. 3 cylinder fuel injector closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is • Injector adjustment value
1270
not energized.
P1271
1271
not energized.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
2. Check DTC.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.

CKPS·RPM 700 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained) A

COOLAN TEMP/S Less than 75°C (167°F)
EC
5. Check DTC.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-922, "Diagnosis Procedure". C
WITH GST
D

AABWA0050GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
rpm at idle
D
114 MBIB1295E
(B)
Approximately 8.0 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
MBIB1296E
Fuel injector No. 4
(Y)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
22
(R)
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1297E I
(B)
Fuel injector No. 2
(W)
J
[Engine is running]
Fuel injector No. 2
(O) K
MBIB1298E
40
L
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed M
NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 3
(BR) rpm at idle
N
114 MBIB1297E
(B)
(V)
[Engine is running]
P
43
Fuel injector No. 1
(SB)
MBIB1298E



each fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
istration".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
: Vehicle front

sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
Terminal
DTC Cylinder
P1268 4 1 No.1
P1269 5 1 No.2
P1270 4 1 No.3
P1271 5 1 No.4

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
1. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.
Terminal
DTC Cylinder
ECM Fuel injector
P1268 42, 43 2 No.1
P1269 23, 24 2 No.2
P1270 40, 41 2 No.3
P1271 21, 22 2 No.4

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6.
C
With CONSULT-III
1. Remove two fuel injectors. D
NOTE:
der. E
5. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-727, "Injector Adjustment Value Registra- F
tion".
7. Touch “ERASE”. G
With GST H
NOTE:
der. I
4. Turn ignition switch ON. J
tion".
7. Perform EC-918, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". K
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6. L
No >> GO TO 7.
6.REPLACE FUEL INJECTOR M
tion".
N
>> INSPECTION END

Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END P
FUEL INJECTOR


JMBIA1612ZZ
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-117.

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
A
When the fuel pressure in fuel rail increases to excessively high, fuel EC
pressure relief valve (1) opens to carry excess fuel to the return
hose.
: Vehicle front C
ALBIA0567ZZ E

• Engine: After warming up Idle 1,600 - 2,000 mA G
PUMP CURRENT
• No load
H
NOTE: I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
(Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
Fuel rail pressure relief valve is open be-
P1272 Fuel rail pressure relief • Fuel pump K
cause of fuel pressure control system mal-
1272 valve open • Fuel rail pressure sensor
function.
• Lack of fuel
L
NOTE: M
1. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds, then release the acceler-
ator pedal. N
O

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
AABWA0045GB

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
D
10 114 MBIB0885E
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
MBIB0886E
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
29 114 MBIB0887E I
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
Approximately 0.3 V
J
[Engine is running]
K
MBIB0888E
1.PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING M

NOTE:
performing following procedure. N
With CONSULT-III
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-728, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing". O
P
With GST

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
connector.
pump terminal 1.

OK or NG
MBIB1751E
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
>> INSPECTION END

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
8.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. EC
C
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END D

FUEL PUMP E
F
G
JMBIA1643ZZ
I
FUEL RAIL J
Refer to EM-117.
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-122. K

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel pump increases, the fuel raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,

PUMP CURRENT
• No load
NOTE:
(The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
P1273 ECM detects the abnormal pulse of fuel • Fuel pump
Fuel pump insufficient flow
1273 pressure. • Injector adjustment value
• Lack of fuel
NOTE:

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
EC
AABWA0045GB
P

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 5.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
10 114 MBIB0885E
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0886E
Approximately 0.3 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
29 114 MBIB0887E
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
Approximately 0.3 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0888E


each fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
istration".
NOTE:

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
With CONSULT-III
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT-III. EC
With GST C
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. D
E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
F
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump (2) harness G
connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel H
pump terminal 1.
Continuity should exist. I

OK or NG J
MBIB1751E
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K
• Harness for open or short between fuel pump temperature sensor and ECM L
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
N
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. P

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
>> INSPECTION END

Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PUMP

JMBIA1643ZZ
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-122.

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
A
C

D
PUMP CURRENT
• No load
F

NOTE: G
H
1274
Fuel pump protection
target value. • Fuel pump I

J
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K
1. Tuning ignition switch ON.
2. Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
L
3. Check DTC.
M

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
AABWA0045GB

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
D
10 114 MBIB0885E
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
MBIB0886E
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
29 114 MBIB0887E I
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
Approximately 0.3 V
J
[Engine is running]
K
MBIB0888E
1.CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M

connector. N
pump terminal 1. O

P
OK or NG
MBIB1751E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
>> INSPECTION END

Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PUMP

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
A
EC
JMBIA1643ZZ
D
FUEL PUMP E
Refer to EM-122.

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to fuel

PUMP CURRENT
• No load

NOTE:
Fuel pump exchange
1275 target value. • Fuel pump
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
EC
AABWA0045GB
P

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 5.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
10 114 MBIB0885E
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0886E
Approximately 0.3 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
29 114 MBIB0887E
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
Approximately 0.3 V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0888E

connector.
pump terminal 1.

OK or NG
MBIB1751E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
• Harness for open or short between fuel pump temperature sensor and ECM A
C
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. E

Refer to EC-820, "Component Inspection". H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace fuel rail. I
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. K
7.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. Refer to EC-728, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing". L
>> INSPECTION END

M
Refer to EC-768.
N
>> INSPECTION END
O
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector. P

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP

JMBIA1643ZZ
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-122.

A
Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injec- EC
tor.The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control.
two values.
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM C
AWBIA0613ZZ
G

H
I
• Injector adjustment value
P1622 Injector adjustment value (Injector adjustment value has not
Injector adjustment value is not stored in ECM. J
1622 data uninput been written onto ECM memory yet,
or the value has been initialized.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003859746 K
NOTE:
L
M
3. Check DTC.
N

O
>> INSPECTION END

P

two values.
AWBIA0613ZZ

• CONSULT-III communication status
(The status of CONSULT-III communica-
P1623 Injector adjustment value ECM detects the abnormal value of injector
tion becomes improper during Injector
1623 data error adjustment value.
Adjustment Value Registration.)
• ECM
NOTE:
This DTC is not detected when injector adjustment value (not correct but existent) is stored in ECM.
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.


each fuel injector.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. A
NG >> GO TO 2.
EC
NOTE:
When two or more injector adjustment value are improper, it is useful to perform “INJ ADJ VAL CLR” in
“WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. And then perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. C
>> GO TO 3.
D
With CONSULT-III
1. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III. E
4. Is DTC P1623 displayed again? F
With GST
3. Is DTC P1623 displayed again? G
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4. H
4.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. I
tion".
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-728, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing". J
Valve Closed Position Learning". K
>> INSPECTION END

L


PBIB1741E

ACCEL POS SEN*

ACCEL SEN 2*
*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

NOTE:
The correlation between APP sensor 1 (The APP sensor circuit is open or
P2135 Accelerator pedal position sensor
signal and APP sensor 2 signal is out of shorted.)
2135 1, 2 signal correlation
the normal range. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
3. Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then release it slowly spending 5 seconds.
4. Check DTC.

EC
AABWA0049GB
P

TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
67 Sensor ground
— — —
Sensor power supply
82 84
(W) (R)
position sensor)
— — —
(R) 1 ground
— — —
(Y) 2 ground

ALBIA0578ZZ

: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

connector.
EC
D
ALBIA0572ZZ
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminals 4, 6 and ground E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in G
JMBIA1370ZZ H
3.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
I
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminals 1 and ECM terminal 84, APP sensor terminal 3
and ECM terminal 92.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L
4.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 5, ECM terminal 91 and M
N
OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END


ECM

Accelerator pedal
M14
Accelerator pedal
ACCELERATOR PEDAL

A
needs. D
PBIB0465E E

P2146 No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injec- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
2146 tor power supply circuit open through No. 1 and 3 cylinder fuel injector. • Harness or connectors
P2149 No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injec- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The fuel injector circuit is open.) J
2149 tor power supply circuit open through No. 2 and 4 cylinder fuel injector.

K
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION
M
N

AABWA0050GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
rpm at idle
D
114 MBIB1295E
(B)
Approximately 8.0 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
MBIB1296E
Fuel injector No. 4
(Y)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
22
(R)
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1297E I
(B)
Fuel injector No. 2
(W)
J
[Engine is running]
Fuel injector No. 2
(O) K
MBIB1298E
40
L
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed M
NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 3
(BR) rpm at idle
N
114 MBIB1297E
(B)
(V)
[Engine is running]
P
43
Fuel injector No. 1
(SB)
MBIB1298E


: Vehicle front

Terminal
Cylinder
4 1 No.1
5 1 No.2
4 1 No.3
5 1 No.4

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END

A
needs. D
PBIB0465E E

P2147 Fuel injector circuit low in- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to
2147 put ground. • Harness or connectors
P2148 Fuel injector circuit high in- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to (The fuel injector circuit is shorted.) J
2148 put power.

K
NOTE:
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-960, "Diagnosis Procedure". M

AABWA0041GB

TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
rpm at idle
D
114 MBIB1295E
(B)
Approximately 8.0 V
E
[Engine is running]
F
MBIB1296E
Fuel injector No. 4
(Y)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
22
(R)
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1297E I
(B)
Fuel injector No. 2
(W)
J
[Engine is running]
Fuel injector No. 2
(O) K
MBIB1298E
40
L
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed M
NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 3
(BR) rpm at idle
N
114 MBIB1297E
(B)
(V)
[Engine is running]
P
43
Fuel injector No. 1
(SB)
MBIB1298E

1.CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT

: Vehicle front

Terminal
Cylinder Continuity
Fuel injector ECM ALBIA0569ZZ

1
4 Should exist
No.1
42, 43 Should exist
2
4 Should not exist
1
5 Should exist
No.2
23, 24 Should exist
2
5 Should not exist
1
4 Should exist
No.3
40, 41 Should exist
2
4 Should not exist
1
5 Should exist
No.4
21, 22 Should exist
2
5 Should not exist
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
Refer to EC-961, "Removal and Installation".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
tion".
>> INSPECTION END

Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END

A
FUEL INJECTOR
EC

C
E
JMBIA1612ZZ
F
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-117.
G

The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor

detects ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to
the microcomputer.
MBIB0625E
P2228 Barometric pressure sen- An excessively low voltage from the barometric
2228 sor circuit low input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.
• ECM
P2229 Barometric pressure sen- An excessively high voltage from the barometric
2229 sor circuit high input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.
NOTE:
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
With GST
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
tion".

ume Control Valve Closed Position Learning Value Clear". A
EC
>> INSPECTION END

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed Glow lamp
Glow control Glow relay
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Glow plugs
When engine coolant temperature is more than approximately 80°C (176°F), the glow relay turns off.
When coolant temperature is lower than approximately 80°C (176°F):
• Ignition switch ON
After ignition switch has turned to ON, the glow relay turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to
engine coolant temperature, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
• Cranking
The glow relay turns ON, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
• Starting
After engine has started, current continues to flow through glow plug (after-glow mode) for a certain period in
relation to engine coolant temperature.
The glow indicator lamp turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to engine coolant temperature at the
time glow relay is turned ON.
Glow Plug
The glow plug is provided with a ceramic heating element to obtain a
high-temperature resistance. It glows in response to a signal sent
from the ECM, allowing current to flow through the glow plug via the
glow relay.
SEF376Y

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
EC
AABWA0051GB
P
1.INSPECTION START
Check fuel level, fuel supplying system, starter motor, etc.
OK or NG

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Correct.
2.CHECK INSTALLATION
Check that glow plug nut (2) and all glow plug connecting plate (1)
nuts are installed properly.
: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Install properly.
ALBIA0532ZZ
3.CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION

With CONSULT-III
3. Confirm that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates below 80°C (176°F). If it indicates above 80°C (176°F), cool
down engine.
Without CONSULT-III
ECM
+ −
Connector
Terminal Terminal
51 70
M13
2. Confirm that the voltage indicates above 1.23 V. If it indicates below 1.23 V, cool down engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
2. Confirm that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates approximately 25°C (77°F). If NG, cool down engine.

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
the following conditions. A
: Vehicle front
EC
Conditions Voltage
For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON Battery voltage
C
Approx. 0 V
ON
ALBIA0531ZZ
D
Without CONSULT-III
E
ECM
+ −
Connector F
Terminal Terminal
51 70
M13
G
2. Confirm that the voltage indicates approximately 3.59 V. If NG, cool down engine.
the following conditions. I
: Vehicle front
J
Conditions Voltage
For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON Battery voltage K
Approx. 0 V
ON
ALBIA0531ZZ
L
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7. M
5.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 is not displayed. N
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, refer to EC-776.
No >> GO TO 6. O
6.CHECK COMBINATON METER OPERATION
Does combination meter operate normally?
P
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 15.
No >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-7.

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
2. Disconnect glow relay (1) harness connector.
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0585ZZ
3. Check voltage between glow relay terminals 1, 5 and ground


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
JMBIA1611ZZ

• 60 A fusible link (letter b)
• Harness for open or short between glow relay and battery

9.CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
• Harness for open or short between glow relay and ECM
11.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW RELAY AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Disconnect glow plug harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between glow relay terminal 3 and glow plug harness connector.


GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. A
NG >> GO TO 12.
EC
• Harness for open or short between glow relay and glow plug
C
13.CHECK GLOW RELAY D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. E
14.CHECK GLOW PLUG F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. G
NG >> Replace glow plug.
H
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END I

GLOW RELAY J
Check continuity between glow relay terminals (3) and (5) under the
following conditions.
K
12 V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals (1) and (2) L
M
PBIB0428E
GLOW PLUG N
1. Remove glow plug connecting plate (1).
: Vehicle front O
2. Check glow plug resistance.
Resistance: Approximately 0.8 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] P

NOTE:
• Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped,
replace glow plug with a new one.
• If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or ALBIA0530ZZ
higher, replace with a new one.

• If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with carbon, remove it with a reamer or suitable
tool.
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
• Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times, then tighten using a tool to specified
torque.
: 20.1 N-m (2.1 kg-m, 15 ft-lb)
GLOW PLUG
Refer to EM-114.

HEAT UP SWITCH
HEAT UP SWITCH
A
The heat up switch (1) is located on the lower side of the instrument EC
panel. This switch is used to speed up the heater's operation when
the engine is cold. When the ECM received the heat up switch ON
signal, the ECM increases the engine idle speed to 1,400 rpm to
warm up engine quickly. C
This system works when all conditions listed below are met.
Heat up switch ON D
Shift lever Neutral
Accelerator pedal Fully released ALBIA0535ZZ E

Heat up switch: OFF OFF G

HEAT UP SWITCH
AABWA0056GB

HEAT UP SWITCH
TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 0 V
Heat up switch
• Heat up switch: ON (11 - 14V) C
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I D
With CONSULT-III
2. Check “WARM UP SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.
CONDITION WARM UP SW F
G
Without CONSULT-III
H
ECM
I
1
ON Battery voltage
M13 2 J
M13 13 Heat up switch
3
OFF Approx. 0 V
M14 114
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3. L
Check indicator in the heat up switch under the following condition.
M
N
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END O
NG >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
P
1. Turn heat up switch OFF.

HEAT UP SWITCH
3. Disconnect heat up switch (1) harness connector.
ALBIA0535ZZ
5. Check voltage between heat up switch terminal 5 and ground


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
JMBIA1613ZZ

• 10 A fuse (No. 11)
• Harness for open or short between heat up switch and fuse
5.CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and heat up switch terminal 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6.
7.CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH INDICATOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between heat up switch terminal 6 and ground.


HEAT UP SWITCH
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. A
NG >> GO TO 8.
EC
C
9.CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. E
NG >> Replace heat up switch.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END G

H
HEAT UP SWITCH
2. Disconnect heat up switch harness connector. I
3. Check continuity between heat up switch terminals 2 and 5
J
CONDITION CONTINUITY
Heat up switch: ON Should exist K
L
JMBIA1614ZZ
5. Check continuity between heat up switch terminals 5 and 6 M

CONDITION CONTINUITY N
O
JMBIA1615ZZ P

BRAKE SWITCH
BRAKE SWITCH
STOP LAMP SWITCH

The stop lamp switch (1) is installed to brake pedal bracket. The
switch senses brake pedal position and sends an ON-OFF signal to
the ECM. The ECM uses the signal to control the fuel injection con-
trol system.
JMBIA1428ZZ
BRAKE SW Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

BRAKE SWITCH
EC
AABWA0058GB
P

BRAKE SWITCH
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 0 V
Stop lamp switch

With CONSULT-III
2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW” indication under the following conditions.
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
+ −
Condition Voltage
1
Slightly depressed Battery voltage
M13 2
M14 100 Brake pedal
3
Fully released Approx. 0 V
M14 114
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch (1) harness connector.
JMBIA1428ZZ

BRAKE SWITCH
3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester. A

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
C
PBIB0117E

• 10 A fuse (No. 2)
E
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
F
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. I
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. K
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
L
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END M

STOP LAMP SWITCH N

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions. O
P
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-6, and
perform step 2 again.
PBIB0118E

PNP SWITCH
PNP SWITCH
When the gear position is in Neutral, park/neutral position is ON. ECM detects the position because the conti-
nuity of the line (the “ON” signal) exists.

Shift lever: Except above OFF

PNP SWITCH
EC
AABWA0059GB
P

PNP SWITCH
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 0 V

With CONSULT-III
3. Check “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.
Shift lever position P/N POSI SW

Neutral position ON
Except the above position OFF
Without CONSULT-III
ECM
1
Neutral Approx. 0 V
M13 2
M14 110 Shift lever
3
Except above Battery voltage
M14 114
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
AWBIA0614ZZ
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

(2-wheel drive model) (4-wheel drive model)
: Vehicle front

PNP SWITCH

4. Also check harness for short to power. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. C
E
4.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
G
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

• Harness connectors M103, E225 J
• Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
6.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to MT-48.
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace park/neutral position switch.
M
Refer to EC-768.
N
>> INSPECTION END

START SIGNAL
START SIGNAL
AABWA0061GB

START SIGNAL
TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0 V EC
99 114
(11 - 14 V)
C
D
1.CHECK START SIGNAL OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
Condition START SIGNAL F

Ignition switch: ON OFF
Ignition switch: START ON
G
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. H
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage I
1
ON Approx. 0 V J
M13 2
M14 99 Ignition switch
3
START Battery voltage
M14 114 K
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and ignition switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and ignition switch terminal R.
N
O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
P
• 10 A fuse (No. 20)
• Fuse block (J/B) connectors M44
• Ignition switch harness connector M47
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fusible link

START SIGNAL
Refer to EC-768.
>> INSPECTION END

A
EC
P
AABWA0062GB

General Specification INFOID:0000000003859800
Target idle speed No load* (in Neutral position) 750 ± 25 rpm

Air conditioner: ON In Neutral position 800 rpm or more
Maximum engine speed 4,900 rpm
*: Under the following conditions:
• Heat up switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights & heater fan)
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14 V)

Approx. 0.4 V (CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Approx. 0.7 V (ECM terminal 54 and ground)
1.3 - 1.8 V* (CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR)
Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.)
1.7 - 2.1 V* (ECM terminal 54 and ground)
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000003859802

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000003859803

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000003859804
Supply voltage Approximately 5 V

Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.7 - 2.0 V
2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating tempera-
2.0 - 2.3 V
ture.)
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000003859805
Crankshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000003859806

Camshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000003859807
A
Glow Plug INFOID:0000000003859808
EC

C
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 1.5 - 3.0 Ω D

Engine Control System: Section

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engine Control System: Section

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGINE

Revision: March 2008 EC-1 2009 D22 LCV

Revision: March 2008 EC-2 2009 D22 LCV

Revision: March 2008 EC-3 2009 D22 LCV

IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 240 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS

Revision: March 2008 EC-4 2009 D22 LCV

Revision: March 2008 EC-5 2009 D22 LCV

Revision: March 2008 EC-6 2009 D22 LCV

INDEX FOR DTC .............................................. 468 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT O

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ... 523

Revision: March 2008 EC-8 2009 D22 LCV

Revision: March 2008 EC-9 2009 D22 LCV

Revision: March 2008 EC-10 2009 D22 LCV

Revision: March 2008 EC-11 2009 D22 LCV

Revision: March 2008 EC-12 2009 D22 LCV

Revision: March 2008 EC-13 2009 D22 LCV

Revision: March 2008 EC-14 2009 D22 LCV

Revision: March 2008 EC-15 2009 D22 LCV

×: Applicable —: Not applicable

Revision: March 2008 EC-16 2009 D22 LCV

Alphabetical Index INFOID:0000000003489933 E

×: Applicable —: Not applicable

CYL1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 1 or 2 × EC-169

Revision: March 2008 EC-17 2009 D22 LCV

Revision: March 2008 EC-18 2009 D22 LCV

Revision: March 2008 EC-19 2009 D22 LCV

• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

Revision: March 2008 EC-20 2009 D22 LCV

• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. L

Revision: March 2008 EC-21 2009 D22 LCV

• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to

Revision: March 2008 EC-22 2009 D22 LCV

Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tem- I

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning

Revision: March 2008 EC-23 2009 D22 LCV

Revision: March 2008 EC-24 2009 D22 LCV

Input (Sensor) ECM function Output (Actuator)

Revision: March 2008 EC-25 2009 D22 LCV

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Revision: March 2008 EC-26 2009 D22 LCV

Revision: March 2008 EC-27 2009 D22 LCV

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

Revision: March 2008 EC-28 2009 D22 LCV

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Revision: March 2008 EC-29 2009 D22 LCV

4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature

5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no

2.CHECK FI CAM FUNCTION

Revision: March 2008 EC-30 2009 D22 LCV

3.CHECK IGNITION TIMING D

750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) K

Revision: March 2008 EC-31 2009 D22 LCV

7.RESET IDLE POSITION MEMORY

800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING

20 ± 5°BTDC (in Neutral position)

750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

Voltage : 0.2 - 0.8 V

14.RESET IDLE POSITION MEMORY

DTC12 Test value/